Procesando

Espere un momento...

WIPO - PCT Applicant's Guide Introducción a la fase internacional

    ÍNDICE

    CAPÍTULO 1 : LA PRESENTE GUÍA Y SUS ANEXOS

    INTRODUCCIÓN
    IP 1.001
    Esta parte de la Guía del Solicitante del PCT (la Guía) contiene información general sobre el Tratado de Cooperación en materia de Patentes (PCT), destinada a quienes estén interesados en presentar solicitudes internacionales; en particular, información acerca de la “fase internacional” del procedimiento según el PCT. Esta información se completa con un cierto número de anexos que incluyen información más detallada; cuando en la Guía se utiliza la palabra “Anexo” seguida de una letra mayúscula, se trata de una referencia a uno de estos Anexos. A continuación la segunda parte contiene información general sobre la “fase nacional” del procedimiento según el PCT; concretamente, sobre el procedimiento ante las oficinas designadas (o elegidas). Se entiende por oficina designada (o elegida) aquella oficina de patentes nacional o regional de un Estado, o que actúa en nombre de un Estado parte del PCT (“Estado contratante”), que es designada (o elegida) en una solicitud internacional. En el apartado sobre la Fase Nacional también se señalan los requisitos que es necesario cumplir ante cada una de estas oficinas. Desde el año 2006, la Guía solo puede consultarse por Internet, en el sitio https://www.wipo.int/es/web/pct-system/guide/index . Los usuarios de la Guía también tienen a su disposición un servicio de puesta al día mediante correo electrónico, gracias al cual pueden recibir semanalmente un mensaje en el que se les informa de las últimas actualizaciones de la Guía.
    IP 1.002
    En el texto de la Guía, el término “Artículo” se refiere a los artículos del Tratado de Cooperación en materia de Patentes, el término “Regla”, a las reglas de su Reglamento de ejecución, y el término “Instrucción”, a las Instrucciones Administrativas del PCT. Cualquier mención de un “párrafo” se refiere al texto de una de las dos partes, Fase Internacional o Fase Nacional, de la Guía.
    IP 1.003
    Aunque la información contenida en esta Guía es bastante completa, hay que considerar que en ella se resumen e interpretan reglas que figuran en textos oficiales de mayor extensión, en particular el propio PCT y el Reglamento del PCT, los cuales darán fe en caso de divergencia con la presente Guía. La consulta de dichos textos es indispensable para disponer de una información completa.
    IP 1.004
    Puesto que los textos del PCT y del Reglamento del PCT resultan, en ocasiones, bastante complejos, y dado que la redacción y tramitación de las solicitudes de patente es, en sí misma, una cuestión complicada, se recomienda firmemente a los posibles solicitantes, salvo cuando se trate de especialistas en legislación en materia de patentes, que obtengan el asesoramiento de abogados o agentes de patentes y empleen los servicios de dichos profesionales.
    IP 1.005.
    Las versiones actualizadas del PCT y del Reglamento del PCT pueden consultarse o descargarse desde la página de recursos del PCT en: https://www.wipo.int/es/web/pct-system/texts/index . Estos textos están también disponibles en alemán, árabe, chino, español, francés, italiano, japonés, portugués y ruso.
    Se pueden encargar a la Oficina Internacional folletos impresos del PCT y del Reglamento en muchos de los idiomas mencionados más arriba, solicitando la publicación número 274 de la OMPI a la dirección que figura en el Anexo B (IB), o por correo electrónico a publications.mail@wipo.int. También se puede descargar una copia, sin costo alguno, desde el siguiente sitio web: https://www.wipo.int/publications/es/. En los pedidos debe indicarse el idioma de la publicación solicitada. Los usuarios del PCT pueden consultar todas las solicitudes internacionales publicadas en PATENTSCOPE en: https://www.wipo.int/patentscope/es. También se recomienda consultar la sección de Notificaciones Oficiales (Gaceta del PCT), que contiene notificaciones e información de carácter general. La adhesión de nuevos Estados contratantes, así como los cambios en las tasas y otras informaciones, se publican en esta sección lo antes posible. Una colección completa de las Notificaciones Oficiales (Gaceta del PCT) desde 1978 hasta la actualidad está disponible en formato electrónico, en el sitio web de la OMPI: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/official-notices/index.
    IP 1.006
    Las noticias actualizadas sobre el PCT están disponibles en la publicación mensual PCT Newsletter. Además de cuestiones como la adhesión de nuevos Estados al PCT y los cambios en los requisitos de las Oficinas y las Administraciones, la publicación PCT Newsletter también incluye la lista de los Estados contratantes del PCT, informes de reuniones internacionales relativas al PCT, modificaciones del Reglamento, cambios en los formularios del PCT, estadísticas referentes a la presentación de solicitudes internacionales, consejos prácticos para los usuarios del PCT, información acerca de futuros seminarios sobre el PCT y tablas de tasas. La publicación PCT Newsletter está disponible en el sitio web de la OMPI: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/newslett/. Esta página web contiene asimismo una colección de todos los consejos prácticos publicados desde 1994, que puede consultarse en su totalidad, así como todos los números de la publicación PCT Newsletter, que también pueden consultarse desde el número de enero de 1994 en adelante. La PCT Newsletter está disponible en inglés y también pueden consultarse algunos extractos de la publicación en chino (https://www.wipo.int/pct/zh/newslett/index.html), japonés (https://www.wipo.int/pct/ja/newslett/index.html) y coreano (https://www.wipo.int/pct/ko/newslett/).
    IP 1.007
    Quienes deseen conocer los orígenes del PCT pueden consultar el documento “Records of the Washington Diplomatic Conference on the Patent Cooperation Treaty, 1970”, disponible en la página web de la OMPI: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/washington.
    IP 1.008
    Hay más documentación útil en las Instrucciones Administrativas del PCT (disponibles en https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/ai/ai_index), las Directrices para las Oficinas receptoras del PCT (disponibles en https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/ro/index) y las Directrices de búsqueda internacional y de examen preliminar internacional del PCT (disponibles en https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/ispe/index). Sin embargo, las Instrucciones Administrativas y las mencionadas Directrices están principalmente destinadas a las Administraciones que realizan las diversas tareas que les encomienda el PCT. En la medida que sean de interés para los solicitantes, sus contenidos se verán debidamente reflejados en las notas de algunos formularios del PCT y en el texto de la presente Guía.

    CAPÍTULO 2 : ¿QUÉ ES EL PCT?

    IP 2.001. ¿Qué es el Tratado de Cooperación en materia de Patentes (PCT)?
    El Tratado de Cooperación en materia de Patentes, o PCT, es un tratado multilateral que se concertó en Washington en 1970 y entró en vigor en 1978. Está administrado por la Oficina Internacional de la Organización Mundial de la Propiedad Intelectual (OMPI), cuya sede se encuentra en Ginebra (Suiza).
    IP 2.002. ¿Cuáles son las ventajas de utilizar el PCT?
    El PCT facilita la obtención de protección para invenciones cuando se solicita en alguno o en todos los Estados contratantes del Tratado (consúltese la lista de Estados contratantes del PCT (antiguo Anexo A)). Prevé la presentación de una solicitud de patente (“la solicitud internacional”), que tiene efecto en varios Estados miembros, en lugar de la presentación de varias solicitudes nacionales o regionales de patente. Además de las designaciones de los Estados contratantes del PCT a los fines de la obtención de patentes nacionales o títulos similares, una solicitud internacional debe incluir designaciones para patentes regionales en relación con los Estados que formen parte de cualquiera de los siguientes tratados de patente regional: el Protocolo relativo a Patentes y a Dibujos y Modelos Industriales en el marco de la Organización Regional Africana de la Propiedad Industrial (denominado en adelante “Protocolo de Harare de la ARIPO”), el Convenio sobre la Patente Euroasiática, el Convenio sobre la Patente Europea o el Acuerdo que establece la Organización Africana de la Propiedad Intelectual (denominado en adelante “Acuerdo de la OAPI”). El PCT no elimina la necesidad de tramitar la solicitud internacional en la fase nacional ante las Oficinas nacionales o regionales, pero sí facilita dicha tramitación en relación con varios aspectos importantes, por medio de los procedimientos iniciales que se aplican a todas las solicitudes internacionales durante la fase internacional de tramitación en el marco del PCT. La comprobación de los aspectos de forma, la búsqueda internacional y, opcionalmente, el examen preliminar internacional que se realiza durante la fase internacional, así como el aplazamiento automático de la tramitación nacional que ello trae consigo, proporcionan más tiempo y una base más sólida sobre la que decidir si se ha de continuar con el procedimiento relativo a la solicitud y, en caso afirmativo, en qué países hacerlo.

    CAPÍTULO 3 : LA “FASE INTERNACIONAL” Y LA “FASE NACIONAL” DEL PROCEDIMIENTO DEL PCT

    IP 3.001. ¿Cuáles son las diferentes fases del PCT?
    El procedimiento del PCT comprende dos fases principales. Comienza con la presentación de una solicitud internacional y concluye, en el caso de que el resultado sea favorable a la solicitud presentada, con la concesión de un cierto número de patentes nacionales o regionales; de ahí los términos “fase internacional” y “fase nacional”. (La expresión “fase nacional” se utiliza incluso cuando la Oficina ante la cual se lleva a cabo dicha fase es una Oficina regional). En realidad, los términos “fase internacional” y “fase nacional” no se utilizan en el PCT, pero, al tratarse de expresiones cortas y prácticas de uso corriente, se emplean en la presente Guía.
    IP 3.002
    La fase internacional, que constituye el objeto de esta parte de la Guía, se compone de cinco etapas, de las cuales las tres primeras son automáticas para todas las solicitudes internacionales y las dos últimas son facultativas. Las tres primeras etapas consisten en la presentación de la solicitud internacional y la tramitación de esa solicitud por la “Oficina receptora” (consúltese el Anexo C), la elaboración del informe de búsqueda internacional y de la opinión escrita por una de las “Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional” (consúltese el Anexo D), y la publicación de la solicitud internacional junto con el informe de búsqueda internacional por la Oficina Internacional de la OMPI (denominada en adelante “la Oficina Internacional”). La cuarta etapa incluye una búsqueda internacional suplementaria por una, o más, de las Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional (distinta de la que efectuó la búsqueda internacional principal), que resultará en el establecimiento de un informe de búsqueda internacional suplementaria (consúltese el Anexo SISA). En lo sucesivo, al hacer referencia a la “búsqueda internacional (principal)” solamente, no se incluirá ninguna referencia a la “búsqueda internacional suplementaria”. Asimismo, cualquier referencia al “informe de búsqueda internacional” solamente, no se entenderá como una referencia al “informe de búsqueda internacional suplementaria”, de no indicarse expresamente. La tercera etapa incluye la comunicación de la solicitud internacional y el informe de búsqueda internacional publicados, y si procede, el informe de búsqueda internacional suplementaria, así como el informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo I del PCT), por la Oficina Internacional de la OMPI (denominada en adelante “la Oficina Internacional”) a las Oficinas nacionales (o regionales) en las que se desea obtener una patente sobre la base de la solicitud internacional (las llamadas “Oficinas designadas”). La comunicación se efectúa previa petición de la Oficina designada a la Oficina Internacional.
    IP 3.003
    La quinta etapa facultativa comprende lo que se conoce como el examen preliminar internacional (según el Capítulo II del PCT), y concluye con la emisión del informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT) por una de las “Administraciones encargadas del examen preliminar internacional” (consúltese el Anexo E). En el informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT) se analizan aspectos de la patentabilidad general de la invención. El informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT) se comunica, junto con la solicitud internacional y el informe de búsqueda internacional publicados, a las Oficinas nacionales (o regionales) en las que se desea obtener una patente sobre la base de la solicitud internacional (las llamadas “Oficinas elegidas”). La comunicación se efectúa previa petición de la Oficina elegida a la Oficina Internacional. La obtención del examen preliminar internacional es posible si se dan ciertas condiciones y se cumplen determinados requisitos, que se presentan detalladamente en el párrafo IP 10.004.
    IP 3.004. ¿Qué es la fase nacional del PCT?
    Una vez finalizada la fase internacional, deberán efectuarse otros trámites ante cada una de las Oficinas nacionales (o regionales) en las que se desee obtener una patente sobre la base de la solicitud internacional. En particular, se deberá pagar a dichas Oficinas las tasas nacionales (o regionales) requeridas, proporcionar las traducciones exigidas y, cuando sea necesario, nombrar a un representante (mandatario de patentes). Para que la solicitud pase a la fase nacional, estos trámites deberán realizarse dentro de los plazos establecidos (Consúltense los párrafos IP 4.014 a IP 4.016, IP 5.005 y IP 5.006 más adelante). De lo contrario, los efectos de la solicitud internacional podrían cesar en cualquiera de los Estados donde no se hubieran respetado tales plazos. A continuación, las Oficinas nacionales (o regionales) examinan la solicitud y conceden o rechazan la patente nacional (o regional) sobre la base de sus leyes nacionales. (En el PCT y en esta Guía, cualquier referencia a la “legislación nacional” también se entenderá como una referencia a un tratado regional, como el Protocolo de Harare de la ARIPO, el Convenio sobre la Patente Eurasiática, el Convenio sobre la Patente Europea o el Acuerdo de la OAPI; Consúltese el párrafo IP 2.002). Estos procedimientos ante las Oficinas nacionales (o regionales) constituyen lo que normalmente se denomina la “fase nacional” del procedimiento del PCT, y son el objeto de esa parte de esta Guía.
    IP 3.005. ¿Cuándo debo entrar en la fase nacional ante una Oficina específica?
    Corresponde a los solicitantes decidir, ante cada Oficina nacional (o regional), si entrarán en la fase nacional y cuándo hacerlo. La fase internacional continúa, para cualquier Estado determinado, hasta la entrada en la fase nacional ante la Oficina nacional (o regional) en cuestión, o hasta el vencimiento del plazo aplicable para la entrada en la fase nacional ante esa Oficina. Puesto que ante las distintas Oficinas es posible iniciar la fase nacional en diferentes momentos, la solicitud internacional puede encontrarse, simultáneamente, en la fase internacional para unos Estados y en la nacional para otros. Una vez que se haya iniciado la tramitación o el examen correspondiente a la fase nacional en una oficina en particular, las acciones correspondientes a la fase internacional que se realicen respecto de la solicitud internacional no tendrán efectos sobre el procedimiento ante dicha oficina.

    CAPÍTULO 4 : UTILIDAD DEL PCT PARA LOS SOLICITANTES

    IP 4.001. ¿Cuáles son las ventajas del PCT?
    La utilización del PCT permite ahorrar esfuerzos (tiempo y trabajo) a cualquier persona o empresa (“el solicitante/los solicitantes”) que desee proteger una invención en varios países.
    IP 4.002
    Utilizar el PCT también ayuda a tomar decisiones acerca del proceso de solicitud ante las diversas Oficinas nacionales de patentes durante la fase nacional del procedimiento.
    IP 4.003
    El mencionado ahorro de esfuerzo se debe principalmente al hecho de que, en el marco del PCT, se presenta una solicitud (la solicitud internacional) en un lugar y en un idioma, pagando un conjunto inicial de tasas, y a que esta solicitud internacional tiene el efecto de una solicitud nacional o regional, que, sin el PCT, tendría que haberse presentado separadamente para cada país o región.
    IP 4.004. ¿Qué es un informe de búsqueda internacional y una opinión escrita?
    La ayuda a los solicitantes durante la fase nacional del proceso de solicitud se deriva del “asesoramiento” que presta el informe de búsqueda internacional, informe que emite, para cada solicitud internacional y conforme a normas de alto nivel establecidas internacionalmente, una de las Oficinas nacionales que poseen amplia experiencia en el examen de solicitudes de patente y que han sido especialmente designadas para realizar búsquedas de tipo internacional. Estas Oficinas se enumeran en el Anexo D (“Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional”). También puede obtenerse asesoramiento pormenorizado a partir de la opinión escrita emitida por la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, la cual proporciona una opinión preliminar no vinculante acerca de si la invención reivindicada parece ser nueva, implicar actividad inventiva y ser susceptible de aplicación industrial.
    IP 4.005. ¿Qué es una búsqueda internacional suplementaria?
    Si así se solicita (formulario PCT/IB/375), puede obtenerse un informe de búsqueda internacional suplementaria, que será realizado por una o más de las Administraciones internacionales de búsqueda (consultar el Anexo), distintas a la que ha llevado a cabo la búsqueda internacional principal. La búsqueda(s) internacional suplementaria(s) (formulario PCT/SISA/501), dará, a los solicitantes, una visión más completa del estado de la técnica pertinente y les permitirá conocer mejor sus oportunidades de obtener la protección por patente de su invención (consultar el capítulo 8).
    IP 4.006
    Si se presenta una solicitud según el Capítulo II, se realiza un examen preliminar internacional sobre la base del informe de búsqueda internacional y la opinión escrita de la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, y, finalmente, se emite el informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT). Este informe lo facilitan las Oficinas específicamente seleccionadas para la realización de dicho informe preliminar internacional que se enumeran en el Anexo E (“Administraciones encargadas del examen preliminar internacional”). Como se puede observar, las oficinas listadas en el Anexo E son las mismas que las mencionadas en el Anexo D, puesto que para ser Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, una oficina debe ser también designada como Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional y vice versa. El beneficio adicional que tiene presentar una solicitud de examen preliminar internacional es que ofrece a los solicitantes la oportunidad de establecer un diálogo con los examinadores de las Administraciones encargadas del examen preliminar internacional y, posiblemente, modificar la solicitud internacional, a fin de influir en el contenido del informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT).
    IP 4.007
    A continuación se exponen más detalladamente las ventajas que ofrece el PCT.
    IP 4.008. ¿Cuál es la ventaja de presentar una solicitud PCT?
    Mediante el simple acto de presentar una solicitud internacional en virtud del PCT es posible obtener precisamente ese efecto que, sin el PCT, supondría tener que presentar tantas solicitudes separadas como países o regiones en las que se desea obtener protección.
    IP 4.009. ¿En qué idioma puedo presentar mi solicitud internacional?
    La presentación de una solicitud internacional se lleva a cabo en uno de los idiomas que acepte la Oficina en la que se presenta la solicitud; para muchos solicitantes este será el idioma, o uno de los idiomas, que utilice la Oficina nacional o regional de patentes de su país, o la que actúe en su nombre.
    IP 4.010. ¿Dónde puedo presentar mi solicitud internacional?
    La solicitud internacional se presenta en un único lugar, que generalmente es la Oficina nacional de patentes del país de quien presenta la solicitud o la Oficina regional de patentes que actúe en nombre del país del solicitante. También puede presentarse directamente en la Oficina Internacional en su calidad de Oficina receptora en el marco del PCT.
    IP 4.011. ¿Debe la solicitud internacional cumplir algún requisito de forma?
    Existe un formulario prescrito para la solicitud internacional. Todas las Oficinas designadas deben aceptar este formulario en el marco de la fase nacional, de modo que no será necesario cumplir con una diversidad de requisitos formales en los diferentes países en los que se desee solicitar protección.
    IP 4.012. ¿Dónde puedo pagar las tasas de mi solicitud internacional?
    Las tasas internacionales pagaderas en relación con la presentación de una solicitud internacional deben pagarse de una sola vez, en una Oficina y en una moneda. De este modo se evitan los costos y las posibles complicaciones relacionadas con el pago o la presentación de múltiples tasas en diferentes países, generalmente en monedas distintas.
    IP 4.013. ¿Cuáles son las ventajas del sistema del PCT con respecto al Convenio París?
    Los solicitantes, antes de realizar el esfuerzo y el gasto de encargar traducciones, pagar las tasas nacionales o regionales y escoger mandatarios en diversos países, podrán madurar su opinión en mayor medida de lo que sería posible sin el PCT, no solo porque dispongan de más tiempo, sino también porque el informe de búsqueda internacional, la opinión escrita de la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, el o los informes de búsqueda internacional suplementaria y el informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT) constituyen una sólida base sobre la que evaluar las posibilidades de obtener protección. Cualquier patente concedida posteriormente por las Oficinas designadas o elegidas a partir de la solicitud podrá servir de apoyo en mayor medida que en el caso de no contar con el beneficio del informe de búsqueda internacional, la opinión escrita de la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, el o los informes de búsqueda internacional suplementaria y el informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo II del PCT). Además, debido al mayor tiempo disponible para tomar decisiones, se está en mejores condiciones para determinar el valor técnico y el interés económico de la protección por patente, así como para elegir los países concretos en los que se desea continuar solicitando la protección de la invención. Por consiguiente, es posible efectuar considerables ahorros, tanto en los gastos de traducción como en los de presentación, para aquellos países que dejen de interesar a los solicitantes.
    IP 4.014
    Si una solicitud internacional se presenta en un idioma que, ni es aceptado por la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional que ha de efectuar la búsqueda, ni es un idioma de publicación, tendrá que traducirse a un idioma apropiado poco después de la presentación. Sin embargo, todas las traducciones requeridas por las Oficinas de (o que actúen en nombre de) los países en los que se desee, en definitiva, obtener protección, no tendrán que prepararse hasta mucho más tarde. En lugar de tener que presentarlas dentro del plazo de prioridad de 12 meses, generalmente no es necesario entregarlas hasta el vencimiento del plazo mencionado en el párrafo IP 4.016.
    IP 4.015
    Igualmente, las tasas pagaderas a las Oficinas de patente nacionales o regionales vencen más tarde de lo que lo harían fuera del PCT, y solo en el caso de que se decida continuar con la tramitación de la solicitud internacional ante la Oficina de patente nacional o regional. En general, tales tasas nacionales o regionales deben pagarse dentro del mismo plazo que se menciona en el párrafo IP 4.016.
    IP 4.016. ¿Cuál es el plazo para entrar en la fase nacional?
    Desde el 1 de abril de 2002, el plazo aplicable para la entrada en fase nacional es de 30 meses a partir de la fecha de prioridad (o incluso más tarde en algunos casos) para todas las Oficinas, excepto para aquellas en las que el antiguo plazo de 20 meses sigue siendo aplicable, salvo que se presente una solicitud de examen preliminar internacional antes del vencimiento de un plazo de 19 meses desde la fecha de prioridad, en cuyo caso el plazo de 30 meses (o incluso más extenso en ciertos casos) también será aplicable. Para conocer las actualizaciones habituales de estos plazos aplicables, consúltense las Notificaciones Oficiales (Gaceta del PCT), la publicación PCT Newsletter, y los capítulos nacionales pertinentes. También hay disponible un cuadro resumen en el sitio web de la OMPI, en: http://www.wipo.int/es/web/pct-system/texts/time_limits .
    IP 4.017
    Un informe de búsqueda internacional (y todo informe de búsqueda suplementaria internacional) que sea favorable para los solicitantes fortalecerá su posición ante las diferentes Oficinas de patentes nacionales o regionales, con lo cual sus argumentos resultarán más convincentes a la hora de obtener una patente en dichas Oficinas.
    IP 4.018
    Esto es aún más cierto en el caso de un informe preliminar internacional sobre la patentabilidad favorable, según cualquiera de los Capítulos I o II, que contiene, en comparación con un informe de búsqueda internacional, muchos más elementos sobre los que fundamentar una opinión acerca de las posibilidades de obtener patentes.
    IP 4.019
    Si el informe de búsqueda internacional y la opinión escrita de la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional son parcialmente favorables y parcialmente desfavorables, se pueden modificar las reivindicaciones, a fin de mantener solo aquellas que probablemente den lugar a la concesión de la patente. Si el informe de búsqueda internacional y la opinión escrita son desfavorables y, consecuentemente, se decide no seguir con el procedimiento, los solicitantes se ahorrarán los gastos de tramitación de la solicitud en los diversos países. Esto también se aplica a las búsquedas internacionales suplementarias.
    IP 4.020
    El párrafo anterior también es aplicable en el caso de los informes preliminares internacionales sobre la patentabilidad según el Capítulo II del PCT.
    IP 4.021
    Otras ventajas importantes que se derivan del uso de la vía PCT se mencionan en este texto. Consisten, entre otras, en ahorros en los gastos del procedimiento ante las Oficinas designadas (por ejemplo, no es necesario proporcionar a cada Oficina los dibujos originales ni las copias certificadas de la solicitud de prioridad; hay una reducción en las tasas nacionales en varios países y en la Oficina Europea de Patentes, etc.).
    LAS PATENTES REGIONALES POR LA VÍA DEL PCT
    IP 4.022. ¿Puedo obtener una patente regional a través del PCT?
    Del uso combinado del sistema del PCT y de los sistemas regionales se derivan ventajas adicionales importantes para los solicitantes que deseen proteger sus invenciones en países parte en cualquiera de los diversos tratados de patente regional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 2.002) y en el PCT. El PCT es totalmente compatible con los sistemas de patente regionales y, además, los solicitantes tienen la posibilidad de combinar ventajosamente ambos tipos de sistema, independientemente del país en el que presenten su solicitud. Los párrafos siguientes tratan del uso combinado del PCT y de los sistemas regionales mediante los cuales pueden obtenerse patentes por la vía del PCT, a saber: el Protocolo de Harare de la ARIPO, el Convenio sobre la Patente Eurasiática, el Convenio sobre la Patente Europea y el Acuerdo de la OAPI, mediante las llamadas “vía ARIPO-PCT”, “vía Euroasiática-PCT”, “vía Euro-PCT” y “vía OAPI-PCT”. En el caso del Convenio sobre la Patente Europea, también es posible obtener patentes, mediante el uso combinado de dicho Convenio y del PCT, en los Estados a los que pueda extenderse, o en los que pueda validarse, una patente europea (Consúltese el párrafo IP 4.026).
    IP 4.023
    Los solicitantes que presenten una solicitud PCT y deseen obtener protección en los países parte en cualquiera de dichos sistemas regionales de patente obtendrán (a partir de la solicitud PCT presentada, por ejemplo, en la Oficina Japonesa de Patentes (JPO) o en la Oficina de Patentes y Marcas de los Estados Unidos) el efecto de una presentación simultánea en cada una de las Oficinas regionales correspondientes, a los fines de la obtención de una patente regional. En este caso, y antes de emprender cualquier acción fuera de su país, los solicitantes pueden esperar con tranquilidad a que se conozcan los resultados del procedimiento de búsqueda del PCT (y, opcionalmente, del examen preliminar internacional) y, además, hacer pleno uso de la prórroga (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.005), al final de la cual debe haberse presentado una traducción de la solicitud PCT si esta no se presentó en uno de los idiomas oficiales de la Oficina regional (consúltense los diversos Capítulos Nacionales) y debe haberse designado un mandatario, cuando así se requiera, para el procedimiento ante dicha Oficina.
    IP 4.024
    Se puede presentar una solicitud PCT en la propia Oficina nacional como Oficina receptora, incluso al final del año de prioridad, y aun así obtener el efecto de una presentación automática e inmediata en cada una de las Oficinas regionales en cuestión. Otra ventaja es que, en el momento de presentar una solicitud PCT, solo se paga un conjunto inicial de tasas. Las cuatro designaciones regionales actualmente permitidas abarcan más de 50 Estados contratantes del PCT. Por otra parte, si se decide, sobre la base de la primera solicitud en la Oficina nacional, presentar solicitudes regionales de patente separadas, se deberá, antes del final del año de prioridad, cumplir con todos los requisitos de cada uno de los tratados regionales en relación con formalidades, tasas y designación de mandatarios.
    IP 4.025.
    El uso de las vías ARIPO-PCT, Euroasiática-PCT, Euro-PCT y OAPI-PCT en sentido inverso ofrece ventajas similares. En otras palabras, los nacionales de Estados parte en uno de los tratados regionales de patente, o de uno de los Estados a los que pueda extenderse una patente europea (Consúltese el párrafo IP 4.026), en lugar de presentar solicitudes de patente separadas en su Oficina regional y, por ejemplo, en la Oficina Japonesa de Patentes (JPO) y la Oficina de Patentes y Marcas de los Estados Unidos, pueden elegir presentar una solicitud internacional en el marco del PCT (sobre la base de una solicitud nacional o como primera solicitud) que designe a todos los Estados contratantes del PCT, a los fines de obtener, cuando proceda, tanto la patente nacional como la regional.
    IP 4.026. ¿Puedo validar o ampliar una patente europea a través del PCT?
    Otra ventaja de la vía Euro-PCT es la posibilidad de hacer uso, allí donde esté disponible, del procedimiento de extensión o validación de las patentes europeas. La Organización Europea de Patentes y algunos Estados que no son parte en el Convenio de Patente Europea han concertado acuerdos sobre la extensión o validación de la protección conferida por las patentes europeas. Siempre que la solicitud internacional contenga una designación para una patente nacional del Estado en cuestión y, además, una designación para una patente europea, los solicitantes pueden recurrir a la vía Euro-PCT con vistas a extender a ese Estado, o validar en dicho Estado, una patente europea concedida posteriormente sobre la base de la solicitud internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.054 y el Anexo B (EP), así como el Resumen de los Capítulos Nacionales (EP)).

    CHAPTER 5: FILING AN INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION

    GENERALIDADES
    IP 5.001. ¿Qué es una solicitud internacional?

    Una solicitud es “internacional” cuando se presenta en virtud del PCT y en referencia a este. Es la primera etapa hacia la obtención de una patente en un Estado parte en el PCT, o para dicho Estado: “en” dicho Estado cuando se desea una patente nacional; “para” dicho Estado cuando se desea una patente regional (patente de la ARIPO, del Convenio sobre la Patente Eurasiática, del Convenio sobre la Patente Europea o de la OAPI).
    IP 5.002. ¿Cuál puede ser el objeto de una solicitud internacional?

    Una solicitud internacional debe ser una solicitud para la protección de una invención. El PCT engloba la presentación de solicitudes de patentes de invención, certificados de inventor, certificados de utilidad, modelos de utilidad y varios tipos de patentes y certificados de adición (consúltese el Artículo 2.i)). Por lo tanto, una solicitud internacional no se podrá presentar válidamente para otras formas de derechos de propiedad industrial registrados que quedan fuera del ámbito de “invenciones”, como, por ejemplo, los diseños puramente ornamentales.
    IP 5.003. ¿Cuáles son los principales efectos de una solicitud internacional?

    Toda solicitud internacional tiene dos efectos principales. Uno de ellos, en términos generales, es el mismo que el de una solicitud nacional (o regional). Se produce en la fecha otorgada como fecha de presentación internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 6.005). Se produce en o para los “Estados designados”, es decir, los Estados en los que o para los que se desea obtener una patente mediante la presentación de una solicitud internacional. Respecto al efecto sobre el estado anterior de la técnica de las solicitudes internacionales en los Estados Unidos de América, consúltese el Capítulo Nacional (US).
    IP 5.004. ¿Qué es un “Estado elegido”?

    Los Estados designados respecto a los que se ha presentado una solicitud de examen preliminar internacional se denominan “Estados elegidos” en la terminología del PCT.
    IP 5.005

    Sin perjuicio de lo que se indica en el siguiente párrafo, el otro efecto principal de una solicitud internacional es que, normalmente, ninguna Oficina designada podrá tramitar o examinar la solicitud internacional antes del vencimiento de un plazo de 30 meses desde la fecha de prioridad (en lo que respecta a la definición de “fecha de prioridad”, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.058) y que cualquier tasa adeudada a una Oficina designada y cualquier traducción de la solicitud internacional que se deba presentar a una Oficina designada se deberán pagar y presentar, respectivamente, únicamente cuando venza ese periodo de 30 meses. En el caso de algunas Oficinas designadas (actualmente dos), el plazo aplicable es el antiguo plazo de 20 meses (para Luxemburgo) o el plazo de 21 meses (para la República Unida de Tanzanía), no el plazo de 30 meses puesto que, debido a la incompatibilidad, por el momento, de la disposición modificada del PCT (Artículo 22.1) del PCT) con la legislación nacional pertinente, esas Oficinas han formulado una declaración de incompatibilidad que seguirá vigente hasta que las Oficinas respectivas la retiren. Además, ciertas Oficinas designadas tienen plazos fijos que vencen incluso después de 30 meses (para obtener información más detallada, consúltense el párrafo IP 4.016 y los Capítulos Nacionales (Resúmenes)). A este efecto de la solicitud nacional se suele hacer referencia como el efecto de “retraso” del examen de la patente y del procedimiento de concesión ante las Oficinas nacionales (o regionales).
    IP 5.006

    Si el examen preliminar internacional se ha solicitado antes del vencimiento del plazo de 19 meses desde la fecha de prioridad, el efecto de retraso respecto a cualquier Estado cuya Oficina designada haya notificado a la Oficina Internacional que el plazo de 30 meses aplicable según el Artículo 22.1), en vigor desde el 1 de abril de 2002, es incompatible con la legislación nacional aplicada por esa Oficina, es de 10 meses más, de modo que las tasas adeudadas a una Oficina elegida y la traducción de la solicitud internacional tendrán que ser pagadas y entregadas, respectivamente, únicamente al vencimiento de los 30 meses desde la fecha de prioridad. (Para obtener información más detallada, consúltese la Fase Nacional y los Capítulos Nacionales. En algunas oficinas son aplicables plazos más amplios.)
    IP 5.007. ¿Puedo reivindicar la prioridad a partir de la fecha de presentación internacional?

    Una solicitud internacional a la que se ha otorgado una fecha de presentación internacional es el equivalente de una “presentación nacional regular” en el sentido del Convenio de París para la Protección de la Propiedad Industrial y, en consecuencia, será invocada como la base de una reivindicación de prioridad en una solicitud nacional, regional u otra solicitud internacional presentada posteriormente dentro del plazo y sujeta a las condiciones previstas en dicho Convenio.
    IP 5.008. ¿Dónde se debe presentar una solicitud internacional?

    Los Anexos B indican, por cada Estado contratante, las Administraciones ante las que podrán presentar solicitudes internacionales, como solicitantes, sus nacionales y las personas domiciliadas en ellos. En la terminología del PCT, estas Administraciones se denominan “Oficinas receptoras” (dado que son ellas las que reciben las solicitudes internacionales). Se enumeran con sus nombres y direcciones completos, sus números de teléfono, fax y, si disponen de él, su correo electrónico y/o dirección de Internet, en los Anexos B, y los requisitos de cada Oficina receptora se enumeran en el Anexo C. Si hubiera varios solicitantes de los que no todos sean nacionales de y/o personas domiciliadas en el mismo Estado contratante, cualquier Oficina receptora de o que actúe en nombre de un Estado contratante del que al menos uno de los solicitantes sea nacional o esté domiciliado en él será competente para recibir una solicitud internacional presentada por tales solicitantes. Alternativamente, a elección de los solicitantes, la solicitud internacional puede presentarse ante la Oficina Internacional como Oficina receptora, sea cual sea el Estado contratante en el que esté domiciliado o del que sea nacional el solicitante. Si hay dos o más solicitantes, la solicitud internacional se podrá presentar ante la Oficina Internacional como Oficina receptora si al menos uno de los solicitantes está domiciliado o es nacional de un Estado contratante. Los nacionales de o domiciliados en Estados parte en el PCT y también en el Protocolo de Harare de la ARIPO, en el Convenio sobre la Patente Euroasiática, en el Convenio sobre la Patente Europea o en el Acuerdo de la OAPI también tienen generalmente la opción de presentar una solicitud internacional ante la Oficina de la ARIPO, la Oficina Euroasiática de Patentes, la Oficina Europea de Patentes o la Oficina de la OAPI, respectivamente. El cumplimiento de las normas relativas a la seguridad nacional aplicables según la legislación nacional será responsabilidad del solicitante. Respecto de las medidas que podrán aplicar las Oficinas receptoras en relación con tales normas, Consúltese el párrafo IP 6.010.
    IP 5.009. ¿Puedo escoger entre diferentes Oficinas receptoras para presentar mi solicitud internacional?

    Los solicitantes podrán elegir entre diversas Oficinas receptoras, por ejemplo, cuando haya dos o más solicitantes entre cuyos Estados de nacionalidad y domicilio se encuentre más de un Estado contratante, o cuando un único solicitante tenga la nacionalidad y/o el domicilio en más de un Estado contratante.
    IP 5.010. ¿Cuáles son los elementos de una solicitud internacional?

    Toda solicitud internacional debe contener los siguientes elementos: petitorio, descripción, una o varias reivindicaciones, uno o más dibujos (cuando los dibujos sean necesarios para comprender la invención) y resumen. Más adelante se facilita información sobre cada uno.
    IP 5.011. ¿Qué orden deben seguir los elementos de la solicitud internacional?
    Los elementos de la solicitud internacional deberán seguir en el orden indicado a continuación: petitorio, descripción, la reivindicación o las reivindicaciones, resumen, los dibujos (si hubiera alguno). Cualquier lista de secuencias que forme parte de la descripción debe ser proporcionada como un archivo electrónico separado (XML).
    IP 5.012. ¿Cómo se deben numerar las hojas de una solicitud internacional?

    Todas las hojas que constituyan la solicitud internacional deberán estar numeradas consecutivamente en números arábigos con tres series distintas de numeración: la primera será aplicable al petitorio, la segunda será aplicable a la parte de la descripción, las reivindicaciones y el resumen (consúltense el párrafo IP 5.106), y la tercera será aplicable a los dibujos (consúltense el párrafo IP 5.140).
    IP 5.013. ¿Qué idioma se debe utilizar en una solicitud internacional?

    El idioma en el que se debe presentar una solicitud internacional depende de la Oficina receptora. Algunas Oficinas receptoras permiten elegir entre dos o más idiomas. En el caso de la parte de la descripción relativa a la lista de secuencias, los requisitos de idioma se aplicarán solo al texto libre dependiente del idioma que figure en la lista de secuencias. El idioma o los idiomas que se podrán utilizar para presentar una solicitud internacional, incluido el texto libre dependiente del idioma de las listas de secuencias, ante una Oficina receptora determinada se indican en el Anexo C. Si la solicitud internacional se presenta en un idioma que no sea alemán, árabe, chino, coreano, español, francés, inglés, japonés, portugués o ruso (es decir, los idiomas en los que se podrán publicar las solicitudes internacionales – consúltense los párrafos IP 9.017 a IP 9.020), o si el idioma en el que se presenta la solicitud internacional no es aceptado por la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional que vaya a realizar la búsqueda internacional (consúltense el párrafo IP 7.002 y el Anexo D), se deberá entregar una traducción de la solicitud internacional a los efectos de la búsqueda internacional o de la publicación internacional. Se podrá exigir una traducción también a los efectos de la búsqueda internacional suplementaria si el idioma en el que se presenta o se publica la solicitud internacional, o el idioma de la traducción presentada a los efectos de la búsqueda internacional principal no es aceptado por la Administración que va a efectuar la búsqueda internacional suplementaria (consúltense el Anexo SISA). Cabe observar que también se podrá exigir una traducción a los efectos del examen preliminar internacional si el idioma en el que se presenta o se publica la solicitud internacional no es aceptado por la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional que va a realizar el examen preliminar internacional (consúltense el Anexo E). En el caso de la parte de la descripción relativa a la lista de secuencias, los requisitos de traducción se aplicarán solo al texto libre dependiente del idioma contenido en la lista de secuencias. Los requisitos sobre los idiomas y la entrega de traducciones se explican con mayor detalle en los párrafos IP 6.013 a IP 6.020, IP 8.012, IP 9.017 a IP 9.019 y IP 10.011. Dichos requisitos están concebidos, en la mayoría de los casos, de forma que solo se tenga que entregar una traducción a los efectos de la fase internacional de tramitación. Normalmente, todos los elementos de la solicitud internacional deben figurar en el mismo idioma, salvo el texto libre dependiente del idioma que figure en una lista de secuencias, en los casos en que así lo permita la Oficina receptora. No obstante, la solicitud debe estar en un idioma de publicación aceptado como tal por la Oficina receptora (consúltense el Anexo C), y el texto contenido en los dibujos (si se diera el caso) y el resumen deben estar en el idioma en el que se vaya a publicar la solicitud internacional (consúltense los párrafos IP 6.018 y IP 6.019).
    IP 5.014
    Por lo que respecta al caso de una solicitud internacional que no se presente en un idioma aceptado por la Oficina receptora ante la que se presenta, Consúltese el párrafo IP 6.034.
    EL PETITORIO
    IP 5.015. ¿Qué es el formulario de petitorio?

    Cuando las solicitudes internacionales se presentan de manera electrónica, el formulario del petitorio es generado por el sistema correspondiente. Para obtener información sobre los medios de presentación de solicitudes internacionales, consúltese el párrafo IP 6.003.
    Si la solicitud internacional se presenta en papel ante una Oficina receptora que acepta las solicitudes internacionales en ese formato, el petitorio deberá realizarse mediante un formulario impreso (formulario PCT/RO/101), que ha de rellenarse con todos los datos necesarios, o bien puede presentarse en forma de impresión de ordenador conforme a las Instrucciones Administrativas. En las páginas web indicadas más adelante está disponible un ejemplo cumplimentado y un ejemplar en blanco del formulario PCT/RO/101. Cualquier posible solicitante podrá obtener también copias gratuitas del formulario impreso del petitorio PCT/RO/101, en la Oficina receptora ante la que tiene previsto presentar su solicitud internacional en papel o en la Oficina Internacional. Para facilitar la preparación del petitorio, la Oficina Internacional ha dispuesto en su página web versiones descargables y modificables en formato PDF (formato de documento portátil, por sus siglas en inglés). Estas podrán descargarse desde la página web https://www.wipo.int/pct/es/forms/ y cumplimentarse utilizando un ordenador, o podrán imprimirse y cumplimentarse con máquina de escribir. En dicha página web se encuentran también el petitorio y las instrucciones para cumplimentar su versión modificable.
    IP 5.016. ¿Qué indicaciones debe contener la solicitud?

    El petitorio contiene una petición para que se procese la solicitud internacional en virtud del PCT y debe contener también determinadas indicaciones. Debe contener el título de la invención. Debe identificar al solicitante, (normalmente) al inventor y al mandatario (si lo hubiera). La cumplimentación de un petitorio constituye la designación de todos los Estados contratantes obligados por el PCT en la fecha de presentación, para la concesión de todo tipo de protección disponible y para la concesión de patentes tanto regionales como nacionales. El petitorio también debe contener, cuando proceda, una reivindicación de prioridad, una indicación de la elección del solicitante respecto a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional competente y una referencia a toda búsqueda internacional anterior relacionada, a una búsqueda de tipo internacional o a otra búsqueda. El petitorio debe estar firmado. Más adelante se dan detalles sobre cómo rellenar los diferentes recuadros del formulario de petitorio. Respecto al idioma del petitorio, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.013.
    IP 5.017. ¿Debo indicar una referencia de expediente?
    Se recomienda que los solicitantes indiquen la referencia de su expediente, si la hubiera, sin superar los 25 caracteres, en el recuadro destinado a tal fin en la primera hoja del formulario de petitorio. La referencia del expediente puede constar de letras del alfabeto latino o números arábigos, o de una combinación de ambos. Se puede utilizar el guion (“-”) como separador entre los caracteres alfanuméricos. La Oficina receptora, la Oficina Internacional, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional y la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional utilizarán la referencia del expediente en la correspondencia con los solicitantes (consúltense también los párrafos IP 5.105, IP 5.129, IP 10.015 y 11. relativos a la indicación de referencias de expedientes en otros elementos de la solicitud internacional, o en documentos relacionados con esta).
    IP 5.018. ¿Debe cumplirse algún requisito material para las solicitudes?
    Requisitos físicos. Todo texto que aparezca en el petitorio debe presentarse en caracteres cuyas letras mayúsculas no tengan menos de 0,21 cm. de altura.
    RECUADRO N.O I: TÍTULO DE LA INVENCIÓN
    IP 5.019. ¿Cuáles son los requisitos respecto al título de la invención?

    El título de la invención será breve (preferentemente de entre dos y siete palabras, cuando sea en inglés o se traduzca a dicho idioma) y preciso. Los solicitantes deben hacer constar el mismo título en el Recuadro N.o I del petitorio y al principio de la descripción (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.094).
    RECUADROS N.OS II Y III: SOLICITANTES; INVENTORES
    IP 5.020. ¿Quién puede presentar una solicitud internacional?

    Una solicitud internacional podrá ser presentada por cualquier persona domiciliada en o nacional de un Estado contratante. Cuando haya dos o más solicitantes, al menos uno de ellos deberá ser una persona domiciliada en o nacional de un Estado contratante. Los Estados contratantes se enumeran en la lista de Estados contratantes del PCT (antiguo Anexo A). En cuanto a cuestiones relativas al domicilio y la nacionalidad, consúltese el párrafo IP 5.023.
    IP 5.021. [Eliminado]
    IP 5.022. ¿Puedo indicar diferentes solicitantes para los distintos Estados designados?

    En cualquier solicitud internacional se podrán indicar solicitantes diferentes para los distintos Estados designados. Cabe observar, no obstante, que cuando estén disponibles diferentes formas de protección para un Estado contratante (consúltense el párrafo IP 5.055 y el Anexo B), no se podrán indicar distintos solicitantes para distintos tipos de protección; además, para la designación nacional y regional de un Estado se debe indicar el mismo solicitante o los mismos solicitantes.
    IP 5.023. ¿Cómo se determinan las cuestiones sobre el domicilio y la nacionalidad?
    La cuestión de si un solicitante tiene el domicilio en o posee la nacionalidad de un Estado contratante depende de la legislación nacional de dicho Estado y es decisión de la Oficina receptora. No obstante, en cualquier caso, la posesión de un establecimiento industrial o comercial efectivo y real en un Estado contratante se considera residencia en dicho Estado, y se considerará que una persona jurídica constituida conforme a la legislación de un Estado contratante tiene la nacionalidad de ese Estado. Cuando se plantee la cuestión del domicilio o la nacionalidad del solicitante en relación con una solicitud internacional presentada ante la Oficina Internacional como Oficina receptora, la Oficina Internacional solicitará a la Oficina nacional del Estado contratante interesado, o que actúe en nombre de este, que decida la cuestión, e informará al solicitante sobre esta petición. El solicitante tendrá la posibilidad de presentar argumentos en relación con la cuestión del domicilio o la nacionalidad directamente a dicha Oficina nacional, que decidirá sobre la cuestión lo antes posible.
    IP 5.024. ¿Cómo se debe identificar a los solicitantes?
    Al solicitante se le identificará mediante la indicación de su nombre y su dirección y marcando junto a esta indicación la casilla “Esta persona también es inventor” en el Recuadro N.o II o “solicitante e inventor” en el Recuadro N.o III cuando la persona también sea el inventor o uno de los inventores, o la casilla “solicitante únicamente” cuando la persona no sea también el inventor o uno de los inventores. Cuando los solicitantes sean empresas u otras entidades legales (es decir, no una persona física), se marcará la casilla “solicitante únicamente”. Cuando los solicitantes estén registrados en la Oficina receptora, también se podrá indicar en los Recuadros N.os II o III el número o cualquier otra indicación bajo la que estén registrados. También se deberán indicar el domicilio y la nacionalidad de los solicitantes (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.031). Por lo que respecta a la identificación de los inventores, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.035. Respecto a cambios posteriores en la persona, el nombre y la dirección de los solicitantes, Consúltense los párrafos IP 11.018 a IP 11.022.
    IP 5.025. ¿Cómo se deben indicar los nombres en el petitorio?

    Los nombres de las personas naturales se deben indicar con los apellidos seguidos del nombre. No deberán mencionarse los diplomas universitarios, títulos u otras indicaciones que no formen parte del nombre de la persona. Los apellidos deberán escribirse preferiblemente en mayúsculas (consúltese el ejemplo del formulario de petitorio cumplimentado en la página indicada en el párrafo IP 5.015).
    IP 5.026
    El nombre de una persona jurídica deberá ser mencionado por su denominación oficial completa (preferentemente en mayúsculas).
    IP 5.027. ¿Cómo se deben indicar las direcciones en el petitorio?
    Las direcciones se deben indicar conforme a los requisitos para una rápida distribución postal a la dirección indicada y deben comprender todas las unidades administrativas pertinentes, con inclusión del número de la casa (si lo hubiere). La dirección también debe incluir el país.
    IP 5.028. ¿Cuándo se recomienda indicar un número de teléfono, de fax o la dirección de correo electrónico?
    Se recomienda indicar cualquier número de teléfono, de fax o de correo electrónico del solicitante mencionado en primer lugar en el petitorio si no se indica ningún mandatario o representante común en el Recuadro N.o IV (Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.041 a IP 5.051). A fin de permitir una recepción rápida y segura de las notificaciones de las Oficinas, se recomienda encarecidamente que se facilite una dirección de correo electrónico a tales fines.
    IP 5.029. ¿Envían la Oficina receptora u otras Administraciones del PCT notificaciones por correo electrónico?
    En caso de que se haya indicado una dirección de correo electrónico en el Recuadro N.o II del formulario de petitorio, la Oficina receptora, la Administración encargada de la Búsqueda Internacional (también en calidad de Oficina designada para la Búsqueda Suplementaria), si proporcionan tal servicio, y la Oficina Internacional, enviarán las notificaciones respecto de la solicitud internacional a los solicitantes por correo electrónico, evitando con ello posibles retrasos de tramitación o de correo. Cabe señalar que, en tal caso, por regla general, no se enviarán notificaciones en papel por correo postal, a menos que la Oficina competente esté dispuesta a enviar también dichas notificaciones en papel. En el Anexo B se puede consultar cuáles son las Administraciones que envían las notificaciones por correo electrónico. Si no se indica una dirección de correo electrónico o si los solicitantes optan por recibir las notificaciones exclusivamente por correo postal marcando la casilla correspondiente en el Recuadro N.o II, o en los casos en que la Oficina receptora o la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional (también en su calidad de Administración designada para la búsqueda suplementaria) no prevean el envío de notificaciones por correo electrónico, estas se enviarán únicamente por correo postal a la dirección indicada. Es responsabilidad de los solicitantes mantener actualizada la dirección de correo electrónico y asegurarse de que no se bloquean los correos entrantes del receptor por ninguna razón. Deberá solicitarse el registro de los cambios que se produzcan en la dirección de correo electrónico indicada en el petitorio, preferentemente directamente en la Oficina Internacional, al amparo de la Regla 92bis (Consúltense los párrafos IP 11.018 a IP 11.022).
    IP 5.030. ¿Se puede dar una dirección especial para el envío de correspondencia?
    Solo se indicará una dirección por cada solicitante en los Recuadros N.os II o III. No obstante, cuando en el Recuadro N.o IV del petitorio se indique que no hay mandatario o representante común, se podrá indicar en ese recuadro una dirección especial para la correspondencia. Cuando en el Recuadro N.o IV se indique un solicitante como representante común, se podrá indicar en ese recuadro (Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.047 y IP 5.051) una dirección para la correspondencia que no sea la dirección indicada para dicha persona en el Recuadro N.o II o III.
    IP 5.031. ¿Por qué y cómo se debe indicar en el petitorio la nacionalidad y el domicilio de los solicitantes?

    Esta información es necesaria para determinar si los solicitantes están facultados para presentar una solicitud internacional y también para determinar la competencia de la Oficina receptora. Deberá suministrarse mediante una indicación de los nombres del país del que tienen la nacionalidad los solicitantes y del país en el que están domiciliados. Cuando el país de residencia no se indique expresamente pero se indique un país en la dirección, se asumirá que el país de residencia es el país indicado en la dirección. Por lo que respecta al procedimiento en el que se presenta una solicitud internacional en una Oficina receptora “no competente”, Consúltese el párrafo IP 6.035. En cuanto a la forma de indicar los nombres de los países, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.033.
    IP 5.032. ¿Es necesario proporcionar los datos de todos los solicitantes?
    Si hay más de un solicitante, es recomendable que se faciliten las indicaciones enumeradas en los párrafos IP 5.024 a IP 5.031 en relación con todos los solicitantes. No obstante, si la indicación de la dirección, la nacionalidad y el domicilio se ha proporcionado en relación con al menos un solicitante que esté facultado para presentar la solicitud internacional en la Oficina receptora, la Oficina receptora no requerirá al solicitante que proporcione las indicaciones que falten sobre cualquier otro solicitante.
    IP 5.033. ¿Cómo se deben indicar los nombres de los Estados?
    El nombre de cualquier Estado se indicará mediante el nombre completo del Estado o mediante un nombre resumido o un código de dos letras o cualquier combinación de éstos. Este principio se aplica a la indicación de los nombres de Estados en todos los recuadros del petitorio en los que se deban indicar tales nombres. En Nombres de países y códigos de dos letras (antiguo Anexo K) figura una lista completa de los nombres resumidos y códigos de dos letras aceptados para su uso en la indicación de países, territorios y organizaciones intergubernamentales (y sus Oficinas) en documentos relacionados con las solicitudes internacionales en el marco del PCT. La lista figura según lo expuesto en la Norma ST.3 de la OMPI, publicada en el Manual de la OMPI de Información y Documentación en materia de Propiedad Industrial (WIPO Handbook on Industrial Property Information and Documentation) y disponible en http://www.wipo.int/standards/es/pdf/03-03-01.pdf.
    IP 5.034. ¿Qué solicitante se debe nombrar en primer lugar cuando hay varios solicitantes?
    Se recomienda que la persona que vaya a representar a todos los solicitantes y al que se enviarán las notificaciones sea quien se nombre en primer lugar, ya que se la considerará como representante común de todos los solicitantes si no se ha nombrado ningún mandatario común o representante común y si dicha persona está facultada para presentar una solicitud internacional en la Oficina receptora (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.048). No obstante, si en el Recuadro N.o IV del petitorio se indica un mandatario común que represente a todos los solicitantes o un representante común, las notificaciones se enviarán a ese mandatario común o representante común. (Consúltense también los párrafos IP 11.015 a IP 11.017).
    IP 5.035. ¿Cuándo y cómo se debe identificar a los inventores?

    Cuando la persona identificada en el Recuadro N.o II como solicitante sea también el inventor, será suficiente con marcar la casilla “Esta persona también es inventor”. En el Recuadro N.o III no se exige la repetición del nombre y la dirección de los inventores. Cuando los inventores aparezcan identificados en el Recuadro N.o III, la casilla “solicitante e inventor” se deberá marcar si el inventor es también solicitante; la casilla “inventor únicamente” se deberá marcar si el inventor no es también solicitante. Cuando el inventor no sea el mismo para todos los Estados designados, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.038. Cuando el inventor haya fallecido, Consúltense los párrafos IP 11.023 a IP 11.026.
    IP 5.036. ¿Cuándo debo marcar la casilla “inventor únicamente” en el petitorio?

    Cuando el inventor no sea también el solicitante, se debe marcar la casilla “inventor únicamente” y se debe indicar su nombre y dirección en una de las subcasillas del Recuadro N.o III. El nombre y la dirección del inventor se podrán omitir en el petitorio cuando la legislación nacional de ninguno de los Estados designados exija que se proporcione el nombre de dicha persona en el momento de presentar una solicitud nacional. Los Anexos B indican cuáles son los requisitos para cada Estado contratante u organización intergubernamental. No obstante, salvo que haya un motivo especial que impida la mención del nombre y la dirección del inventor, se recomienda que se incluyan siempre en el petitorio, ya que, generalmente, dicha información se solicita durante la fase nacional.
    IP 5.037. ¿Debo indicar el nombre y la dirección de los inventores en el petitorio?
    Por lo que respecta a la indicación del nombre y la dirección de los inventores, también es aplicable lo que se dice a este respecto en cuanto a los solicitantes en los párrafos IP 5.025 y IP 5.027. No se exige una indicación del país en el que están domiciliados o del que tienen la nacionalidad los inventores salvo que estos últimos sean también solicitantes. Respecto a cambios posteriores en la persona, el nombre o la dirección de los inventores, Consúltense los párrafos IP 11.018 y IP 11.020.
    IP 5.038. ¿Qué se debe hacer si los inventores no son los mismos para todos los Estados designados?
    El PCT permite que se indiquen distintos inventores para los diferentes Estados designados cuando, a este respecto, los requisitos de las legislaciones nacionales de los Estados designados sean diferentes. Por lo que respecta a la manera de indicar para qué Estados designados es inventor la persona designada, consúltese el punto 1.iii) del recuadro suplementario del formulario de petitorio (consúltese el ejemplo del formulario de petitorio cumplimentado en la página web indicada en el párrafo IP 5.015). Cuando, y este suele ser el caso habitual, todos los inventores son los mismos para todos los Estados designados, no se exige ninguna indicación especial en el recuadro suplementario.
    IP 5.039. ¿En el caso de que haya varios solicitantes, cómo se identifican los Estados designados para los que son solicitantes?
    Los detalles relativos a la designación de Estados en general se dan más adelante, en los párrafos IP 5.052 a IP 5.054. En la parte inferior del Recuadro N.o II y de cada sección del Recuadro N.o III hay dos casillas (consúltese el ejemplo del formulario de petitorio cumplimentado en la página web indicada en el párrafo IP 5.015). Una (pero solo una) de esas casillas se marcará respecto del solicitante identificado en el Recuadro N.o II y de cada uno de los demás solicitantes más, si los hubiera. No debe marcarse ninguna casilla si la persona identificada en cualquiera de las subcasillas del Recuadro N.o III es “inventor únicamente”. A continuación se incluye una explicación de cada una de las dos casillas, para el Recuadro N.o II y el Recuadro N.o III.
    — RECUADRO N.O II:
    “⬜ todos los Estados designados”
    Esta casilla se marcará cuando la persona identificada en el Recuadro N.o II sea y tenga derecho a ser considerada como solicitante para todos los Estados designados.
    “⬜ los Estados indicados en el recuadro suplementario”
    Esta casilla deberá marcarse únicamente en el caso concreto de que el solicitante no tenga calidad de tal en todos los Estados designados. Cuando, por ejemplo, cada uno de los tres solicitantes sea solicitante para distintos Estados, la indicación de los Estados para los que la persona identificada en el Recuadro N.o II es solicitante debe realizarse en el recuadro suplementario del formulario de petitorio (consúltese la explicación que se facilita más adelante en relación con las subcasillas del Recuadro N.o III para los otros dos solicitantes en tal caso). El procedimiento que ha de seguirse con el recuadro suplementario se describe detalladamente en el punto 1.ii) de dicho recuadro suplementario (consúltese el ejemplo del formulario de petitorio cumplimentado en la página web indicada en el párrafo IP 5.015).
    — RECUADRO N.O III:
    “⬜ todos los Estados designados”
    Esta casilla se marcará cuando la persona identificada en la subcasilla como “solicitante e inventor” o como “solicitante únicamente” sea y tenga derecho a ser considerada como solicitante para todos los Estados designados.
    “⬜ los Estados indicados en el recuadro suplementario”
    Esta casilla deberá marcarse únicamente en el caso concreto de que el solicitante no tenga calidad de tal en todos los Estados designados. Cuando, por ejemplo, cada uno de los tres solicitantes sea solicitante para distintos Estados, la indicación de los Estados para los que cada uno de los otros dos solicitantes identificados en una subcasilla del Recuadro N.o III como “solicitante e inventor” o como “solicitante únicamente” se realizará en el recuadro suplementario del formulario de petitorio (consúltese la explicación citada anteriormente en relación con las subcasillas del Recuadro N.o II respecto del primer solicitante). El procedimiento que ha de seguirse con el recuadro suplementario se describe detalladamente en el punto 1.ii) de dicho recuadro suplementario (consúltese el ejemplo del formulario de petitorio cumplimentado en la página web indicada en el párrafo IP 5.015).
    IP 5.040. [Eliminado]
    RECUADRO N.O IV: MANDATARIO O REPRESENTANTE COMÚN
    IP 5.041. ¿Tiene que estar representado el solicitante por un mandatario ante la Oficina receptora, la Oficina Internacional y otras Administraciones Internacionales conforme al PCT?

    El Anexo C indica, por cada Oficina receptora, si el solicitante debe estar representado por un mandatario. Como ya se ha mencionado (Consúltese el párrafo IP 1.004), habida cuenta de la importancia que tiene una preparación cuidadosa de la solicitud internacional y su adecuada tramitación, en cualquier caso es altamente recomendable para los solicitantes utilizar los servicios de un abogado o de un mandatario de patentes profesional.
    IP 5.042. ¿A quién se puede nombrar para que actúe en calidad de mandatario?

    Cualquier persona que actúe en calidad de mandatario ante la Oficina que actúa como Oficina receptora (consúltese el Anexo C) podrá ser nombrada mandatario para cualquier solicitud internacional presentada en esa Oficina. Cuando la solicitud internacional se presente con la Oficina Internacional como Oficina receptora, cualquier persona que tenga derecho a actuar ante la Oficina nacional (o regional) de, o que actúe para, un Estado contratante en el que el solicitante (o, si hubiera dos o más solicitantes, cualquiera de los solicitantes) esté domiciliado o sea nacional podrá ser nombrada mandatario (consúltese el Anexo C). Un mandatario nombrado que tenga derecho a representar al solicitante ante la Oficina receptora tendrá también derecho automáticamente a actuar ante la Oficina Internacional, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional y la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional.
    IP 5.043. ¿Cómo se nombra a un mandatario?

    Sin perjuicio de lo dispuesto en el párrafo IP 5.044, un mandatario podrá ser nombrado por designación en el Recuadro N.o IV de la solicitud (consúltese el ejemplo del formulario de petitorio cumplimentado en la página web indicada en el párrafo IP 5.015) si la solicitud internacional está firmada por el solicitante (consúltense también los párrafos IP 5.088 y IP 5.089). En caso contrario, el nombramiento del mandatario se realizará en un documento separado (“poder”) firmado por el solicitante. La indicación del Recuadro N.o IV de la solicitud o del poder debe contener el nombre y la dirección del mandatario de la manera descrita en los párrafos IP 5.025 a IP 5.028. Se recomienda indicar también el número de teléfono, de fax y/o una dirección de correo electrónico del mandatario. A fin de permitir una recepción rápida y segura de las notificaciones de las Oficinas, se recomienda encarecidamente que se facilite una dirección de correo electrónico a tales fines. Cuando el mandatario esté registrado en la Oficina receptora, también se indicará el número u otra indicación según los cuales el mandatario esté registrado como tal. Cuando haya varios solicitantes se podrá nombrar un mandatario que los represente a todos mediante nombramiento en el petitorio o mediante un poder separado o mediante una combinación de ambos métodos, siempre que todos los solicitantes hayan firmado la solicitud o un poder separado. Se ofrecen modelos de los poderes en formato PDF editable en la página web de la OMPI, en: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/forms/pa/index. El poder separado debe remitirse a la Oficina receptora o a la Oficina Internacional o, si el nombramiento se realizó específicamente a efectos del procedimiento ante la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional o la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional, a la Administración interesada (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.045). Cuando un poder general autorice a un mandatario a representar al solicitante ante la Oficina que actúa como Oficina receptora, y cuando ese poder general incluya la presentación de solicitudes internacionales, una copia del poder general presentado originalmente a la Oficina receptora acompañará a cualquier solicitud internacional en relación con la cual se vaya a ejercer el nombramiento efectuado en el mismo, salvo que la Oficina receptora interesada haya renunciado a este requisito (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.044), y se hará referencia a dicha copia en el Recuadro N.o IX de la solicitud. Cabe observar que los poderes generales se deben depositar en la Oficina receptora (no en la Oficina Internacional, excepto cuando la solicitud internacional se presente ante la Oficina Internacional como Oficina receptora) o, si el nombramiento se ha realizado específicamente a los efectos del procedimiento ante la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional o de la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional, en la Administración interesada (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.045).
    IP 5.044. ¿Debe presentarse siempre un poder o una copia de un poder general con la solicitud internacional?

    Cualquier Oficina receptora, Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional o la Oficina internacional podrá renunciar al requisito de que se le presente un poder separado. Cualquier Oficina receptora, Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional o Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional podrá renunciar al requisito de que se adjunte una copia del poder general al petitorio, a la solicitud de examen preliminar internacional o a una declaración separada. La Oficina o la Administración receptoras podrán renunciar a estas exigencias en general o solo en determinados casos. En los casos en los que sea aplicable esta renuncia, no se tendrá que presentar un poder separado o una copia de un poder general. Cualquier renuncia de esta naturaleza y cualquier condición relacionada con la misma se publican en las Notificaciones Oficiales (Gaceta del PCT) (consúltense también los anexos C, D y E). Cabe observar que, en cualquier caso, se deberá seguir presentando un poder separado o una copia de un poder general para cualquier caso de retirada, incluso si se ha renunciado al requisito en otros casos. Cualquier renuncia realizada por una Oficina receptora será aplicable únicamente a esa Oficina, pero no necesariamente en relación con otras Administraciones que participen en el procedimiento del PCT. Por lo que respecta a los requisitos relativos a la firma, Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.088 a IP 5.091; en cuanto a las disposiciones especiales para las retiradas, Consúltense los párrafos IP 11.048 a IP 11.061.
    IP 5.045. ¿Puedo designar a un nuevo mandatario o mandatarios adicionales después de haber presentado la solicitud internacional?

    En todo momento se podrán nombrar más mandatarios para que representen al solicitante de manera general o específica ante la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional o la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional, y un mandatario nombrado con fines generales, a no ser que se indique lo contrario en el documento que contenga su nombramiento, podrá nombrar mandatarios secundarios que representen al solicitante. El nombramiento de un nuevo mandatario se considerará como la revocación de cualquier nombramiento de mandatarios anterior, salvo que se indique de otro modo en el poder en el que se nombra al nuevo mandatario.
    IP 5.046

    Si se exige la representación por un mandatario ante la Oficina receptora (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.041), es conveniente que el mandatario sea nombrado en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional para asegurarse de que la solicitud internacional se aceptará para su tramitación por parte de la Oficina receptora. La práctica de la Oficina receptora en lo relativo a la aplicación del requisito de nombramiento de un mandatario será, en general, la misma que observará en el caso de las solicitudes nacionales (o regionales). Si no es obligatorio nombrar un mandatario, se podrá hacer un nombramiento en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional o posteriormente.
    IP 5.047. ¿Se considera como mandatario a la persona que firma el petitorio de una empresa solicitante?
    La respuesta dependerá del tipo de autorización para actuar que posea la empresa solicitante, es decir, de si la persona firma en nombre de la empresa o si actúa como mandatario nombrado. Si en el Recuadro N.o IV se indica el nombre de esa persona y está marcada la casilla “mandatario”, se considerará a esa persona como mandatario y se exigirá un poder. Si en ese recuadro se indica la empresa solicitante y está marcada la casilla “representante común”, no se considerará como mandatario a la persona que firma. El simple hecho de que en la dirección para la correspondencia que se envíe a la empresa solicitante (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.051) se indique como representante común a una persona no significa que se vaya a considerar a esa persona como mandatario.
    IP 5.048. ¿Puede uno de entre varios solicitantes representar a todos ellos como representante común?

    Si entre todos los solicitantes no nombran a un mandatario común, uno de los solicitantes será nombrado por los demás solicitantes como representante común de todos los solicitantes (Consúltese el párrafo IP 11.005). Si no se nombra ni un mandatario común ni un representante común, el solicitante que se nombre en primer lugar y tenga derecho a presentar una solicitud internacional en la Oficina receptora interesada será “considerado” automáticamente representante común de todos los solicitantes (Consúltese el párrafo IP 11.006).
    IP 5.049
    Los párrafos IP 11.001 a IP 11.014 incluyen una explicación más detallada de las disposiciones relativas a los mandatarios y los representantes comunes.
    IP 5.050. ¿Recibiré notificaciones por correo electrónico?
    En caso de que se haya indicado una dirección de correo electrónico en el Recuadro N.o IV del formulario de petitorio, la Oficina Receptora, la Administración encargada de la Búsqueda Internacional (también en calidad de Administración designada para la búsqueda suplementaria), si proporcionan tal servicio, y la Oficina Internacional enviarán las notificaciones respecto de la solicitud internacional al mandatario o representante común, a la dirección de correo electrónico indicada, evitando con ello retrasos de tramitación o de correo. Cabe señalar que, en tal caso, por regla general, no se enviarán notificaciones en papel por correo postal, a menos que la Oficina competente esté dispuesta a enviar también dichas notificaciones en papel. Si no se proporciona una dirección de correo electrónico o si el mandatario o representante común opta por recibir las notificaciones exclusivamente por correo postal marcando la casilla correspondiente en el Recuadro N.o IV, o en los casos en que la Oficina receptora o la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional (también en su calidad de Administración designada para la búsqueda suplementaria) no prevean el envío de notificaciones por correo electrónico, estas se enviarán únicamente por correo postal a la dirección indicada. Cuando se haya facilitado una dirección de correo electrónico tanto para el solicitante como para el mandatario o representante común, solo se enviarán notificaciones por correo electrónico al mandatario o representante común nombrado (consúltese también el párrafo IP 5.029).
    IP 5.051. ¿Cuándo y cómo se podrá dar una dirección especial para el envío de correspondencia?

    La correspondencia se envía al mandatario nombrado o al representante común, si lo hubiera. Cuando no se haya nombrado un mandatario o un representante común, se enviará toda la correspondencia a la dirección, indicada en el Recuadro N.o II o III, del solicitante (si solo se ha nombrado a una persona como solicitante) o del solicitante que se considere que es el representante común (si hubiera dos o más personas nombradas como solicitantes) (Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.048 y IP 11.006). No obstante, si el solicitante desea que se envíe la correspondencia a una dirección diferente, en tal caso, esa dirección se debe indicar en el Recuadro N.o IV en lugar de la indicación de un mandatario o un representante común. En este caso, y únicamente en este caso, se debe marcar la última casilla del Recuadro N.o IV (es decir, la última casilla no se debe marcar si se ha marcado una de las casillas “mandatario” o “representante común” en el Recuadro N.o IV).
    RECUADRO N.O V: DESIGNACIÓN DE ESTADOS
    IP 5.052. ¿Qué es la designación de Estados?

    La designación de Estados es la indicación de los Estados contratantes en o de los que se puede desear proteger la invención. En el caso de las solicitudes internacionales presentadas el, o después del, 1 de enero de 2004, la presentación de la solicitud constituye automáticamente:
    i) la designación de todos los Estados contratantes que estén obligados por el Tratado en la fecha de presentación internacional;
    ii) la indicación de que la solicitud internacional deberá tratarse, respecto de cada Estado designado al que se aplique el Artículo 43 o 44, como una solicitud tendente a la concesión de cualquier título de protección disponible mediante la designación de ese Estado; y
    iii) la indicación de que la solicitud internacional es, respecto de cada Estado designado al que se aplique el Artículo 45.1), una solicitud para la concesión de una patente regional y también, salvo que el Artículo 45.2) sea aplicable, de una patente nacional.
    Esto también es válido cuando el solicitante no utilice el formulario de petitorio PCT/RO/101 expedido el 1 de enero de 2004, o posteriormente, o cuando la fecha de presentación internacional se haya cambiado a una fecha que sea el 1 de enero de 2004 o posterior.
    IP 5.053. ¿Puede algún Estado quedar excluido de la designación automática y global de Estados contratantes del PCT?
    Como excepción a la designación automática y global de Estados contratantes, Alemania, Japón y la República de Corea pueden excluirse de la designación. El motivo de esta excepción es que estos tres Estados han notificado a la Oficina Internacional que la legislación nacional aplicada por sus Oficinas designadas contiene disposiciones que estipulan que la presentación de una solicitud internacional que contenga la designación de dicho Estado y que reivindique la prioridad de una solicitud nacional anterior que surta efecto en ese Estado, dará como resultado que la solicitud nacional anterior cese de tener efecto. Por lo tanto, se podrán marcar las casillas cuando se quiera evitar una pérdida no deseada de la solicitud nacional de prioridad. En el Anexo B se explican más detalles sobre este aspecto y las condiciones particulares aplicables en relación con estos tres Estados.
    IP 5.054. ¿Al presentar una solicitud internacional se puede recurrir al procedimiento de extensión de una patente europea a un país, o de validación de dicha patente en un país que tenga un Acuerdo de extensión o validación con la Organización Europea de Patentes?
    Si se dan las condiciones necesarias, una patente europea concedida sobre la base de una solicitud internacional podrá extenderse a un Estado, o validarse en un Estado, que tenga un Acuerdo de extensión o validación a tal efecto con la Organización Europea de Patentes. Este procedimiento está disponible durante la presentación de una solicitud internacional dado que la presentación de la solicitud constituye la designación de todos los Estados, incluida la designación de la Oficina Europea de Patentes y la designación de una patente nacional de todos los Estados que hayan concertado un Acuerdo de extensión o validación, y que también sean Estados contratantes del PCT. El Anexo B (EP) contiene información sobre los Estados a los que se podrán extender las patentes Europeas de este modo. Los detalles sobre el procedimiento aplicable, incluidos los pasos que hay que adoptar en la entrada a la fase nacional y las tasas exigibles, se han publicado en el Boletín oficial de la Oficina Europea de Patentes (Official Journal of the European Patent Office) (N.o 1-2/1994, páginas 75 a 88, N.o 11/1997, páginas 538 a 542, y 2/2015, A18-A20); consúltese también el resumen capítulo nacional (EP).
    IP 5.055. ¿Es posible elegir un tipo de protección que no sea una patente y, si es así, cómo se hace?

    Tal como se indica en el párrafo IP 5.052 la presentación de un petitorio constituye la indicación de que la solicitud internacional, respecto de cada Estado designado al que se aplique el Artículo 43 o 44, es una solicitud para la concesión de cada tipo de protección que esté disponible mediante la designación de ese Estado. Ejemplos de estos tipos de protección serán un certificado de inventor, un certificado de utilidad, un modelo de utilidad, una pequeña patente, una patente de adición, un certificado de adición o un certificado de inventor de adición. Durante la fase internacional, no es posible indicar el deseo de obtener un determinado tipo de protección de una Oficina designada determinada. Cualquier otra elección del tipo de protección deseada se podrá llevar a cabo únicamente al comienzo de la fase nacional ante las Oficinas designadas respectivas. No obstante, cabe observar que es posible retirar un determinado tipo de protección en relación con la designación de un Estado. Los Anexos B indican, para cada Estado contratante, los tipos de protección disponibles.
    IP 5.056. ¿Es necesario incluir información sobre una “patente principal” en la solicitud internacional?
    Cuando al entrar en la fase nacional se solicita un título de adición (patente, certificado, certificado de inventor), o cuando el solicitante desee que la solicitud internacional se trate como una solicitud de “continuación” o “continuación en parte”, el solicitante así lo indicará y citará la solicitud principal o patente principal a continuación del nombre del Estado designado, en el “recuadro suplementario” (consúltese el punto 2 o el 3 de dicho recuadro suplementario).
    IP 5.056A. ¿Se puede corregir o añadir en el formulario de petitorio alguna indicación acerca de una referencia a una continuación o continuación en parte, o a una solicitud principal o patente principal?

    Se podrá corregir o añadir en el petitorio cualquier indicación contemplada en la Regla 4.11 mediante un escrito presentado en la Oficina Internacional dentro de un plazo de 16 meses desde la fecha de prioridad. Si el escrito se recibe en la Oficina Internacional después del vencimiento de ese plazo, se considerará recibido el último día de dicho plazo, siempre que dicho escrito llegue a la Oficina Internacional antes de que hayan finalizado los preparativos técnicos para la publicación internacional. La Oficina Internacional notificará al solicitante acerca de toda indicación que haya corregido o añadido conforme a la Regla 26quater.1. Si se envía a la Oficina receptora un escrito conforme a la Regla 26quater.1, dicha Oficina anotará la fecha de recepción en el escrito y lo remitirá cuanto antes a la Oficina Internacional. Así pues, la fecha anotada se considerará como fecha de recepción del escrito en la Oficina Internacional. Cuando las correcciones o adiciones de indicaciones que se contemplan en la Regla 4.11 no se reciban oportunamente, la Oficina Internacional notificará al solicitante que tales indicaciones o correcciones deben remitirse directamente a la Oficina u Oficinas designadas correspondientes.
    RECUADRO N.O VI: REIVINDICACIÓN DE PRIORIDAD Y RESTAURACIÓN DEL DERECHO DE PRIORIDAD
    IP 5.057. ¿Cómo debe reivindicarse el derecho de prioridad de una solicitud anterior?

    Cualquier solicitud internacional podrá contener una declaración que reivindique la prioridad de una o más solicitudes anteriores presentadas en o para cualquier país parte del Convenio de París para la Protección de la Propiedad Industrial y/o presentadas en o para cualquier miembro de la Organización Mundial del Comercio (OMC) que no sea parte de ese Convenio (consúltese http://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/paris_wto_pct). Téngase en cuenta que, cuando se reivindique una prioridad de una solicitud anterior presentada en o para un miembro de la OMC que no sea parte del Convenio de París, ningún Estado Contratante del PCT que no sea miembro de la OMC estará obligado a reconocer los efectos de tal reivindicación de prioridad. Cualquier solicitud regional anterior (ARIPO, Eurasiática, Europea, OAPI o cualquier organización regional similar que sea competente para la concesión de patentes regionales y en las que al menos un país parte del tratado regional de patentes sea parte asimismo del Convenio de París o de la OMC) así como cualquier solicitud internacional anterior, servirán también de base a una reivindicación de prioridad. Cualquier reivindicación de prioridad deberá indicarse en el petitorio. La reivindicación de prioridad deberá contener las referencias que la identifiquen de manera única. Si la solicitud anterior fuese una solicitud nacional, se deberá indicar el país en que fue presentada, la fecha de presentación y el número con el que fue presentada. Si la solicitud anterior fuese una solicitud regional, la reivindicación de prioridad deberá indicar la oficina en que fue presentada; solamente cuando no todos los países que forman parte del tratado regional de patentes bajo el que se presentó la solicitud anterior sean también parte en el Convenio de París para la Protección de la Propiedad Industrial (Convenio de París) o sean también miembros de la OMC, se exigirá que la reivindicación de prioridad indique al menos un país parte en el Convenio de París o por lo menos un miembro de la OMC para el que haya sido presentada dicha solicitud regional. Cuando la solicitud anterior sea una solicitud internacional, la reivindicación de prioridad deberá indicar la Oficina receptora en la que fue presentada. Se podrá indicar el nombre del país, o si procede, la Oficina de presentación mediante el código de dos letras (consúltese Nombres de países y códigos de dos letras (antiguo Anexo K) y el párrafo IP 5.033). Cumpliendo ciertas condiciones, se podrá corregir o añadir reivindicaciones de prioridad después de presentada la solicitud internacional, mediante el envío de una notificación a la Oficina receptora o a la Oficina Internacional (consúltense los párrafos IP 6.038 a IP 6.044).
    IP 5.058. ¿Qué se entiende por “fecha de prioridad”?
    Cuando la solicitud internacional contenga una reivindicación de prioridad, se entenderá por “fecha de prioridad” la fecha de presentación de la solicitud cuya prioridad se reivindica. Cuando la solicitud internacional no contenga tal reivindicación, se entenderá por “fecha de prioridad” la fecha de presentación de la solicitud internacional. Cuando la solicitud internacional contenga dos o más reivindicaciones, se entenderá por “fecha de prioridad” la fecha de presentación de la primera de las solicitudes cuya prioridad se reclama.
    IP 5.059. ¿Qué se entiende por “período de prioridad”?

    Se entiende por “Período de prioridad” el período de 12 meses a contar desde la fecha de presentación de la solicitud anterior cuya prioridad se reivindica en la solicitud internacional. La fecha de presentación de la solicitud anterior no queda incluida en este período. Con sujeción a lo que más abajo se dirá, para poder reivindicar válidamente la prioridad, la solicitud internacional deberá presentarse siempre dentro del período de prioridad, y en otro caso se perderá el derecho de prioridad. Téngase en cuenta que, en ciertos casos (consúltense las Reglas 2.4.b) y 80.5), el período de prioridad puede expirar en una fecha posterior. Téngase en cuenta además que, si la solicitud internacional se presenta después de expirado el período de prioridad pero dentro de un cierto plazo, puede ser posible, en determinadas circunstancias, solicitar la restauración del derecho de prioridad (Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.062 a IP 5.069; lo anterior no se aplicará, sin embargo, a todos los Estados Contratantes.
    IP 5.060. ¿Qué principios regulan el derecho de prioridad de las solicitudes internacionales?

    El PCT no establece ningún cambio de las disposiciones que rigen el derecho de prioridad y que figuran en el Artículo 4 del Convenio de París para la Protección de la Propiedad Industrial; los miembros de la OMC deben aplicar el Artículo 4 del Convenio de París de conformidad con el Artículo 2.1 del Acuerdo sobre los Aspectos de los Derechos de Propiedad Intelectual relacionados con el Comercio (Acuerdo ADPIC). Dado que una solicitud internacional tiene en cada Estado designado el efecto de una solicitud nacional regular, puede reivindicar la prioridad sobre otra solicitud, y ser utilizada como base para una reivindicación de prioridad en una solicitud posterior, al igual que cualquier solicitud nacional regular. Por lo que respecta a los procedimientos del PCT, la reclamación de prioridad tiene una gran importancia, dado que establece una fecha de prioridad a los fines del cómputo de los plazos en virtud del PCT. La validez de una reivindicación de prioridad no se determina durante la fase internacional (aun cuando sea objeto de consideración a los efectos del establecimiento de informes preliminares sobre la patentabilidad (Capítulo I o II del PCT)). Asimismo, una reivindicación de prioridad se considerará no presentada (Consúltense los párrafos IP 6.038 a IP 6.044), con sujeción a la posibilidad de realizar correcciones, a los efectos del procedimiento en virtud del PCT si la solicitud para la que se reivindica la prioridad no se presentase ni en un país parte del Convenio de París ni en un miembro de la OMC, si la solicitud internacional fuera presentada más tarde de dos meses tras la expiración del periodo de prioridad (Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.062 y IP 6.038) o si la reivindicación de prioridad no incluyese los detalles exigidos respecto a la fecha en la que y el país y/o la Oficina, según sea el caso, en los que se presentó la solicitud anterior.
    IP 5.061. ¿Cómo se deben indicar las fechas en la reivindicación de prioridad?
    Cada fecha que aparezca en la solicitud internacional o en toda la correspondencia debe indicarse con el número arábigo correspondiente al del día, el nombre del mes y el número arábigo correspondiente al del año, en este orden. En el petitorio, después de, debajo de o sobre esa indicación, se debe repetir la fecha entre paréntesis con un numeral de dos dígitos arábigos que corresponda al número del día y otro para el número del mes, y el número del año se indicará con cuatro dígitos, en ese orden y estableciendo la separación con puntos, barras oblicuas o guiones, por ejemplo: “20 marzo 2006 (20.03.2006) o 20 marzo 2006 (20/03/2006) o 20 marzo 2006 (20 03 2006).”
    IP 5.062. ¿Qué consecuencias tiene que la solicitud internacional se presente tras haber expirado el período de prioridad?
    Cuando la solicitud internacional tenga una fecha de presentación internacional posterior a la fecha en que expiraba el período de prioridad (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.059), pero dentro del período de dos meses siguiente a dicha fecha, la reivindicación de prioridad correspondiente no será declarada nula a los efectos de la fase internacional del procedimiento PCT, independientemente de si se solicita o no la restauración del derecho de prioridad (consúltese más adelante), o de si la Oficina receptora acepta o deniega dicha solicitud. Cuando la reivindicación de prioridad en cuestión sea la única o la primera reivindicación de prioridad de la solicitud internacional, continuará sirviendo como base para el cálculo de los plazos durante la fase internacional. Téngase en cuenta, no obstante, que el hecho de que la reivindicación de prioridad se mantenga en la solicitud internacional no significa en absoluto que la validez de dicha reivindicación de prioridad esté asegurada en la fase nacional.
    Respecto de dicha reivindicación de prioridad, se podrá presentar una petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad ante la Oficina receptora (consúltense los siguientes párrafos para el procedimiento relativo a la restauración del derecho de prioridad). Varias Oficinas receptoras, sin embargo, han notificado a la Oficina Internacional, al amparo de la Regla 26bis.3.j) la incompatibilidad de las disposiciones que regulan dichas peticiones de restauración del derecho de prioridad con las legislaciones nacionales que aplican dichas Oficinas. En consecuencia, dichas Oficinas receptoras no aplicarán las citadas disposiciones y por lo tanto no aceptarán tales peticiones. Un listado de las Oficinas que no aceptan peticiones al amparo de la Regla 26bis.3.a) puede encontrarse en la página web de la OMPI, en http://www.wipo.int/es/web/pct-system/texts/reservations/res_incomp#R_26bis_3_j. En la medida en que el solicitante sea consciente, antes de presentar la solicitud internacional, de la necesidad de presentar una petición de restauración, deberá considerar presentar la solicitud internacional en una Oficina receptora competente que acepte este tipo de peticiones. Por ejemplo, la Oficina receptora de la Oficina Internacional acepta estas peticiones y es competente para las solicitudes internacionales presentadas por un nacional o residente de cualquier Estado Contratante del PCT. Si la necesidad de presentar una petición de restauración solo se manifiesta después de haber presentado la solicitud internacional, se podrá pedir a la Oficina receptora que transmita la solicitud internacional a la Oficina receptora de la Oficina Internacional al amparo de la Regla 19.4.a)iii).
    IP 5.063. ¿Cuál es el plazo para presentar peticiones de restauración del derecho de prioridad?
    El plazo para cumplir con los requisitos para pedir la restauración del derecho de prioridad es de dos meses a contar desde la fecha en que expirara el período de prioridad. Si la Oficina receptora exige al solicitante que presente una declaración o pruebas en apoyo de la exposición de los motivos por los que no presentó a tiempo la solicitud internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.064), concederá al solicitante un plazo razonable en función de las circunstancias, para aportar dichos documentos.
    IP 5.064. ¿Cómo se debe presentar la petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad ante la Oficina receptora?

    En el Recuadro N.o VI del formulario de petitorio se incluye una opción para poder pedir la restauración del derecho de prioridad y una opción similar se incluye en el sistema ePCT. Solo hay que añadir una indicación cuando se trate de varias reivindicaciones de prioridad, a fin de aclarar respecto de qué reivindicación de prioridad se pide la restauración. La petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad también puede presentarse separadamente del formulario de petitorio, mediante una carta dirigida a la Oficina receptora.
    Para que la petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad sea satisfactoria, deben cumplirse las siguientes condiciones:
    — la solicitud internacional debe contener una reivindicación de prioridad referida a una solicitud anterior. Además, dicha solicitud internacional debe haberse presentado dentro de los dos meses de la fecha en que haya expirado el período de prioridad. Si la solicitud internacional no contiene la correspondiente reivindicación de prioridad en el momento de su presentación, dicha reivindicación deberá añadirse, de conformidad con la Regla 26bis.1.a) (Consúltense los párrafos IP 6.038 a IP 6.040), dentro de los dos meses de la expiración del período de prioridad (consúltense las Reglas 26bis.3.c) y e));
    — la solicitud de restaurar debe indicar las razones para no haber presentado a tiempo la solicitud internacional dentro del período de prioridad. Esta exposición de motivos deberá presentarse en un documento separado y deberá adjuntarse a la petición de restauración en el formulario de petitorio, o podrá presentarse con posterioridad, dentro del plazo previsto en la Regla 26bis.3.e). En la exposición de motivos deberá tenerse en cuenta el criterio de restauración que el solicitante pretende satisfacer de entre aquellos que la Oficina aplica a este tipo de peticiones (consúltese el Anexo C y el párrafo IP 5.065);
    — deberá pagarse, si corresponde, una tasa por pedir la restauración (consúltese el Anexo C para comprobar si una determinada Oficina receptora exige el pago de una tasa por la restauración del derecho de prioridad) antes de que expire el plazo previsto en la Regla 26bis.3.e); el plazo límite para el pago de la tasa podrá ampliarse por un período de hasta dos meses a contar desde que expire el plazo previsto en la Regla 26bis.3.e) (Regla 26bis.3.d));
    — si lo requiere la Oficina receptora, deberá presentarse una declaración u otra prueba en apoyo de la exposición de motivos, preferentemente junto con la petición de restauración, pero también podrá aportarse en respuesta a un requerimiento de la Oficina receptora (Regla 26bis.3.f) (para conocer el plazo aplicable, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.063).
    IP 5.065. ¿Cuáles son los criterios para la restauración que aplica la Oficina receptora?

    Hay dos criterios posibles para la restauración; el no presentar la solicitud internacional dentro del plazo de prioridad ocurrió a pesar de haber aplicado la debida diligencia exigida por las circunstancias, o bien el no presentar la solicitud internacional dentro del plazo de prioridad no fue intencionado. Todas las Oficinas a las que se les aplican las presentes Reglas (consúltese del párrafo IP 5.062) deben aplicar al menos uno de estos criterios. Si una Oficina receptora lo desea, podrá aplicar ambos criterios para la restauración y dejar a elección del solicitante el criterio que se le aplique en un caso determinado, teniendo en cuenta que sería ventajoso para el solicitante obtener un resultado positivo por parte de la Oficina receptora en el criterio más estricto de la “diligencia debida”, puesto que tal resultado sería en general efectivo en todos los Estados designados, a diferencia de un resultado con el criterio menos estricto de la “no intencionalidad”. Además, la Oficina receptora tendrá libertad para aplicar, a petición del solicitante, primero el criterio de la “diligencia debida” y luego, si la Oficina receptora encuentra que no se cumple dicho criterio, el criterio de la “no intencionalidad”.
    IP 5.066. ¿Qué hay que incluir en la exposición de motivos para pedir la restauración del derecho de prioridad y qué otra información podría exigirse para justificar una petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad?
    En la exposición de motivos deben indicarse las razones por las que no se ha presentado la solicitud internacional dentro del período de prioridad. La exposición debe contener todos los hechos y circunstancias pertinentes que pudieran permitir a la Oficina receptora comprobar que el incumplimiento de presentar la solicitud internacional en el período de prioridad ocurrió a pesar de la diligencia debida exigida por las circunstancias o que no fue intencional. Con arreglo a la Regla 26bis.3.f), las Oficinas receptoras pueden exigir que se aporte una declaración u otra prueba en apoyo de la exposición de motivos, o si ya se hubiera aportado alguna prueba, que se aporten pruebas adicionales. Al presentar la exposición de motivos y eventualmente declaraciones o pruebas en apoyo de una petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad, se debe tener en cuenta que, por lo general, la Oficina Internacional pondrá todos estos documentos a disposición del público en PATENSCOPE después de la publicación internacional de la solicitud internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.067 para consultar las excepciones). Por ello, se aconseja excluir toda información de carácter privado o confidencial que no sea necesaria para justificar la petición de restauración propiamente dicha.
    IP 5.067. ¿Pueden los solicitantes pedir que no se transmitan a la Oficina Internacional determinados documentos relativos a una petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad?
    En general, las Oficinas receptoras transmitirán a la Oficina Internacional todos los documentos presentados en relación con una petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad. No obstante, el solicitante puede presentar una petición fundamentada a la Oficina receptora a fin de que no se transmitan determinados documentos, o partes de estos, relativos a la petición de restauración en cuestión. Las Oficinas receptoras también pueden ponerse en contacto directamente con el solicitante cuando identifiquen tales documentos a fin de invitarlo a presentar una petición de omisión fundamentada. Si la Oficina receptora comprueba, previa petición del solicitante, que algún documento no cumple manifiestamente el propósito de informar al público acerca de la solicitud internacional, que la publicación de dicho documento, o su acceso público, perjudicaría claramente los intereses personales o económicos de alguna persona y que no prevalece el interés público en tener acceso a dicho documento o parte de ese documento, entonces no transmitirá dicho documento, ni parte de dicho documento, a la Oficina Internacional. Se ha de tener en cuenta que si no transmite información esencial, que pudiera ser necesaria para determinar si se ha cumplido el requisito de “diligencia debida”, y por lo tanto esta información no estuviese a disposición de las Oficinas designadas o elegidas, es muy probable que durante la fase nacional se reexamine su petición de restauración del derecho de prioridad y que se solicite nuevamente presentar información similar ante las Oficinas designadas o elegidas.
    IP 5.068. ¿Se dará la posibilidad de un diálogo con la Oficina receptora en el caso de que dicha Oficina tenga intención de denegar la petición?
    Si la Oficina receptora tiene intención de denegar la petición de restauración de la reivindicación de prioridad, se exige que notifique su intención. El solicitante tiene entonces la posibilidad de hacer observaciones acerca de la denegación pretendida dentro de un plazo razonable, especificado en la notificación de intención denegatoria (Formulario PCT/RO/158). Téngase en cuenta que esta notificación puede en práctica enviarse al solicitante junto con una invitación a presentar una declaración u otras pruebas.
    IP 5.069. ¿Qué efectos tiene la decisión de la Oficina receptora sobre las Oficinas designadas?
    Una decisión de la Oficina receptora de restaurar el derecho de prioridad basándose en el criterio de “diligencia debida” será, por regla general, efectiva en todas las Oficinas designadas, a menos que la Oficina designada hubiera presentado una notificación de incompatibilidad al amparo de la Regla 49ter.1.g). Una decisión de la Oficina receptora de restaurar el derecho de prioridad basándose en el criterio de “no intencionalidad” solo será efectiva en aquellos Estados designados cuya legislación aplicable prevé la restauración del derecho de prioridad basado en dicho criterio o en un criterio que, desde el punto de vista de los solicitantes, sea más favorable que dicho criterio. Una decisión de la Oficina receptora de denegar la restauración del derecho de prioridad siempre puede ser objeto de revisión por una Oficina designada, salvo que haya presentado una notificación de incompatibilidad al amparo de la Regla 49ter.1.g) en el sentido de que dicha restauración no es posible en ese país.
    Por otra parte, la Oficina designada solo podrá proceder a reexaminar una decisión positiva cuando tenga dudas fundadas acerca del cumplimiento de alguno de los requisitos sustantivos para la restauración. Téngase en cuenta también que no se admite reexamen alguno por motivos puramente formales, como, por ejemplo, la posibilidad de que no se haya abonado la tasa correspondiente en la fase internacional.
    IP 5.070. ¿Cuándo y a quién se debe proporcionar el documento de prioridad?

    Antes de que transcurran 16 meses desde la fecha de prioridad (o, cuando se solicite una tramitación anticipada de conformidad con lo dispuesto en el Artículo 23.2), antes de que se realice esa petición), el solicitante deberá presentar una copia certificada de la solicitud anterior a la Oficina Internacional o a la Oficina receptora (salvo que ya se haya presentado en la Oficina Receptora junto con la solicitud internacional); se considerará que cualquier copia certificada que llegue a la Oficina Internacional cuando haya finalizado el plazo de 16 meses desde la fecha de reivindicación, pero antes de la fecha de publicación internacional de la solicitud internacional, habrá llegado a la Oficina Internacional en el último día de ese periodo de 16 meses. La copia debe estar certificada por la Administración en la que se presentó la solicitud anterior. Cuando esta Administración sea la misma Oficina que la Oficina receptora, el solicitante podrá, en lugar de presentar la copia certificada, solicitar a la Administración, antes del vencimiento del plazo de 16 meses desde la fecha de prioridad, que prepare y remita la copia certificada a la Oficina Internacional; pero en tal caso, la tasa exigida normalmente por la Oficina se deberá pagar cuando se realice la petición de transmisión; la solución más fácil es realizar esta petición en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional, para lo que se marcará la casilla destinada a tal efecto en el Recuadro N.o VI del formulario PCT/RO/101. Además, si el documento de prioridad es accesible a la Oficina Internacional a través de una biblioteca digital, de acuerdo con la Regla 17.1.b-bis) y la Instrucción 715.a), se podrá pedir a la Oficina Internacional, antes de la fecha de publicación internacional, que se procure el documento de prioridad en dicha biblioteca. (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.070B). La Oficina Internacional no aplicará tasa alguna por la prestación de este servicio. La opción más sencilla es presentar esta solicitud ante la Oficina Internacional en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional, marcando la casilla prevista a tal efecto en el Recuadro N.o VI.
    IP 5.070A. ¿Cómo sé si en el marco del Sistema del PCT se puede acceder a la solicitud anterior a través de una biblioteca digital?
    La única “biblioteca digital” disponible en el Sistema del PCT es el Servicio de Acceso Digital de la OMPI (DAS), que brinda acceso a las solicitudes anteriores presentadas ante la Oficina Internacional en calidad de Oficina receptora y ante varias Oficinas Nacionales, para que se utilicen como documentos de prioridad. Sin embargo, al contrario que los sistemas bilaterales de las Oficinas Nacionales, en virtud de los cuales estas comparten el documento de prioridad, la solicitud anterior únicamente es accesible en el caso de que se hayan tomado las medidas necesarias a tal efecto.
    IP 5.070B. ¿Qué pasos son necesarios para que la Oficina Internacional pueda conseguir el documento de prioridad en una biblioteca digital, en concreto a través del DAS?
    Para poner la solicitud anterior a disposición de la Oficina Internacional, el solicitante deberá seguir el procedimiento que se encuentra detallado en la página web del DAS, en el siguiente enlace: http://www.wipo.int/das/es/description.html, y en las páginas web de cada una de las Oficinas participantes. (Consúltese la lista en: http://www.wipo.int/das/es/participating_offices.html). Una vez completados dichos pasos, el solicitante recibirá un código de acceso, marcará las casillas pertinentes del Recuadro N.o VI, e indicará el código de acceso de cada documento de prioridad, o bien remitirá a la Oficina Internacional una solicitud por escrito que contenga esta información.
    IP 5.070C. ¿Qué pasos son necesarios cuando la solicitud previa que se desea hacer accesible a través del DAS es una solicitud internacional?
    Se puede asimismo reivindicar la prioridad de una solicitud internacional en el momento de presentar una solicitud de patente en otra Oficina (Oficina de segunda presentación). Caso de que la solicitud internacional se presentara en la Oficina Receptora de la Oficina Internacional, se podrá enviar una carta solicitando que el documento se haga accesible a través de DAS y, a continuación, requerir a la Oficina de segunda presentación para que obtenga el documento del DAS. Para una solicitud internacional presentada en otras Oficinas Receptoras consulte la lista de Oficinas en: http://www.wipo.int/das/es/participating_offices.html con objeto de comprobar que una determinada Oficina participante pone a disposición del DAS las solicitudes internacionales, además de las nacionales, presentadas en su Oficina receptora.
    IP 5.070D
    Antes de que transcurran 16 meses desde la fecha de prioridad (o, cuando se solicite una tramitación anticipada de conformidad con lo dispuesto en el Artículo 23.2), antes de que se realice esa petición), el solicitante deberá presentar una copia certificada de la solicitud anterior a la Oficina Internacional o a la Oficina receptora (salvo que ya se haya presentado en la Oficina Receptora junto con la solicitud internacional); se considerará que cualquier copia certificada que llegue a la Oficina Internacional cuando haya finalizado el plazo de 16 meses desde la fecha de reivindicación, pero antes de la fecha de publicación internacional de la solicitud internacional, habrá llegado a la Oficina Internacional en el último día de ese periodo de 16 meses. La copia debe estar certificada por la Administración en la que se presentó la solicitud anterior. Cuando esta Administración sea la misma Oficina que la Oficina receptora, el solicitante podrá, en lugar de presentar la copia certificada, solicitar a la Administración, antes del vencimiento del plazo de 16 meses desde la fecha de prioridad, que prepare y remita la copia certificada a la Oficina Internacional; pero en tal caso, la tasa exigida normalmente por la Oficina se deberá pagar cuando se realice la petición de transmisión; la solución más fácil es realizar esta petición en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional, para lo que se marcará la casilla destinada a tal efecto en el Recuadro N.o VI del formulario PCT/RO/101. Además, si el documento de prioridad es accesible a la Oficina Internacional a través de una biblioteca digital, de acuerdo con la Regla 17.1.b-bis) y la Instrucción 715.a), se podrá pedir a la Oficina Internacional, antes de la fecha de publicación internacional, que se procure el documento de prioridad en dicha biblioteca. (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.070B). La Oficina Internacional no aplicará tasa alguna por la prestación de este servicio. La opción más sencilla es presentar esta solicitud ante la Oficina Internacional en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional, marcando la casilla prevista a tal efecto en el Recuadro N.o VI.
    IP 5.071
    Si se desea información sobre la obtención de copias del documento de prioridad tras la publicación internacional, Consúltese el párrafo IP 9.023.
    RECUADRO N.O VII: ADMINISTRACIÓN ENCARGADA DE LA BÚSQUEDA INTERNACIONAL
    IP 5.072. ¿Deben indicar los solicitantes la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional que prefieran?

    Cuando haya dos o más Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional que tengan competencia para llevar a cabo la búsqueda internacional, los solicitantes deben indicar en el espacio adecuado del Recuadro N.o VII la Administración que prefieran. Para saber cuáles son las Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional competentes, consúltense el Anexo C y el párrafo IP 7.002.
    IP 5.073. ¿Se puede solicitar a una Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional que tenga en cuenta los resultados de una búsqueda anterior?

    Si el solicitante desea que la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, al llevar a cabo la búsqueda internacional, tenga en cuenta los resultados de una búsqueda anterior, sea internacional, de tipo internacional o nacional (Regla 4.12) y ha cumplido con todos los requisitos previstos en la Regla 12bis.1, la Administración está obligada, en la medida de lo posible, a tomar en cuenta los resultados de la búsqueda anterior si tal búsqueda ha sido efectuada por la misma Oficina que en ese momento actúa en calidad de Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional (Regla 41.1.i)). Sin embargo, si la búsqueda anterior ha sido efectuada por otra Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional u otra Oficina nacional (o regional), la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional podrá decidir si toma o no en consideración los resultados de la búsqueda anterior (Regla 41.1.ii)). En la medida en que la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional tome los resultados de dicha búsqueda anterior en consideración, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional deberá reducir la tasa de búsqueda en la medida y con arreglo a las condiciones previstas en el acuerdo con arreglo al Artículo 16.3.b) (Regla 16.3). Las Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional tienen libertad para decidir el alcance y las condiciones de tales reducciones de la tasa de búsqueda. Para consultar los textos completos de los acuerdos al amparo del Artículo 16.3.b), consúltese: http://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements (consúltese también el párrafo IP 5.198).
    En el punto 1 de la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio se incluye una opción para que el solicitante pueda pedir que la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional tenga en cuenta los resultados de una búsqueda anterior, y una opción similar se incluye en el sistema ePCT. El solicitante solo tiene que marcar la casilla correspondiente en la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII (punto 1) e identificar la solicitud anterior (ya sea nacional, regional o internacional) respecto de la cual se haya realizado la búsqueda anterior, incluyendo la fecha de presentación, el número de presentación y el país de presentación.
    En general, si el solicitante ha pedido que se tomen en cuenta los resultados de una búsqueda anterior, deberá presentar a la Oficina receptora, junto con la solicitud internacional y en el momento de presentarla, una copia de los resultados de la búsqueda anterior. No obstante, el solicitante no tendrá que aportar copia de los resultados de la búsqueda anterior en los casos siguientes:
    — cuando la búsqueda anterior haya sido efectuada por la misma Administración u Oficina que actúa como Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional;
    — cuando la búsqueda anterior no haya sido efectuada por la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional indicada en el Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio, sino por la misma Oficina que actúa como Oficina receptora: en este caso, el solicitante podrá pedir a la Oficina receptora que prepare y transmita directamente los resultados de la búsqueda anterior a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, marcando la casilla correspondiente en la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio (punto 1). Esta petición puede estar sujeta al pago de una tasa;
    — cuando la búsqueda anterior no haya sido efectuada por la Oficina receptora ni por la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional, pero esta Oficina o Administración disponga de una copia de los resultados de la búsqueda anterior, obtenida en un formato y de una manera aceptables para ella, por ejemplo en una biblioteca digital, y siempre que el solicitante así lo haya indicado en el espacio reservado para tal fin en la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII (punto 1) del formulario de petitorio.
    Si el solicitante desea que se tengan en cuenta los resultados de más de una búsqueda, las indicaciones mencionadas anteriormente deberán especificarse para cada una de las búsquedas anteriores. Además, cuando el solicitante pida a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional que tenga en cuenta los resultados de más de una búsqueda anterior, deberá presentar tantos duplicados como sean necesarios de la hoja del formulario de petitorio correspondiente a la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII: “Utilización de los Resultados de la Búsqueda y la Clasificación Anteriores”, a fin de cumplir los requisitos y aportar la información necesaria respecto de cada una de las solicitudes anteriores. Los duplicados de dichas hojas deben contener la mención siguiente: “hoja de continuación del punto 1 de la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII”.
    IP 5.073A. ¿Puede la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional exigir al solicitante que presente otros documentos relativos a una búsqueda anterior, además de aquellos que haya transmitido la Oficina receptora?

    Salvo que el solicitante lo hubiera hecho ya, la Administración Internacional podrá invitar al solicitante (Formulario PCT/ISA/238) a aportarle una copia de la solicitud anterior, una traducción (en su caso) de dicha solicitud anterior a un idioma aceptado por la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional o una copia de cualquier documento que se cite en los resultados de la búsqueda anterior. No obstante, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional podrá no exigir al solicitante que aporte la totalidad o alguno de los documentos citados en cualquiera de los casos siguientes:
    — cuando la búsqueda anterior haya sido efectuada por la misma Administración u Oficina que actúa como Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional;
    — cuando el solicitante marque la casilla correspondiente en la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII (punto 1) del formulario de petitorio indicando que la solicitud internacional es igual o sustancialmente igual a la solicitud anterior respecto de la cual se llevó a cabo la búsqueda anterior, salvo que se presenta en un idioma distinto, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional no podrá exigir una copia de la solicitud anterior o una traducción de esta;
    — cuando la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional pueda procurarse una copia de la solicitud anterior o de cualquier documento citado en la búsqueda anterior o una traducción de los resultados de la búsqueda anterior, en un formato y de una manera aceptables para ella, por ejemplo en una biblioteca digital, y el solicitante así lo hubiera indicado marcando la casilla correspondiente en la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII (punto 1).
    IP 5.073B. ¿También transmitirá la Oficina receptora los resultados de una búsqueda y clasificación anteriores a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional cuando el solicitante no haya pedido que se tengan en cuenta los resultados de una búsqueda anterior?

    Cuando en la solicitud internacional se reivindique la prioridad de una solicitud anterior y el solicitante no lo haya indicado en el punto 1 de la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio, la Oficina receptora deberá no obstante transmitir a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional una copia de los resultados de la búsqueda y la clasificación anteriores (a menos que dicha Administración ya disponga de una copia), siempre que la solicitud anterior se haya presentado ante la misma Oficina nacional o regional que desempeña las funciones de Oficina receptora, y que dicha Oficina haya efectuado la búsqueda respecto de la solicitud anterior. La Oficina receptora podrá transmitir una copia de los resultados de la búsqueda y la clasificación anteriores en caso de que la solicitud anterior se haya presentado ante una Oficina diferente, pero no obstante la Oficina receptora pueda procurarse los resultados de la búsqueda y la clasificación anteriores. La Oficina receptora tiene la obligación de transmitir solo aquellos resultados de las búsquedas o clasificaciones anteriores que estén a su disposición en el momento de la presentación de la solicitud internacional.
    Algunas oficinas han notificado a la Oficina Internacional que la transmisión de copias de los resultados de una búsqueda y clasificación anteriores sin la autorización del solicitante no es compatible con sus respectivas legislaciones nacionales (consúltese el sitio web: http://www.wipo.int/es/web/pct-system/texts/reservations/res_incomp). Por eso, cuando la solicitud internacional se presente ante una Oficina receptora que haya notificado a la Oficina Internacional en ese sentido, el solicitante podrá marcar la primera casilla del punto 2.3 de la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio si no obstante desea autorizar a la Oficina receptora a que transmita los resultados de una búsqueda y clasificación anteriores a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional. Este caso solo se aplica a las solicitudes internacionales presentadas ante las siguientes Oficinas receptoras: la Oficina Australiana de Patentes, la Oficina de la Propiedad Industrial (Chequia), la Oficina de la Propiedad Intelectual de Singapur, la Oficina de Patentes de Israel, la Oficina de Patentes y Marcas de los Estados Unidos de América (USPTO), la Oficina Finlandesa de Patentes y Registros (PRH), la Oficina Húngara de la Propiedad Intelectual (HIPO), la Oficina Japonesa de Patentes (JPO), la Oficina Noruega de la Propiedad Industrial y la Oficina Sueca de Propiedad Intelectual (PRV).
    Cuando se trate de una búsqueda anterior relativa a una solicitud internacional y que dicha búsqueda haya sido efectuada por una Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional diferente de la Administración que se ha indicado en el Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio, el solicitante podrá marcar la segunda casilla del punto 2.3 de la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII para autorizar a la Oficina receptora a que transmita los resultados de una búsqueda y clasificación anteriores a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional que se ha indicado en el Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio.
    IP 5.073C. ¿Puede el solicitante pedir a la Oficina receptora que no transmita los resultados de la búsqueda anterior a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional?
    Algunas oficinas han notificado a la Oficina Internacional que podrán decidir, a petición del solicitante, no transmitir los resultados de una búsqueda anterior a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional (consúltese el sitio web: http://www.wipo.int/es/web/pct-system/texts/reservations/res_incomp). Si se presenta la solicitud internacional ante una oficina que ha enviado una notificación a la Oficina Internacional en ese sentido, es decir, la Oficina Alemana de Patentes y Marcas, la Oficina Finlandesa de Patentes y Registros (PRH) o la Oficina Sueca de Propiedad Intelectual (PRV), el solicitante podrá marcar la casilla del punto 2.2 de la Continuación del Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio para pedir a la Oficina receptora que no transmita los resultados de la búsqueda anterior a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional.
    IP 5.073D. ¿Tiene en cuenta la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional los resultados de una búsqueda anterior si el solicitante no ha efectuado una petición conforme a la Regla 4.12?
    Cuando en la solicitud internacional se reivindique la prioridad de una solicitud anterior respecto de la cual la Oficina que actúa como Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional ha efectuado una búsqueda, dicha Administración deberá tomar en consideración los resultados de esa búsqueda anterior al realizar la búsqueda internacional. Cuando la Oficina receptora haya transmitido a la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional una copia de los resultados de la búsqueda o la clasificación anteriores, o cuando esa Administración pueda procurarse una copia de alguna otra manera, por ejemplo, en una biblioteca digital, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional podrá tomar en consideración esos resultados al realizar la búsqueda internacional.
    RECUADRO N.O VIII: DECLARACIONES
    IP 5.074. ¿Qué declaraciones se pueden mencionar en el Recuadro N.o VIII e incluir en los Recuadros N.os VIII.i) a v)?
    El solicitante podrá, a los efectos de la legislación nacional aplicable en uno o más Estados designados, incluir cualquiera de las siguientes declaraciones conforme a la Regla 4.17:

    — Recuadro N.o VIII.i): declaración sobre la identidad del inventor (esta declaración no será necesaria si el nombre y la dirección del inventor se indican en el petitorio, generalmente en los recuadros N.os II o III);

    — Recuadro N.o VIII.ii): declaración sobre el derecho del solicitante, en la fecha de la presentación internacional, a solicitar y a que se le conceda una patente (la presente declaración no será aplicable en el caso de que se adquiriera el derecho tras la fecha de la presentación internacional);

    — Recuadro N.o VIII.iii): declaración sobre del derecho del solicitante, en la fecha de presentación internacional, a reivindicar la prioridad de la solicitud anterior (la presente declaración no será aplicable en el caso de que se adquiriera el derecho tras la fecha de la presentación internacional);

    — Recuadro N.o VIII.iv): declaración sobre la calidad de inventor (solo a los efectos de los Estados Unidos de América) (Presentar dicha declaración durante la fase internacional puede representar una ventaja, ya que es posible que los inventores sean más difíciles de localizar cuando la solicitud entra en fase nacional);

    — Recuadro N.o VIII.v): declaración sobre divulgaciones no perjudiciales o sobre excepciones a la falta de novedad.
    IP 5.075. ¿Cuál es la finalidad de estas declaraciones?

    El propósito de las declaraciones, según la Regla 4.17, es permitir cumplir algunos de los requisitos nacionales de las Oficinas designadas a las que se refiere la Regla 51bis.1 ya durante la fase internacional. Las legislaciones nacionales de muchas Oficinas designadas exigen aportar documentos o pruebas relativos a determinados asuntos, por ejemplo, su derecho a solicitar o a obtener una patente durante la fase nacional. Al presentar declaraciones acordes con la Regla 4.17 durante la fase internacional, los solicitantes, generalmente, no han de presentar prueba o documento alguno sobre la materia concreta objeto de la declaración a ninguna Oficina designada que exija dicho requisito. Por ejemplo, cuando aportan una declaración en virtud de la Regla 4.17.ii), durante la fase internacional, normalmente no es necesario que presenten ningún documento o prueba más relativo a su derecho a solicitar o a obtener una patente (por ejemplo, un documento de asignación en el que el inventor transfiera sus derechos al solicitante) durante la fase nacional ante las Oficinas designadas cuyas legislaciones nacionales incluyan dicho requisito (consúltese también párrafo IP 5.081). El PCT no exige la aportación de declaraciones a la largo de la fase internacional, pero, en caso de presentarse, ha de emplearse la redacción homologada (consúltense párrafos IP 5.076 a IP 5.078). No debe incluirse ninguna otra declaración en los Recuadros VIII.i) a v).
    IP 5.076. ¿Cómo se deben presentar las declaraciones en el petitorio?

    Cada declaración se debe realizar en la hoja apropiada (Recuadro N.o VIII.i) a v); en caso de que una misma declaración no quepa en la hoja correspondiente se utilizará una “hoja de continuación para la declaración” (Continuación del Recuadro N.o VIII.i) a v)). Las declaraciones deben redactarse conforme a los textos estándar que figuran en las Instrucciones 211 a 215. Exceptuando la declaración sobre la calidad de inventor a los efectos de la designación de los Estados Unidos de América (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.077), se deben elegir los puntos y elementos del texto estándar que sean aplicables e incluirlos en el orden apropiado, teniendo en cuenta los hechos del caso, la cronología de los acontecimientos, etcétera. En las Notas relativas al formulario de petitorio se incluye una guía pormenorizada para la redacción de estas declaraciones. Si no se hace declaración alguna, no deberá incluirse en el petitorio ninguna de las hojas de la declaración.
    IP 5.077. ¿Dónde puedo encontrar el texto para la declaración de la calidad de inventor a los efectos de la designación de los Estados Unidos de América?

    El texto de la declaración sobre la calidad de inventor a los efectos de la designación de los Estados Unidos de América solo figura impreso en el Recuadro N.o VIII.iv) del formulario de petitorio, ya que dicho texto se debe utilizar tal como se muestra en la Instrucción 214; no se omitirá ninguna parte ni se presentará en un orden distinto al utilizado en el formulario. En caso de que esta declaración se aporte tras la fecha de presentación internacional, habrá de añadirse el número de solicitud PCT en el espacio previsto para ello en la declaración. Además, todos los inventores, cuando los haya, han de firmar y fechar una declaración completa en la que se les incluya a todos, incluso aunque no firmen la misma (copia de la) declaración, incluyéndose también nombre, residencia y dirección de cada inventor.
    IP 5.078. ¿Se debe utilizar siempre la redacción homologada de las declaraciones?
    La redacción homologada se debe utilizar siempre ya que, en caso contrario, las Oficinas designadas podrán exigir al solicitante que presente una nueva declaración u otras pruebas en la fase nacional. Cabe observar que, aunque una declaración no se haya realizado con la redacción homologada, la Oficina Internacional la publicará no obstante. Dependerá de cada Oficina designada interesada determinar si puede aceptar la declaración o no; en otras palabras, los solicitantes no tendrán ninguna garantía de que la Oficina vaya a aceptarla. Si las circunstancias de un caso concreto son tales que la redacción homologada, en virtud de la Regla 4.17, no es aplicable, se deberán cumplir los requisitos aplicables en la fase nacional.
    IP 5.079. ¿Ha de firmarse una declaración en virtud de la Regla 4.17?

    Únicamente la declaración sobre la calidad de inventor cuando se designa a los Estados Unidos de América, que ha de ir firmada y fechada por todos los inventores. No debe firmarse ninguna otra declaración.
    IP 5.080. ¿Aceptan las legislaciones nacionales de todas las Oficinas Designadas las declaraciones realizadas en virtud de la Regla 4.17?
    Todas las Oficinas Designadas con requisitos nacionales específicos permitidos por el PCT las aceptan. Para obtener más información sobre qué Estados exigen información sustantiva en cada una de las declaraciones consúltese “Requisitos específicos de la Oficina” en el Capítulo Nacional (Resumen) de la Oficina Designada en cuestión, y Fase Nacional, párrafos NP 5.003 a NP 5.005.
    IP 5.081. ¿Pueden exigir las Oficinas Designadas más pruebas durante la fase nacional?
    Cuando la declaración en cuestión sea una de las incluidas en la Regla 4.17.i) a iv), la Oficina Designada, salvo que dude razonablemente de la veracidad de la declaración en cuestión, no exigirá ningún documento o prueba sobre la materia objeto de la declaración: En caso de que la declaración en cuestión sea aquélla a la que se hace referencia en la Regla 4.17.v), la Oficina Designada exigirá más documentos o pruebas, teniendo en cuenta que las divulgaciones no perjudiciales y las excepciones a la ausencia de novedad son materia sustancial de patentabilidad. Hay que recalcar que la declaración en sí misma no establece los asuntos declarados, los cuales han de determinar las Oficinas Designadas de acuerdo con sus legislaciones nacionales.
    IP 5.082. ¿Cómo reciben las Oficinas designadas las declaraciones que les corresponden?

    Todas las declaraciones formarán parte de la solicitud internacional publicada (Consúltese el párrafo IP 9.015) y, por lo tanto, no se comunicarán por separado a las Oficinas designadas interesadas.
    IP 5.083. ¿Qué finalidad tienen las casillas del Recuadro N.o VIII?
    Se deben completar las casillas del Recuadro N.o VIII para permitir a la Oficina receptora verificar que la declaración o las declaraciones a las que se hace referencia corresponden a las de los Recuadros N.os VIII.i) a v).
    Si se decide no hacer ninguna declaración en el momento de presentar la solicitud internacional o si las declaraciones aún no están disponibles en el momento de la presentación el petitorio no debe incluir las hojas facultativas para declaraciones y no se debe marcar nada en las casillas del Recuadro N.o VIII.
    IP 5.083A. ¿Se puede corregir o añadir durante la fase internacional una declaración contemplada en la Regla 4.17?
    Una declaración se puede corregir, o se puede añadir una declaración nueva (que falte), mediante un escrito remitido a la Oficina Internacional. Consúltense los párrafos IP 6.045 a IP 6.050 para obtener información más detallada. No obstante, una declaración no puede retirarse una vez presentada.
    RECUADRO N.O IX: LISTA DE VERIFICACIÓN
    IP 5.084. ¿Cuál es la finalidad de la lista de verificación?

    Se debe cumplimentar el Recuadro N.o IX para que la Oficina receptora pueda verificar durante la fase internacional que dispone de todos los documentos que constituyen y/o acompañan a la solicitud internacional y, en particular, para que compruebe que la solicitud internacional tal y como se ha presentado contiene el número de hojas impresas en papel indicadas en los puntos a) al f).
    IP 5.085
    Deberá indicarse el número real de hojas de cada elemento de la solicitud internacional, así como su número total (por lo que respecta a la numeración de las hojas, Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.012). Las hojas del petitorio son cuatro como mínimo (la “primera hoja”, la “segunda hoja”, la “tercera hoja” y la “última hoja”). Puede haber más hojas si se utilizan una o más hojas facultativas (la “hoja de continuación” para el Recuadro N.o III, la “hoja suplementaria”, la “hoja de declaración” o la “hoja de continuación para la declaración”).
    IP 5.086

    Para más detalles sobre la cumplimentación del Recuadro N.o IX y sobre los tipos de elementos que puede ser necesario presentar con la solicitud internacional, consúltense las notas relativas al formulario de petitorio. Consúltense también los capítulos nacionales para obtener detalles sobre determinadas cuestiones relacionadas con las Oficinas designadas.
    IP 5.087

    Se debe indicar además en el Recuadro N.o IX el número de la figura de los dibujos (si los hubiera) que se sugiere que acompañe al resumen a efectos de la publicación (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.170) y, preferiblemente, también el idioma de presentación de la solicitud internacional.
    RECUADRO N.O X: FIRMA DEL SOLICITANTE O DEL MANDATARIO
    IP 5.088. ¿Quién debe firmar la solicitud internacional y cuándo debe hacerlo?

    El solicitante o, cuando haya dos o más, todos los solicitantes, firmarán la solicitud internacional en el Recuadro N.o X del petitorio. No obstante, si hay más de un solicitante, la Oficina receptora no exigirá que se proporcionen las firmas que faltan cuando el petitorio esté firmado al menos por uno de los solicitantes. Sin embargo, cabe destacar que, en este caso, cualquier Oficina designada podrá, de conformidad con la legislación nacional aplicable, exigir la confirmación de la solicitud internacional mediante la firma de cualquier solicitante para el Estado designado que no haya firmado el petitorio. Sin perjuicio de determinadas condiciones indicadas en el párrafo IP 5.089, el petitorio puede estar firmado por el mandatario en lugar de por el/los solicitante/s.
    IP 5.089. ¿Puede estar firmada la solicitud internacional por un mandatario?

    La solicitud internacional podrá estar firmada por un mandatario pero, en ese caso, se deberá nombrar al mandatario como tal en un poder separado firmado por el propio solicitante. Se debe presentar el poder a la Oficina receptora a no ser que la Oficina receptora haya renunciado al requisito de presentar un poder separado (Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.041 a IP 5.051 y IP 11.001 a IP 11.014). Si hay dos o más solicitantes, el petitorio podrá estar firmado por un mandatario en nombre de todos o solo de algunos de ellos; en tal caso, el mandatario debe ser nombrado como tal en uno o más poderes firmados por los solicitantes en cuyo nombre firme la solicitud el mandatario. Cuando falta un poder mediante el que se designa a un mandatario que firma una solicitud internacional y la Oficina receptora exija que se presente un poder, se considerará que falta la firma hasta que se envíe el poder. En el caso de un poder general, Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.043 y IP 11.009.
    IP 5.090. ¿Cómo se debe firmar la solicitud internacional?
    La firma se debe realizar de forma indeleble en un color oscuro, preferiblemente en tinta negra, de manera que se vea claramente en una fotocopia. Junto a la firma se debe indicar el nombre de cada una de las personas que firman la solicitud internacional (preferiblemente mecanografiándolos). Cuando la persona firme en nombre de una persona jurídica también se debe indicar en calidad de qué firma.
    IP 5.091. ¿Cuándo se puede utilizar un sello en lugar de una firma?
    En las solicitudes internacionales presentadas ante la Administración Nacional de Propiedad Intelectual de China (CNIPA), la Oficina Japonesa de Patentes (JPO) y el Ministerio de Propiedad Intelectual (MOIP) (República de Corea) en calidad de Oficina receptora se puede utilizar un sello en lugar de una firma.
    NOTAS RELATIVAS AL FORMULARIO DE PETITORIO
    IP 5.092. ¿Qué son las notas relativas al formulario de petitorio?
    Las notas relativas al formulario de petitorio están destinadas a facilitar la cumplimentación de dicho formulario. Indican, en relación a cada recuadro de dicho formulario, qué datos se solicitan y cómo se deben rellenar. No obstante, no es necesario presentar las notas con el petitorio y no se deben numerar como parte del mismo.
    HOJA DE CÁLCULO DE TASAS
    IP 5.093. ¿Qué es la hoja de cálculo de tasas?
    La hoja de cálculo de tasas sirve para calcular el importe total de las tasas que debe pagar a la Oficina receptora. La hoja normalmente va adjunta al formulario de petitorio que la Oficina receptora facilita a los solicitantes. No forma parte del formulario y no cuenta como una hoja del petitorio; no es obligatorio utilizarla. Sin embargo, se recomienda firmemente que los solicitantes rellenen la hoja de cálculo de tasas y la entreguen a la Oficina receptora. De esta forma la Oficina receptora podrá verificar el cálculo de las tasas e identificar cualquier error. Cuando dos o más Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional tengan competencia para realizar la búsqueda de la solicitud internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 7.002), se deberá indicar también en la hoja de cálculo de tasas la Administración elegida e indicada en el Recuadro N.o VII del formulario de petitorio (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.072), así como el importe de la tasa de búsqueda aplicable (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.187). Para obtener más información sobre cómo rellenar la hoja, consulte las notas a la hoja de cálculo de tasas. Para obtener información general sobre el pago de las tasas, Consúltense los párrafos IP 5.184 a IP 5.199.
    LA DESCRIPCIÓN
    IP 5.094. ¿Cómo se debe redactar la descripción?

    La descripción deberá divulgar la invención de una manera suficientemente clara y completa para que pueda ser realizada por un experto en la materia. Debe comenzar con el título de la invención tal y como aparece en el Recuadro N.o I del petitorio. La Regla 5 contiene requisitos detallados sobre la “manera y el orden” de la descripción, que, normalmente, consta de seis partes. Esas partes deben tener los siguientes títulos: “Sector técnico”, “Técnica anterior”, “Divulgación de la invención”, “Breve descripción de los dibujos”, “Mejor manera de realizar la invención” o, cuando proceda (consúltense el párrafo IP 5.096), “Manera(s) de realizar la invención” y “Aplicación industrial”.
    IP 5.095
    Los detalles exigidos para la divulgación de la invención de manera que los expertos en la materia puedan realizar la invención dependen de la práctica de las Oficinas nacionales. Por lo tanto, se recomienda tener en cuenta la práctica nacional (por ejemplo, en Japón y en los Estados Unidos de América) cuando se redacte la descripción. Así se podrá evitar la necesidad de corregir la descripción durante la fase nacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.111).
    IP 5.096
    El texto recogido en el párrafo IP 5.095 se aplica igualmente a la necesidad de indicar la “Mejor manera de realizar la invención”. Si al menos una de las Oficinas designadas exige la indicación de la “Mejor manera” (por ejemplo, la Oficina de Patentes y Marcas de los Estados Unidos), esa mejor manera se debe indicar en la descripción.
    IP 5.097
    En todas las Oficinas designadas se aceptará una descripción redactada teniendo debidamente en cuenta el texto recogido en los párrafos IP 5.094 a IP 5.096. Puede exigir más atención que la redacción de una solicitud nacional de patente, pero realmente da mucho menos trabajo que la redacción de varias solicitudes, lo que es necesario cuando no se sigue la vía PCT para la presentación en diversos países.
    IP 5.098
    La exigencia de unidad de la invención se examina, en relación con las reivindicaciones, en los párrafos IP 5.114 a IP 5.123.
    IP 5.099. ¿Qué condiciones especiales son aplicables a la parte de la descripción relativa a la lista de secuencias?

    Cuando la solicitud internacional contenga la divulgación de una secuencia de nucleótidos o aminoácidos que deba incluirse en una lista de secuencias conforme con el Anexo C de las Instrucciones Administrativas, la descripción deberá contener una parte relativa a la lista de secuencias que cumpla con la norma establecida en el Anexo C (Norma ST.26 de la OMPI). De conformidad con la Norma ST.26 de la OMPI, la lista de secuencias debe presentarse en formato XML. Cualquier texto libre dependiente del idioma presente en la lista de secuencias debe estar redactado en un idioma aceptado a tal efecto por la Oficina receptora. Si la Oficina receptora lo permite, será posible presentar el texto libre dependiente del idioma en dos idiomas distintos en la misma lista de secuencias, a saber, en inglés y en otro idioma (consúltense el Anexo C de la Guía del solicitante del PCT para consultar los requisitos de cada Oficina receptora). Para obtener más información sobre las listas de secuencias de nucleótidos o aminoácidos, incluidas aquellas que se presentan a los fines de la búsqueda internacional, consúltense el siguiente párrafo, así como los párrafos IP 7.005 a IP 7.012.
    IP 5.100. ¿Cuál es la mejor manera de presentar una solicitud internacional que contenga una lista de secuencias?

    La mejor manera de presentar una solicitud internacional que contenga una lista de secuencias es por medios electrónicos, ya que la lista de secuencias debe presentarse electrónicamente en formato XML. La solicitud debería presentarse en un formato de documento electrónico o por los medios de transmisión aceptados por la Oficina receptora a efectos de la presentación de solicitudes internacionales (consúltense el Anexo F). Toda Oficina receptora que no acepte las listas de secuencias presentadas en formato XML transmitirá la solicitud internacional a la Oficina Internacional en su calidad de Oficina receptora en virtud de la Regla 19.4. La lista de secuencias debe elaborarse con arreglo a lo dispuesto en el Anexo C de las Instrucciones Administrativas (de conformidad con la Norma ST.26 de la OMPI) y, preferentemente, utilizando el programa informático WIPO Sequence (consúltense el párrafo IP 5.104). Se desaconseja firmemente a los solicitantes que presenten las solicitudes internacionales con el cuerpo principal en papel y, de forma separada, la lista de secuencias en formato electrónico. Si la solicitud internacional se presentada en papel, esta debe ir acompañada de la lista de secuencias en formato XML (por ejemplo, en un soporte electrónico).
    IP 5.101. ¿Cómo se calcula la tasa de presentación con listas de secuencias?

    Las tasas por hoja no son aplicables a las listas de secuencias presentadas en formato XML con arreglo a lo dispuesto en la Norma ST.26 de la OMPI.
    IP 5.102. ¿Qué sucede si un archivo electrónico separado en el que parece que se divulgan secuencias se presenta en un formato distinto de XML?
    Como se explica en los párrafos IP 5.099 y IP 5.100, cualquier lista de secuencias que forme parte de la descripción debe presentarse en formato XML con arreglo a lo dispuesto en la Norma ST.26 de la OMPI. Si en el momento de la presentación se proporciona un archivo electrónico separado en el que se divulguen secuencias en un formato distinto de XML (por ejemplo, en PDF o ST.25 TXT), la Oficina receptora requerirá al solicitante para que indique si desea añadir ese contenido en forma de hojas a la parte principal de la descripción. De ser así, este ha de confirmar a la Oficina receptora que el contenido del archivo debería formar parte de la descripción y, si el archivo no está en el formato aceptado para la parte principal de la descripción, volver a presentar el contenido en ese formato (por ejemplo, en PDF). Algunas Oficinas receptoras pueden convertir directamente el archivo al formato aceptado y pedir al solicitante que lo confirme. Las hojas añadidas a la parte principal de la descripción se tendrán en cuenta en el cálculo de la tasa de presentación internacional. Se podrá modificar posteriormente la descripción (en virtud del Artículo 34 o al entrar en la fase nacional) para incluir una parte relativa a la lista de secuencias conforme con la Norma ST.26 de la OMPI. Si el solicitante no confirma su intención o no paga la tasa aplicable a partir de la trigésima primera página, el contenido del archivo original no será tenido en cuenta ni formará parte de la solicitud internacional.
    IP 5.103. ¿Aceptan todas las Oficinas receptoras la presentación de una lista de secuencias en formato electrónico?
    Las Oficinas receptoras que están preparadas para aceptar solicitudes internacionales en formato electrónico se indican en el Anexo C. Toda Oficina receptora que no acepte las listas de secuencias presentadas en formato XML transmitirá la solicitud internacional a la Oficina Internacional en su calidad de Oficina receptora en virtud de la Regla 19.4.
    IP 5.104. ¿Recomienda la Oficina Internacional algún software para la preparación de las listas de secuencias en formato electrónico?
    A fin de garantizar el cumplimiento de la norma establecida, las listas de secuencias deberían crearse a través de WIPO Sequence (que puede descargarse desde el sitio web de la OMPI en https://www.wipo.int/standards/es/sequence/index.html).
    IP 5.105. ¿Cuáles son los requisitos materiales para la descripción?

    La Regla 11 indica los requisitos materiales que debe cumplir una solicitud internacional. El papel debe tener formato A4, ser blanco y duradero. Los márgenes mínimos deben ser de 2 cm en la parte superior, la parte inferior y la parte derecha de la hoja, y de 2,5 cm en la parte izquierda de la hoja. Los márgenes no deben exceder de 3 cm en la parte inferior y en la parte derecha de la hoja, y de 4 cm en la parte superior y en la parte izquierda de la hoja. Los márgenes deben estar completamente en blanco, excepto una referencia del expediente de menos de 25 caracteres de longitud que podrá incluirse en la esquina izquierda del margen superior a 1,5 cm de la parte superior de la hoja. La referencia del expediente puede constar de letras del alfabeto latino o números arábigos, o de una combinación de ambos. Se puede utilizar el guion (“-”) como separador entre los caracteres alfanuméricos. Todo texto contenido en la descripción deberá constar en caracteres cuyas letras mayúsculas no sean inferiores a 0,28 cm.
    IP 5.106. ¿Cómo se deben numerar las páginas y las líneas?

    El número de página debe estar centrado en la parte superior o inferior de la hoja, pero no en el margen de 2 cm (es decir, un número de página, si se sitúa en la parte superior de la hoja, debe estar por debajo del margen de 2 cm, y si se sitúa en la parte inferior de la hoja, por encima del margen de 2 cm). Se recomienda especialmente que cada quinta línea de cada hoja se numere en la mitad derecha del margen izquierdo. La descripción debe mecanografiarse o imprimirse. En los textos mecanografiados, el espacio entre líneas será de 1½ y se utilizará un color oscuro indeleble que permita la reproducción directa. Las letras mayúsculas de los caracteres no serán inferiores a 0,28 cm de alto.
    IP 5.107. ¿Cómo se deben presentar las fórmulas químicas o matemáticas?

    La descripción, las reivindicaciones y el resumen pueden contener fórmulas químicas o matemáticas. Dichas fórmulas podrán estar escritas a mano o dibujadas si fuera necesario, pero se recomienda el uso de instrumentos de dibujo técnico o materiales como plantillas o calcomanías. Por motivos prácticos, las fórmulas se podrán agrupar en una o más hojas de la descripción y se paginarán con esta. En tales casos, se recomienda que cada fórmula se designe mediante un signo de referencia; la descripción debe incluir referencias a tales fórmulas siempre que sea necesario. Las fórmulas químicas o matemáticas también se podrán agrupar y colocar como dibujos después de las reivindicaciones. En tal caso, la fórmula química o matemática debe dibujarse para cumplir los requisitos establecidos para los dibujos y las hojas deben estar numeradas como hojas de dibujos (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.157).
    IP 5.108

    Las fórmulas químicas o matemáticas deben utilizar símbolos de uso generalizado y se deben dibujar de tal manera que carezcan de toda ambigüedad. Los números, las letras y los signos que no estén mecanografiados deben ser legibles y tener un formato idéntico en las distintas fórmulas, con independencia del elemento de la solicitud internacional en el que aparezcan. Las fórmulas químicas o matemáticas que aparecen en el texto de la solicitud internacional deben contener símbolos cuyas mayúsculas no sean inferiores a 0,28 cm de alto. Cuando aparezcan en hojas de dibujos, estos símbolos no serán inferiores a 0,32 cm de alto. Todos los símbolos matemáticos utilizados en una fórmula que aparezcan en una descripción o en hojas de dibujos se deben explicar en la descripción, excepto cuando su significado quede claro por el contexto. En cualquier caso, los símbolos matemáticos utilizados se podrán compilar en una lista.
    IP 5.109. ¿Cómo se deben presentar los cuadros?

    Por cuestiones de comodidad, los cuadros se agruparán en una o más hojas de la descripción y se paginarán con esta. Si son necesarios dos o más cuadros, cada uno debe estar identificado con un número romano (con independencia de la paginación de la descripción o de los dibujos o de la numeración de las figuras) o con una letra mayúscula o con un título que indique sus contenidos o por otros medios. Cada fila y cada columna de un cuadro debe comenzar con una entrada en la que se explique lo que representa y, si fuera necesario, las unidades utilizadas. Siempre que sea posible, todos los cuadros se presentarán en vertical en las hojas. Cuando los cuadros no se puedan presentar de manera satisfactoria en vertical, se podrán presentar en el sentido de la longitud de la hoja, con la parte superior de los cuadros en la parte izquierda de la hoja.
    IP 5.110. ¿Cómo se pueden rectificar los errores evidentes de la descripción?
    El procedimiento de rectificación de errores evidentes se explica en los párrafos IP 11.033 a IP 11.044. La omisión de una hoja entera de la descripción no se podrá rectificar sin que ello afecte a la fecha de presentación internacional (Consúltense los párrafos IP 6.025 a IP 6.026). Los cambios que no sean una rectificación de errores evidentes se considerarán modificaciones (Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.111).
    IP 5.111. ¿Se puede modificar la descripción durante la fase internacional?

    La descripción se puede modificar durante la fase internacional únicamente si se presenta una solicitud de examen preliminar internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 10.011). La descripción también se puede modificar durante la fase nacional ante cada Oficina designada o elegida (consúltese la Fase Nacional). Hay distintas disposiciones aplicables a la modificación de las reivindicaciones en la fase internacional – Consúltese el párrafo IP 5.127.
    LAS REIVINDICACIONES
    IP 5.112. ¿Cómo se deben redactar las reivindicaciones?

    La reivindicación o reivindicaciones deben “definir el objeto cuya protección se solicita”. Las reivindicaciones deben ser claras y concisas. Deben fundarse enteramente en la descripción. La Regla 6 contiene los requisitos detallados sobre el número y la numeración de las reivindicaciones, la medida en que una reivindicación puede hacer referencia a otras partes de la solicitud internacional, la manera de redactar las reivindicaciones y las reivindicaciones dependientes. Respecto a la manera de redactar las reivindicaciones, cuando proceda, estas estarán divididas en dos partes diferentes; el estado de la técnica y, concretamente, la declaración de las características para las que se solicita protección (“la parte característica”).
    IP 5.113
    En principio, en virtud del PCT, toda reivindicación dependiente que se refiera a más de una reivindicación (“reivindicación dependiente múltiple”) solo deberá referirse a dichas reivindicaciones de manera alternativa, y las reivindicaciones dependientes múltiples no pueden servir de base para otra reivindicación dependiente múltiple. No obstante, las legislaciones nacionales de la mayoría de los Estados contratantes permiten una manera de redactar las reivindicaciones diferentes a la prevista en la frase anterior, y el uso de esa manera diferente de redactar las reivindicaciones está permitido también, en principio, según el PCT. A los efectos de los Estados designados en los que esa manera diferente de redactar las reivindicaciones no esté permitida, el solicitante debe decidir qué estilo de redacción adoptará. Si se utiliza esa manera diferente de redactar las reivindicaciones, podrá ser necesario realizar modificaciones a las reivindicaciones durante la fase nacional en aquellos Estados que lo permitan. Además, las Oficinas nacionales de dichos Estados, cuando actúen como Administraciones encargadas de la búsqueda internacional, deberán indicar según el Artículo 17.2)b) que no se ha podido proceder a una búsqueda significativa si se utiliza esa manera diferente de redactar las reivindicaciones (Consúltese el párrafo IP 7.014).
    IP 5.114. ¿Qué se entiende por el requisito de “unidad de la invención”?

    Una solicitud internacional debe estar redactada de tal manera que las reivindicaciones se refieran a una invención o a un grupo de invenciones relacionado de tal manera que forme un único concepto inventivo general. Este principio se recoge en el Artículo 3.4)iii) y en la Regla 13. El cumplimiento de este requisito, que es importante para el procedimiento, no lo verifica ni la Oficina receptora ni la Oficina Internacional, sino que lo verifica, la Administración encargada de la búsqueda internacional (Consúltense los párrafos IP 7.015 a IP 7.021), la Administración designada para la búsqueda suplementaria (Consúltese el párrafo IP 8.044) y la Administración encargada del examen preliminar internacional (Consúltese el párrafo IP 10.072), y puede ser pertinente en la fase nacional ante las Oficinas designadas y elegidas. Dado que se exigen búsquedas y exámenes diferentes para invenciones claramente diferentes, se exigen tasas adicionales si la búsqueda internacional o el examen preliminar internacional van a cubrir dos o más invenciones (o grupos de invenciones relacionadas del modo que se acaba de describir). (Para comprender cuál es la incidencia de la “unidad de la invención” sobre la búsqueda internacional suplementaria, Consúltese el párrafo IP 8.043).
    IP 5.115. ¿Cómo se cumple la exigencia de unidad de la invención?

    La unidad de la invención está presente únicamente cuando exista una “relación técnica” entre las invenciones reivindicadas que implique a uno o varios “elementos técnicos particulares” idénticos o correspondientes. La expresión “elementos técnicos particulares” se refiere a los elementos técnicos que determinan la contribución de cada una de las invenciones reivindicadas, considerada en su conjunto, al estado de la técnica. Para determinar si un grupo de invenciones está relacionado de tal manera que forme un único concepto inventivo general será indiferente que las invenciones sean objeto de reivindicaciones separadas o que se presenten como variantes de una sola reivindicación. Antes de realizar la búsqueda del estado de la técnica, se efectuará una determinación inicial de la unidad de la invención basada en la hipótesis de que las reivindicaciones no interfieren en el estado de la técnica, que se podrá reconsiderar en función de los resultados de la búsqueda. El Anexo B de las Instrucciones Administrativas contiene los criterios detallados que regulan la determinación de que una solicitud internacional satisface la exigencia de unidad de invención según la Regla 13. Los siguientes párrafos son un resumen de algunos de los criterios más importantes examinados en dicho Anexo. Más adelante se explican con detalle los ejemplos de tres situaciones particulares:
    (i) combinations of different categories of claims (for example - product, process, use, and apparatus or means),
    (ii) so-called Markush practice and
    (iii) the case of intermediate and final products.
    IP 5.116. May different categories of claims be combined in an international application?
    The method for determining unity of invention contained in Rule 13 is construed as permitting, in particular, the inclusion of any one of the following combinations of claims of different categories in the same international application:
    (i) in addition to an independent claim for a given product, an independent claim for a process specially adapted for the manufacture of the said product, and an independent claim for a use of the said product, or
    (ii) in addition to an independent claim for a given process, an independent claim for an apparatus or means specifically designed for carrying out the said process, or
    (iii) in addition to an independent claim for a given product, an independent claim for a process specially adapted for the manufacture of the said product and an independent claim for an apparatus or means specifically designed for carrying out the said process,
    it being understood that a process is specially adapted for the manufacture of a product if it inherently results in the product and that an apparatus or means is specifically designed for carrying out a process if the contribution over the prior art of the apparatus or means corresponds to the contribution the process makes over the prior art.
    IP 5.117
    An apparatus or means is considered to be specifically designed for carrying out a claimed process if the contribution over the prior art of the apparatus or means corresponds to the contribution the process makes over the prior art. Consequently, it would not be sufficient that the apparatus or means is merely capable of being used in carrying out the claimed process.
    IP 5.118. What is permitted under the “Markush Practice”?
    Rule 13.2 also governs the Markush practice wherein a single claim defines alternatives of an invention - a common drafting practice for inventions in the chemical field. In this special situation, the requirement of a technical interrelationship and the same or corresponding special technical features as defined in Rule 13.2, is considered to be met when the alternatives are of a similar nature.
    IP 5.119
    When the Markush grouping is for alternatives of chemical compounds, they are regarded as being of a similar nature where the following criteria are fulfilled:
    (i) all alternatives have a common property or activity, and
    (ii) (a) a common structure is present - that is, a significant structural element is shared by all of the alternatives, or
    (b) in cases where the common structure cannot be the unifying criteria, all alternatives belong to a recognized class of chemical compounds in the art to which the invention pertains.
    IP 5.120
    When dealing with alternatives, if it can be shown that at least one Markush alternative is not novel over the prior art, the question of unity of invention will be reconsidered by the examiner. Reconsideration does not necessarily imply that an objection of lack of unity will be raised.
    IP 5.121. Can both intermediate and final products be claimed?
    The situation involving intermediate and final products is also governed by Rule 13.2. The term intermediate is intended to mean intermediate or starting products. Such products have the ability to be used to produce final products through a physical or chemical change in which the intermediate loses its identity. Unity of invention should be considered to be present in the context of intermediate and final products where the following two conditions are fulfilled:
    (i) the intermediate and final products have the same essential structural element, in that:
    a) the basic chemical structures of the intermediate and the final products are the same, or
    (b) the chemical structures of the two products are technically closely interrelated, the intermediate incorporating an essential structural element into the final product, and
    (ii) the intermediate and final products are technically interrelated, this meaning that the final product is manufactured directly from the intermediate or is separated from it by a small number of intermediates all containing the same essential structural element.
    IP 5.122
    Unity of invention may also be considered to be present between intermediate and final products of which the structures are not known - for example, as between an intermediate having a known structure and a final product the structure of which is not known, or as between an intermediate of unknown structure and a final product of unknown structure. In order to satisfy unity in such cases, there must be sufficient evidence to lead one to conclude that the intermediate and final products are technically closely interrelated as, for example, when the intermediate contains the same essential element as the final product or incorporates an essential element into the final product.
    IP 5.123. Must all designated or elected Offices accept an international application that complies with the unity of invention requirements laid down in Rule 13 of the PCT?

    An international application which complies with the unity of invention requirements laid down in Rule 13 must be accepted by all the designated and elected Offices, since Article 27(1) does not allow any national law (as defined in Article 2(x)) to require compliance with requirements relating to the contents of the international application different from or additional to those provided for in the PCT.
    IP 5.124. What are the physical requirements for the claims?

    The physical requirements are the same as those for the description as outlined in paragraph IP 5.105. Note that the claims must commence on a new sheet.
    IP 5.125. May claims include tables?
    The claims may include tables if this is desirable in view of the subject matter involved. In this case, the tables must be included in the text of the relevant claim; they may not be annexed to the claims nor may reference be made to tables contained in the description (refer to paragraph IP 5.109).
    IP 5.126. How can obvious mistakes in the claims be rectified?
    The procedure for rectification of obvious mistakes is explained in paragraphs IP 11.033 to IP 11.044. The omission of an entire sheet of the claims cannot be rectified without affecting the international filing date (refer to paragraphs IP 6.025 and IP 6.026). It is recommended that a request for the rectification of obvious mistakes in the claims be made only if the mistake is liable to affect the international search; otherwise, the rectification should be made by amending the claims (refer to paragraph IP 5.127).
    IP 5.127. Can the claims be amended during the international phase?

    Yes, the claims may be amended under Article 19 on receipt of the international search report (refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 to IP 9.011); they may also be amended during international preliminary examination if the applicant has filed a demand (refer to paragraphs IP 10.024 and IP 10.067) and during the national phase.
    THE DRAWINGS
    IP 5.128. When is the inclusion of drawings required in the international application?

    The international application must contain drawings when they are necessary for the understanding of the invention. Moreover where, without drawings being actually necessary for the understanding of the invention, the nature of the invention admits of illustration by drawings, the applicant may include such drawings and any designated Office may require the applicant to file such drawings during the national phase.
    IP 5.129. What is considered to be a drawing?
    Perspectives, exploded views, sections and cross-sections, and details on a different scale are all considered to be drawings. Drawings also cover flow sheets and diagrams, such as functional diagrams and graphic representations of a given phenomenon which express the relationship between two or more parameters.
    IP 5.130
    Where chemical or mathematical formulae and tables are included in the description, claims or abstract, they are not considered to be drawings and are thus not subject to the same requirements as drawings (refer to paragraphs IP 5.131 to IP 5.133). However, such graphic forms may be submitted as drawings, in which case they are subject to the same requirements as drawings.
    IP 5.131. How must the drawings be presented?

    Drawings must be presented on one or more separate sheets. They may not be included in the description, the claims or the abstract. They may not contain text matter, except a single word or words when absolutely indispensable. Rules 11.10 to 11.13 contain detailed requirements as to further physical requirements of drawings. Any drawing meeting those requirements must be accepted in the national phase by the designated Offices. Drawings newly executed according to national standards may not be required during the national phase if the drawings filed with the international application comply with Rule 11. A file reference may be indicated on each sheet of the drawings as for the description (refer to paragraph IP 5.105).
    IP 5.132
    The drawings must be so presented as to admit of direct reproduction by photography, electrostatic processes, photo offset and microfilming, in any number of copies.
    IP 5.133

    Drawings must be on sheets of A4 paper (29.7 cm x 21 cm) which must be flexible, strong, white, smooth, non-shiny and durable. The sheets must be free from creases and cracks; they must not be folded. Each sheet must be reasonably free from erasures and must be free from alterations, overwriting and interlineations. Only one side of each sheet may be used. The usable surface of sheets must not exceed 26.2 cm x 17.0 cm. The sheets must not contain frames around the usable surface. The minimum margins which must be observed are: top and left side: 2.5 cm; right side: 1.5 cm; bottom: 1.0 cm.
    IP 5.134. Should figures of drawings be arranged in a particular manner?

    All the figures constituting the drawings must be grouped together on a sheet or sheets without waste of space, but clearly separated from each other. However, figures should not be separated by lines.
    IP 5.135

    As far as possible, all figures of the drawings should be set out upright on the sheets. Where the drawings cannot be presented satisfactorily in an upright position, they may be placed sideways, with the tops of the drawings on the left-hand side of the sheet. Thus, a figure which is broader than it is high, may be set out so that the bottom of the figure lies parallel to and along the right-hand side of the sheet. In this case, if other figures are drawn on the same sheet, they should be set out in the same way, so that all the figures on a single sheet lie in the same position. Similar considerations apply to tables and chemical and mathematical formulae (refer to paragraphs IP 5.107 and IP 5.109).
    IP 5.136
    The drawings should contain as many figures as may be necessary to adequately show the claimed invention. The views may be plan, elevation, section, or perspective views; detail views of portions or elements, on a larger scale if necessary, may be used. Exploded views, with the separated parts of the same figure embraced by a bracket, to show the relationship or order of assembly of various parts, are permissible. One figure should not be placed upon or within the outline of another figure.
    IP 5.137
    Where an invention concerns improvements to details of existing devices and machines, a general figure may be desirable to indicate where on the device or machine the improvement is situated, in order to ensure that the drawings are readily understood. If, for example, the invention relates to the fixing of an elastic diaphragm in a diaphragm pump, a figure - generally the first - may represent the entire pump, as improved by the invention, the details of which will then be given in the other figures. On the other hand, it would be unnecessary to represent the entire machine comprising this diaphragm, for example the automobile in which the diaphragm pump circulates the fuel.
    IP 5.138
    It is sufficient to choose the views which are the most representative and contain the minimum of hidden parts, so that the object is completely and unambiguously defined by means of the smallest possible number of views. To this end, it is sometimes sufficient to replace the various views of an object by a single perspective view. The simplest view compatible with the desired result should be chosen.
    IP 5.139
    Where figures on two or more sheets form in effect a single complete figure, the figures on the several sheets must be so arranged that the complete figure can be assembled without concealing any part of any of the figures appearing on the various sheets. Partial figures drawn on separate sheets must always be capable of being linked edge to edge, that is to say, no partial figure may contain parts of another partial figure. A very long figure may be divided into several parts placed one above the other on a single sheet. However, the relationship between the different parts must be clear and unambiguous. It is therefore recommended that a smaller scale figure be included showing the whole formed by the partial figures and indicating the positions of the parts shown.
    IP 5.140. How must drawings be numbered?

    All sheets of drawings must be numbered in the center of either the top or the bottom of each sheet but not in the margin (as for the sheets of the description - refer to paragraph IP 5.106) in numbers larger than those used as reference signs in order to avoid confusion with the latter. For drawings, a separate series of numbers is to be used (refer to paragraph IP 5.012). The number of each sheet of the drawings must consist of two Arabic numerals separated by an oblique stroke, the first being the sheet number and the second being the total number of sheets of drawings. For example, 2/5 would be used for the second sheet of drawings where there are five sheets in all and 1/1 would be used in the case of a single sheet.
    IP 5.141

    Different figures on the sheets of drawings must be numbered in Arabic numerals consecutively and independently of the numbering of the sheets and, if possible, in the order in which they appear. The numbers of the figures should be preceded by the expression Fig., whatever the language of the international application. Where a single figure is sufficient to illustrate the claimed invention, it should not be numbered and the abbreviation Fig. should not appear. Numbers and letters identifying the figures must be simple and clear and may not be used in association with brackets, circles, or inverted commas, except as regards partial figures intended to form one complete figure, irrespective of whether they appear on one or several sheets. In this case the complete figure may be identified by the same number followed by a capital letter (for example, Fig. 7B).
    IP 5.142
    The different figures should preferably be set out, as far as possible, on each sheet in ascending numerical order from left to right and from top to bottom. If one of two figures illustrates on a larger scale a detail from the other, each figure should be numbered separately, and if possible, consecutively.
    IP 5.143. How should drawings be executed?
    The drawings must be executed in durable, black, uniformly thick and well-defined lines and strokes. In all cases, the thickness of the lines and strokes must take into account the scale, nature, execution and perfect legibility of the drawing and of the reproductions. All lines in the drawings must, ordinarily, be drawn with the aid of a drafting instrument, except those which by their nature do not permit the use of such instruments, for example, irregular diagrams, ornamental structures and curved reference lines (refer to paragraph IP 5.145).
    IP 5.144. May lines of different thicknesses be used in the same drawing?
    Lines and strokes of different thicknesses may be used in the same drawing where different thicknesses have a different meaning. One could, for instance, use:
    — a continuous thick line for edging and outlining views and cross-sections;
    — a continuous thin line for reference lines (refer to paragraph IP 5.145 for further details), hatching, outlining parts of adjoining elements, fictitious lines of intersection of surfaces connected by curved or rounded edges;
    — a continuous thin line drawn freehand for delimiting views, part sections or interrupted views;
    — a thin broken line made up of short dashes for hidden edges and contours;
    — a dot-dash thin line for axes and planes of symmetry, extreme positions of movable elements, in front of a cross-section;
    — a thin line terminating in two thick lines for outlines of cross-sections.
    IP 5.145. How should reference lines be shown?
    Reference lines (also referred to as leading lines), that is, lines between the reference signs (for example, reference numerals) and the details referred to, may be straight or curved and should be as short as possible. They must originate in the immediate proximity of the reference sign and extend to the feature indicated. Reference lines for certain reference signs may be omitted. Reference signs of this type, which are not connected to anything, will then indicate the surface or cross-section on which they are placed. In such cases the reference sign may be underlined to make it quite clear that the line has not been left out by mistake. Reference lines must be executed in the same way as other lines in the drawing (refer to paragraph IP 5.143).
    IP 5.146. May I use arrows in drawings?
    Arrows may be used at the end of the reference lines provided that their meaning is clear. They may indicate a number of points:
    (i) a freestanding arrow indicates the entire section towards which it points;
    (ii) an arrow touching a line indicates the surface shown by the line looking along the direction of the arrow;
    (iii) arrows may also be used in appropriate cases to show the direction of movement.
    IP 5.147. How are cross-sections to be represented?
    In making and representing cross-sections, certain conditions must be observed with regard to the indication and identification of the figures concerned and how they are to be represented, as more fully explained in paragraphs IP 5.148 and IP 5.149.
    IP 5.148
    Where a figure is a cross-section on another figure, the latter should indicate the position of the section and may indicate the viewing direction by arrows at each end. In addition, in order to allow each sectional figure to be quickly identified, especially where several cross-sections are made on the same figure, each end of the cross-section line should be marked on the diagram with the same single Arabic or Roman numeral which identifies the figure in which the section is illustrated. A cross-section represents that part of an object which is situated on a cutting surface. In industrial drawings, the cross-section is that part of the object which is behind the cutting surface from the point of view of the person looking at it. Cutting surfaces are generally plane surfaces and if they are not, they must be defined precisely. Cross-sections must always follow the cutting surface, whatever it may be.
    IP 5.149
    A cross-section must be set out and drawn in the same manner as a normal view whose parts in cross-section are hatched with regularly spaced parallel oblique strokes, the space between strokes being chosen on the basis of the total area to be hatched. Hatching should not impede the clear reading of the reference signs and reference lines. Consequently, if it is not possible to place reference signs outside the hatched area, the hatching may be broken off wherever reference signs are inserted. Certain types of hatching may be given a specific meaning. The hatching should be at a substantial angle to the surrounding axes or principal lines, preferably 45º. The various parts of a cross-section of the same item should be hatched in the same manner. The hatching of juxtaposed different elements should be angled in a different way. In the case of large areas, hatching can be confined to an edging drawn around the inside of the outline of the area to be hatched.
    IP 5.150. What should be the scale of figures of the drawings?
    The scale of the figure should be such that all the essential details can be clearly distinguished in a linear reduction in size to two-thirds. In exceptional cases, where required, the scale of the drawing may be graphically represented. Indications such as actual size or scale ½ on the drawings or in the description, are not permitted, since these lose their meaning with reproduction in different format.
    IP 5.151
    Each element of each figure must be in proportion to each of the other elements in the figure, except where the use of a different proportion is indispensable for the clarity of the figure. As a preferred alternative to a difference in proportion within one figure for the purpose of achieving the necessary clarity, a supplementary figure should be added giving a larger scale illustration of the element of the initial figure. In such cases, it is recommended that the enlarged element shown in the second figure be surrounded by a finely drawn or dot-dash circle in the first figure pinpointing its location without obscuring the figure.
    IP 5.152. How should numbers, letters, reference signs and like indications be presented and applied to drawings?
    Numbers, letters and reference signs and any other data given on the sheets of drawings, such as the numbering of figures, and of the sheets of the drawings, acceptable text matter, graduations on scales, etc., must be simple and clear, and not used in association with any brackets, inverted commas, circles or outlines whatsoever. Signs indicating minutes, seconds or degrees are permitted. Numbers, letters and reference signs should be laid out in the same direction as the diagram so as to avoid having to rotate the sheet. Such numbers, letters and reference signs should not be so placed in the closed and complex parts of the drawings as to interfere with a thorough comprehension of the same, and therefore should rarely cross or mingle with the lines. As a general rule, numbers, letters and reference signs should be placed as closely as possible to the part in question.
    IP 5.153
    A minimum size of 0.32 cm is required for all numbers and letters used on the drawings so that their reduction in size to two-thirds remains easily legible. The Latin alphabet should normally be used for letters. The Greek alphabet is to be accepted, however, where it is customarily used, for example, to indicate angles, wavelengths, etc.
    IP 5.154
    Reference signs are to be used in a manner which is consistent as between the description, claims and drawings. In particular, reference signs not mentioned in the description must not appear in the drawings, and vice versa. Features of a drawing should not be designated by a reference sign in cases where the feature itself has not been described. This situation may arise as a result of amendments to the description involving the deletion of pages or whole paragraphs. One solution would be to delete reference signs on the drawing which have been deleted in the description. Where for any reason a figure is deleted, all reference signs relating solely to that figure appearing in the description and claims should also be deleted.
    IP 5.155
    The same features, when denoted by reference signs, must, throughout the international application, be denoted by the same signs. However, where several variants or embodiments of a claimed invention are described, each with reference to a particular figure, and where each variant contains features whose function is the same or basically the same, the features may, if this is indicated in the description, be identified by reference numbers made up of the number of the figure to which it relates followed by the number of the feature, which is the same for all variants, so that a single number is formed. For example, the common feature “15” would be indicated by “115” in Fig. 1, while the corresponding feature would be indicated by “215” in Fig. 2, thereby allowing the individual feature and the figure on which it is to be considered to be indicated at the same time. Complex cases involving many pages of drawings may be made easier to read if, when the individual variants or embodiments are described with reference to particular groups of figures, the common reference sign is prefixed by the number of the particular variant or embodiment to which it relates; however, this should, if used, be explained in the description.
    IP 5.156. May drawings contain text matter?
    The drawings must not contain text matter, except a single word or words when absolutely indispensable, such as “water”, “steam”, “open”, “closed”, “section on AB” and in the case of electric circuits and block schematic or flow sheet diagrams, a few short catch words indispensable for understanding. Significant amounts of text matter should be avoided in the drawings as this can cause difficulties not only in understanding but also in translation. Any words used must be so placed that if translated, they may be pasted over without interfering with any lines of the drawings.
    IP 5.157. May symbols be used in drawings?

    Known devices may be illustrated by symbols which have a universally recognized conventional meaning and are generally accepted in the art provided no further detail is essential for understanding the subject matter of the claimed invention. Other signs and symbols may be used provided that they are not likely to be confused with existing conventional symbols, that they are readily identifiable, that is, simple, and providing that they are clearly explained in the text of the description. Different types of hatching may also have different conventional meanings as regards the nature of a material seen in cross-section.
    IP 5.158. Is the use of shading permitted?
    The use of shading in figures is allowed provided this assists in their understanding and is not so extensive as to impede legibility. Shading may, for instance, be used to indicate the shape of spherical, cylindrical, conical elements, etc. Flat parts may also be lightly shaded. Such shading is allowed in the case of parts shown in perspective but not for cross-sections. Only spaced lines may be used for shading, not fully blacked out areas. These lines must be thin, as few in number as possible and they must contrast with the rest of the drawings.
    IP 5.159. May a photograph or color drawing be presented?
    The PCT makes no provision for photographs or color drawings. Nevertheless, they may be submitted where it is impossible to present in a black and white drawing what is to be shown (for instance, crystalline structures). Where, exceptionally, photographs and/or color drawings are submitted, they must be on sheets of A4 size and respect the minimum margins (refer to paragraph IP 5.133). While the receiving Office will not necessarily require replacement sheets where photographs and/or color drawings are submitted, for international publication purposes, all images will be converted to black and white (not greyscale). As a result, details may be lost which could impact the disclosure of the invention in the international application and affect the processing of the international application in the international and the national phase. The filing software accepted by some receiving Offices allows for the specific indication that photographs and/or color drawings are filed as part of the international application. Such indications will trigger a notice on the front page of the published international application to indicate that the original drawings are available on PATENTSCOPE, which may assist national phase processing in Offices where color drawings are accepted. However, it will not overcome the need to provide true black and white drawings to other Offices when required, representing the color images without adding subject matter.
    IP 5.160. May a list of reference signs used in the drawings be included in the description?
    In the case of international applications dealing with complex subjects and incorporating a large number of drawings, a separate sheet listing all reference signs may be included at the end of the description as a part thereof. This list may take whatever form is appropriate and contain all the reference signs together with the designation of the features which they denote. This method could have the advantage of allowing an easier reference to the meaning of the various reference signs employed and understanding of the drawings.
    IP 5.161. How can obvious mistakes in the drawings be rectified?
    The procedure for rectification of obvious mistakes is explained in paragraphs IP 11.033 to IP 11.044. The omission of an entire sheet of drawings cannot be rectified without affecting the international filing date (refer to paragraphs IP 6.025(i)(b) and IP 6.026). Changes other than the rectification of obvious mistakes are considered amendments (refer to paragraph IP 5.162).
    IP 5.162. Can the drawings be amended during the international phase?

    The drawings can be amended during the international phase only if the applicant files a demand for international preliminary examination (refer to paragraph IP 10.001). The drawings can also be amended during the national phase.
    IP 5.163
    As regards the figure or, exceptionally, figures to accompany the abstract, refer to paragraph IP 5.171.
    THE ABSTRACT
    IP 5.164. What is the use of the abstract?

    The abstract serves as a scanning tool for the purposes of searching in the particular art and especially assists the scientist, engineer or researcher in formulating an opinion on whether there is a need to consult the international application itself. It merely serves the purpose of technical information and cannot be taken into account for any other purpose, particularly not for the purpose of interpreting the scope of the protection sought.
    IP 5.165. What content should the abstract normally contain?
    The abstract should consist of a summary of the disclosure as contained in the description, the claims, and any drawings. It should indicate the technical field to which the invention pertains and should be drafted in a way which allows a clear understanding of the technical problem, the gist of the solution to that problem through the invention, and the principal use or uses of the invention. Where applicable, it should also contain the chemical formula which, among all the formulae contained in the international application, best characterizes the invention. The abstract should be primarily related to what is new in the art to which the invention pertains. WIPO Standard ST.12/A provides more detailed guidance in this respect.
    IP 5.166. If the invention is in the nature of a modification to an apparatus, process, product or composition, what should the abstract contain?
    If the invention is in the nature of a modification to an apparatus, process, product or composition, the abstract should be directed to the technical disclosure of the modification. If the invention is of a basic nature, the entire technical disclosure may be new in the art and the abstract should be directed to the entire disclosure. If an international application relating to a product, particularly a compound or composition, also contains significant disclosure of its method of preparation or use, this matter should also be abstracted. If the disclosure involves alternatives, the abstract should deal with the preferred alternative and identify the others if this can be done succinctly; if this cannot be done, it should mention that they exist and whether they differ substantially from the preferred alternative.
    IP 5.167. What should the abstract contain?
    Where applicable, and provided the international application contains the information, the abstract should include at least the following: (1) if the invention is a machine, apparatus, or system, its organization and operation; (2) if the invention is an article, its method of making; (3) if the invention is a chemical compound, its identity and preparation; (4) if the invention is a mixture, its ingredients; (5) if the invention is a process, the steps. Extensive mechanical and design details of apparatus should not be given.
    IP 5.168. What should the abstract contain in case of chemical inventions for compounds or compositions?
    With regard particularly to chemical inventions for compounds or compositions, the general nature of the compound or composition should be given as well as the use thereof, for example, the compounds are of the class of alkyl benzene sulfonyl ureas, useful as oral anti-diabetics. Exemplification of a class should be by a typical example. For processes, the type of reaction, reagents and process conditions should be stated, generally illustrated by a single example. Wherever applicable, the chemical formula should be given which, among all the formulae contained in the international application, best characterizes the invention.
    IP 5.169. What should the abstract not contain?
    The abstract must not contain statements on the alleged merits or value of the claimed invention or on its speculative application.
    IP 5.169A. How long should the abstract be?
    The abstract must be as concise as the disclosure permits. Phrases should not be used which can be implied, such as This disclosure concerns, The invention defined by this disclosure and This invention relates to. If it is drafted in English, it should preferably be in the range of 50 to 150 words. The same applies to the translation in English if the abstract is drafted in a language other than English.
    In order to provide guidance to applicants in preparing abstracts when they are drafted in languages other than English, the International Bureau has analyzed the abstracts of past international applications. That analysis shows that, on average, if the abstract drafted in one of the following languages of publication falls into the corresponding range of number of words or characters, when it is translated into English, that translation will likely be within the range of 50 to 150 words: Arabic, 35 to 110 words; Chinese, 80 to 240 characters; French, 50 to 150 words; German, 40 to 120 words; Japanese, 100 to 300 characters; Korean, 30 to 130 words; Portuguese, 50 to 150 words; Russian, 35 to 110 words; and Spanish, 50 to 150 words.
    IP 5.170. When should a figure be suggested to accompany the abstract?

    Where the international application contains drawings, the applicant should indicate, in the check list of the request, the number of the figure in the drawings which the applicant suggests should be published with the abstract.
    IP 5.171. Which figure should accompany the abstract?
    The figure illustrating the abstract must be the figure which best characterizes the claimed invention and must be chosen from the drawings accompanying the international application. Only one figure should generally be indicated. The abstract may exceptionally be illustrated by more than one figure where necessary information cannot be otherwise conveyed. A figure containing significant amounts of text matter should be avoided as text can be difficult to read when reduced to the size of the front page drawing to accompany the abstract. In addition, large amounts of text in the figure to accompany the abstract can impede the understanding of the invention given that translated text in a figure is placed below or at the side of the drawing. If none of the figures is found useful for the understanding of the abstract, no figure need be indicated in the check list. The figure or figures that will accompany the abstract at the time the international application is published may not be included in the abstract.
    IP 5.171A. Should the abstract contain reference signs?
    The abstract should be clear and easy to understand. Where the international application contains drawings, each main technical feature mentioned in the abstract and illustrated by a drawing should be followed by a reference sign, placed between parentheses. The reference numerals used in the abstract must correspond to those indicated in the relevant figures.
    IP 5.172. How must the abstract be presented?

    The abstract must be presented on a separate sheet which must appear after the claims and be numbered accordingly (refer to paragraph IP 5.012). It must comply with the same physical requirements as those applicable for the description (refer to paragraph IP 5.105).
    IP 5.173. What happens if the abstract is missing or defective?

    Where the receiving Office finds that the abstract is missing, it invites the applicant to furnish it within a time limit of two months from the date of the invitation to correct. The international application can be considered withdrawn if no abstract is furnished to the receiving Office within the time limit fixed. Where the receiving Office has not invited the applicant to furnish an abstract, the International Searching Authority establishes one. The same applies where the abstract does not comply with the requirements outlined in the preceding paragraphs (also refer to paragraph IP 7.022). Where the abstract is established by the International Searching Authority, the applicant may submit comments on it within one month from the date of mailing of the international search report.
    IP 5.174. Can an abstract be corrected even if the International Searching Authority has already approved it?
    The applicant is entitled, until the expiration of one month from the date of mailing of the international search report, to submit to the International Searching Authority proposed modifications of the abstract. It will be up to the Authority to decide whether to modify the abstract accordingly.
    OTHER FORMAL REQUIREMENTS
    IP 5.175. What other formal requirements does the international application have to meet?

    The international application may not contain matter contrary to morality or public order, disparaging statements or obviously irrelevant or unnecessary matter. When the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search or the International Bureau note lack of compliance with the prescriptions of Rule 9, the Office or Authority may suggest that the applicant correct the international application accordingly. For the procedure to correct a defect under Rule 9, refer to paragraph IP 6.052.
    IP 5.176
    There are certain requirements as to the technical terminology and signs to be used (metric system, etc.). They are specified in Rule 10. The use of such prescribed technical terminology will be accepted by all designated Offices.
    IP 5.177. Are there any physical requirements for the international application?

    The international application must comply with certain physical requirements, such as requirements concerning fitness for reproduction, the paper to be used, the manner of writing (generally typewritten or printed), etc. The details are spelled out in Rule 11. They are, in general, very similar to the requirements applied by the major Patent Offices for national applications (and by the Eurasian Patent Office and the European Patent Office for Eurasian and European patent applications, respectively).
    IP 5.178. Can I indicate a name or address in the request form in characters other than those of the Latin alphabet?
    Where any name or address is written in characters other than those of the Latin alphabet (for example, Chinese, Cyrillic or Japanese), it must be transliterated or translated into English. For details, refer to Rule 4.16.
    IP 5.179. In how many copies must an international application be filed?

    An international application, and, where applicable, a translation of the international application, must be filed in one, two or three copies, depending on the requirements of the receiving Office. Annex C contains the relevant information. Also refer to Rule 21.
    IP 5.180

    It is to be noted that there must eventually be three copies of every international application: one is kept by the receiving Office (the home copy), one is transmitted by the receiving Office to, and is kept by, the International Bureau (the record copy), and one is transmitted by the receiving Office to, and kept by, the International Searching Authority (the search copy). If less than the required number of copies is filed by the applicant (refer to paragraph IP 5.179), the receiving Office is responsible for preparing the additional copies and may charge a fee to the applicant.
    IP 5.181. In which cases must I furnish a translation of the international application?

    Where the international application was filed in a language which is accepted by the receiving Office but not by the International Searching Authority which is to carry out the international search, the applicant has to furnish a translation of the international application (refer to paragraphs IP 6.013 to IP 6.020 for details). In that case, the receiving Office forwards a copy of the international application in the language of filing (the “record copy”) to the International Bureau, a copy (the “search copy” to the International Searching Authority and retains one copy (the “home copy”). When the receiving Office receives the translation of the international application, it forwards one copy to the International Bureau (the “record copy - translation (Rule 12.3)”), keeps one copy for its files (the “home copy - translation (Rule 12.3)”) and forwards the third copy, together with a copy of the request (the “search copy - translation (Rule 12.3)”) to the International Searching Authority. If the translation is filed by the applicant in fewer than the required number of copies (refer to paragraph IP 5.179), the receiving Office is responsible for preparing the additional copies and may charge a fee to the applicant.
    IP 5.182

    Where the international application was filed in a language which is accepted by the receiving Office and by the International Searching Authority which is to carry out the international search but which is not also in a language of publication, the applicant has to furnish a translation of the international application (refer to paragraphs IP 6.013 to IP 6.023 for details). In that case, the receiving Office forwards a copy of the international application in the language of filing (the “record copy”) to the International Bureau, a copy (the “search copy”) to the International Searching Authority and retains one copy (the “home copy”). When the receiving Office receives the translation of the international application, it forwards one copy to the International Bureau (the “record copy - translation (Rule 12.4)”) and keeps one copy for its files (the “home copy - translation (Rule 12.4)”). No copy of the translation of the international application will therefore be forwarded to the International Searching Authority by the receiving Office. If the translation is filed by the applicant in fewer than the required number of copies (refer to paragraph IP 5.179), the receiving Office is responsible for preparing the additional copy and may charge a fee to the applicant.
    IP 5.183

    Where the International Preliminary Examining Authority is not part of the same national Office or intergovernmental organization as the International Searching Authority, the International Bureau will, promptly upon receipt of the international search report or, if the demand was received after the international search report, promptly upon receipt of the demand, send a copy of the international application and the international search report together with a copy of the written opinion of the International Searching Authority to the International Preliminary Examining Authority. Where neither the language in which the international application was filed nor the language in which the international application is published is accepted by the International Preliminary Examining Authority that is to carry out the international preliminary examination, the applicant must furnish with the demand a translation of the international application into a language which is both a language accepted by that Authority and a language of publication. No such translation is required where the International Searching Authority and the International Preliminary Examining Authority are part of the same national Office or intergovernmental organization. In cases where, instead of the international search report, a declaration under Article 17(2)(a) was issued, references in the preceding sentences to the international search report shall be considered references to the said declaration.
    FEES
    IP 5.184. What fees are due in respect of an international application?
    There are three kinds of fee which must be paid in connection with every international application.
    (i) The transmittal fee is fixed by, and accrues to, the receiving Office for the performance of its tasks in connection with the receipt and checking of the international application, and for the transmittal of copies of it to the International Bureau and the International Searching Authority.
    (ii) The “search fee” is fixed by, and accrues to the benefit of, the International Searching Authority for the carrying out of the international search and the establishment of the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority.

    (iii) The “international filing fee” is fixed in the Schedule of Fees annexed to the PCT Regulations and accrues to the International Bureau for the performance of various tasks, including the publication of the international application and, where applicable, the issuance on behalf of the International Searching Authority of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter I of the PCT) and the communication of various notifications to the applicant, the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the International Preliminary Examining Authority, and the designated and elected Offices.
    IP 5.185. To whom are the fees payable?

    All three kinds of fee referred to in paragraph IP 5.184 are payable to the receiving Office with which the international application is filed. The receiving Office then transfers the international filing fee to the International Bureau and the search fee to the International Searching Authority or, in accordance with Annex G of the Administrative Instructions, to the International Bureau for further transfer to the beneficiary Office.
    IP 5.186. What is the currency in which the fees are payable?

    Generally, the fees referred to in paragraph IP 5.184 are payable in the currency of the country in which the receiving Office is located. Complete information on this question is contained in Annex C and, for the search fee, in Annex D.
    IP 5.187. What are the amounts of the fees?

    Annex C and, for the search fee, Annex D indicate the amounts of the fees referred to in paragraph IP 5.184. Where the applicant has the choice between two or more International Searching Authorities (refer to paragraph IP 7.002), the amount of the search fee depends on which International Searching Authority is chosen and indicated in Box No. VII of the request form (refer to paragraphs IP 5.072 and IP 5.093) and in the fee calculation sheet (refer to paragraph IP 5.093).
    IP 5.188. What fee reductions are available?
    An applicant who is a natural person and who is a national of and resides in a State that is listed as being a State whose per capita gross domestic product is below 25, 000 US dollars (according to the most recent 10-year average per capita gross domestic product figures at constant 2005 US dollars values published by the United Nations), and whose nationals and residents who are natural persons have filed less than 10 international applications per year (per million population) or less than 50 international applications per year (in absolute numbers) according to the most recent five-year average yearly filing figures published by the International Bureau is entitled, in accordance with the Schedule of Fees, item 5, to a reduction of 90% of the international filing fee. In addition, an applicant who qualifies for the 90% reduction in the international filing fee will not have to pay the transmittal fee in respect of an international application filed with the International Bureau as receiving Office. The same applies (i.e. the 90% reduction in the international filing fee and no transmittal fee to be paid if filing is made with the International Bureau as receiving Office) for an applicant, whether a natural person or not, who is a national of and resides in a State that is listed as being classified by the United Nations as a least developed country. (For a list of States whose nationals and residents are eligible for the fee reduction, refer to https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/pct-system/docs-en-fee-reduction-january.pdf ). However, it should be noted that the applicant is only entitled to the reduction if, at the time of filing the international application, the applicant is or all applicants are the true and only owner(s) of the application and under no obligation to assign, grant, convey or license the rights in the invention to another party which is not eligible for the fee reduction. If there are several applicants, each must satisfy one or the other of the above-mentioned criteria. If the applicant is or all applicants are entitled to the reduction, this reduction applies on the basis of the indications of name, nationality and residence given in Boxes Nos. II and III of the request, without a need for a specific request to be made. The fee reduction will be available even if one or more of the applicants are not from PCT Contracting States, provided that each of them satisfies the above-mentioned criteria and that at least one of them is a national or resident of a PCT Contracting State and thus is entitled to file an international application. Information about PCT Contracting States whose nationals and residents are entitled to a reduction of 90% of the international filing fee, is contained in Annex C and, in particular Annex C(IB). As far as other States are concerned, inquiries should be addressed to the International Bureau. It is to be noted that, if both the reduction for electronic filing of an international application and the 90% reduction of the international filing fee are applicable, the 90% reduction is calculated after the reduction for electronic filing of an international application.
    IP 5.189. Is there any fee reduction for applications filed in electronic form?

    An applicant who files an international application is entitled to a reduction in the international filing fee provided that the international application is filed in electronic form with a receiving Office which is prepared to accept the filing of international applications in electronic form and in compliance with Part 7 and Annex F of the Administrative Instructions or the basic common standard.
    The reduction is 100 Swiss francs or the equivalent where the request and the text of the description, claims and abstract are not in character coded format, 200 Swiss francs or the equivalent where the request is in character coded format and the text of the description, claims and abstract is not in character coded format and is 300 Swiss francs or the equivalent where the request and the text of the description, claims and abstract are in character coded format.
    IP 5.190
    The international search fee as well as the preliminary examination fee payable to the Austrian Patent Office, the European Patent Office (EPO) and the Spanish Patent and Trademark Office, are reduced by 75% under certain conditions (refer to Annexes D and E).
    IP 5.191. When are the fees due?

    All fees referred to in paragraph IP 5.184 may be paid at the same time, and, if they are paid upon filing of the international application with the receiving Office, no problems can arise. However, all fees can be paid as much as one month from the date of receipt of the international application by the receiving Office. The dates on which payments are deemed to have been received are determined by the receiving Office. The latter applies the same rules as are applied in the case of payments for national applications.
    IP 5.192. What happens if the amounts of the fees are changed?

    Where the amount of the international filing fee or of the search fee, in the currency in which the fee is payable, changes, the new amount must be paid as from the date of its entry into force. However, where the amount of any such fee changes between the date on which the international application was received and the date of payment, the amount payable is the amount applicable on the date of receipt of the international application. This system allows the applicant to pay all the fees for the international application, within the one-month period, on the basis of the amounts applicable on the date on which the application was filed with the receiving Office.
    IP 5.193. What happens if the fees are not paid or not paid in full?

    Where, within the time they are due, the applicant has not paid any or all of the fees, the receiving Office invites the applicant to pay the missing amount, together with a late payment fee, within a time limit of one month from the date of the invitation. If the applicant pays the amount (including the late payment fee) specified in the invitation, the deficiency in payment has no consequences for the international application. The amount of the late payment fee is 50% of the missing amount or, if that 50% is less than the transmittal fee, an amount equal to the transmittal fee; but the amount of the late payment fee may not exceed the amount of 50% of the international filing fee referred to in item 1 of the Schedule of Fees, not taking into account any fee for each sheet of the international application in excess of 30 sheets (refer to Annex C).
    IP 5.194
    Where, within the time by which they are due, the applicant has not paid any or all of the fees, any payment relating to the missing amount must be considered to have been received within the time by which those fees are due, if the payment is received by the receiving Office before that Office sends the invitation, referred to in the preceding paragraph, to pay the missing amount.
    IP 5.195

    If the transmittal fee, the international filing fee and the search fee are not paid in the prescribed currency and within the prescribed time limits, including the time limit set in the invitation from the receiving Office to pay the missing amount together with the late payment fee (refer to paragraph IP 5.193), the international application is considered withdrawn, and the receiving Office promptly informs the applicant accordingly. However, any payment must be considered to have been received before the expiration of the applicable time limit if it is received by the receiving Office before that Office makes the applicable declaration, under Article 14(3), that the international application is considered withdrawn.
    IP 5.196
    If the amounts paid do not cover the transmittal fee (if applicable), the international filing fee and the search fee (if applicable), the moneys paid will be allocated as specified by the applicant or, in the absence of such specification, as prescribed by the Administrative Instructions by the receiving Office, which promptly notifies the applicant accordingly.
    IP 5.197. In which case can I ask for a refund of the transmittal fee?

    There is no rule under the PCT concerning the possibility of asking for a refund of the transmittal fee. The search fee and the international filing fee are refunded where, due to prescriptions concerning national security, the international application is not treated as such, or where the receiving Office refuses to accord an international filing date to the international application under Article 11(1). Such refusal occurs, generally speaking, where the international application is defective in certain respects (refer to paragraph IP 6.005). The receiving Office will also refund the international filing fee or the search fee to the applicant if the international application is withdrawn or considered withdrawn before the transmittal of the record copy to the International Bureau or the transmittal of the search copy to the International Searching Authority, as the case may be.
    IP 5.198. In which case can I ask for the refund of the international search fee?

    Most International Searching Authorities will refund part or all of the search fee if the international application is withdrawn or considered withdrawn after transmittal of the search copy but before the start of the international search (refer to Annex D). Where the International Searching Authority must, under Rule 41.1(i), or may, under Rule 41.1(ii), take into account the results of the earlier search when carrying out the international search (also refer to paragraph IP 5.073), in accordance with Rule 16.3, the International Searching Authority must refund the search fee to the extent and under the conditions provided for in the agreement under Article 16(3)(b). International Searching Authorities are free to decide the extent and conditions for such search fee reductions.
    IP 5.199
    For refunds or reductions of fees in the national phase, refer to National Phase, paragraph NP 4.007 and National Chapters (Summaries).

    CHAPTER 6: PROCESSING OF THE INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION BY THE RECEIVING OFFICE

    GENERAL
    IP 6.001. What are the main procedural steps at the receiving Office?
    The main procedural steps that any international application goes through at the receiving Office are the following:
    (i) the international application and the related fees are received by the receiving Office;

    (ii) the international application is checked by the receiving Office to determine whether it meets the requirements prescribed by the PCT as to the language, form and contents of international applications (the checks performed by the receiving Office are of a formal nature and do not go into the substance of the invention);

    (iii) where the checks made by the receiving Office show that the international application does not meet certain requirements as to fees, language, form and contents, that Office invites the applicant to furnish the necessary corrections;

    (iv) where - possibly after correction (refer to paragraphs IP 6.024 to IP 6.053) - the checks made by the receiving Office show that the international application meets the requirements prescribed for that purpose by the PCT, an international filing date is accorded to the international application by the receiving Office;

    (v) copies of the international application, its translation, where applicable, and other related documents are transmitted by the receiving Office to the International Searching Authority and to the International Bureau so that they may carry out the procedural steps for which they are responsible in the further processing of the international application.
    IP 6.002. [Deleted]
    IP 6.003. How must the international application be filed at the receiving Office?

    Each receiving Office specifies the means of submission it accepts for the filing of international applications. Most receiving Offices accept and encourage the electronic filing of international applications. For the relevant information for each receiving Office refer to Annexes B and C.
    An Office or organization which has notified the International Bureau that it only accepts international applications to be filed in electronic form or by electronic means, may treat any document submitted to it on paper as not having been received. Nevertheless, the receiving Office may decide in a particular case to accept any documents submitted on paper but is not obliged to do so.
    Where a receiving Office accepts international applications to be filed on paper the international application may be deposited with or mailed to the receiving Office.
    Receiving Offices may allow international applications to be filed on paper to obtain an international filing date and require that the application be resubmitted electronically within two months from the date of a corresponding invitation by the receiving Office. If corresponding documents are not timely resubmitted, the receiving Office will declare the application to be considered withdrawn.
    An international application may also be filed by other means of rapid communication, notably by facsimile machine, provided that the receiving Office places such facilities at the disposal of applicants and that the original is furnished within 14 days, if so required by the receiving Office (refer to Annexes B). The requirements in relation to filing the international application and any subsequent documents by facsimile machine are explained in more detail in paragraphs IP 11.067 to IP 11.070.
    IP 6.004. Is the international application treated as confidential by the receiving Office?
    Yes, it is. Third parties are not permitted to have access to the international application, unless requested or authorized by the applicant, before the date of international publication. Designated Offices are, however, permitted to publish the fact that they have been designated, together with a limited amount of bibliographic data. For further details as to confidentiality, refer to Article 30 and paragraphs IP 11.072 to IP 11.074.
    INTERNATIONAL FILING DATE
    IP 6.005. What are the conditions that must be fulfilled for the international application to be entitled to an international filing date?

    The receiving Office must accord an international filing date to the international application if it finds that the following conditions are fulfilled:
    (i) the applicant does not obviously lack, for reasons of residence or nationality, the right to file an international application with the receiving Office (refer to paragraphs IP 5.008, IP 5.020 and IP 5.023);
    (ii) the international application is in the prescribed language (refer to paragraph IP 6.006);
    (iii) the international application contains at least the following elements:
    (a) an indication that it is intended as an international application,
    (b) a request which constitutes the designation of a Contracting State bound by the PCT on the international filing date (under Rule 4.9(a) - refer to paragraph IP 5.052),
    (c) the name of the applicant (for this purpose it is sufficient if the name of the applicant is indicated in a way which allows his/her identity to be established, even if the name is misspelled, or the given names are not fully indicated, or, in the case of legal entities, the indication of the name is abbreviated or incomplete),
    (d) a part which on the face of it appears to be a description,
    (e) a part which on the face of it appears to be a claim or claims.
    IP 6.006. Not all parts of my international application are in the same language. Will the receiving Office accord an international filing date to my international application?

    For the purposes of according an international filing date, the requirement that the international application be in a prescribed language is met, in most receiving Offices, if the description and claims (but not necessarily the other elements of the international application) are in a language accepted by the receiving Office under Rule 12.1(a) and (c) (refer to Rule 20.1(c) and paragraph IP 5.013). If any of the other elements of the international application are not in a language accepted by the receiving Office, they may be corrected later without affecting the international filing date (refer to paragraphs IP 6.032 and IP 6.034). A translation will need to be furnished by the applicant in respect of any international application which is filed in a language which is not a language accepted by the International Searching Authority which is to carry out the international search and/or a language of publication; refer to paragraphs IP 6.013 to IP 6.020). In certain Offices, however, Rule 20.1(c) is incompatible with the applicable national law. For as long as that incompatibility continues, that Rule will not apply for those Offices; all elements of an international application filed with those Offices as receiving Office must therefore comply with the language requirements of Rule 12.1 before an international filing date can be accorded (refer to Annex C for details).
    IP 6.007. [Deleted]
    IP 6.008. What date is accorded as the international filing date?

    The reply to this question depends on whether the requirements for according an international filing date (refer to paragraph IP 6.005) were fulfilled on the date on which the international application was received by the receiving Office, or, pursuant to Rule 20.6, considered to have been received (refer to paragraph IP 6.026 to IP 6.031), or - following correction of defects in relation to those requirements - on a later date. The international filing date will, in the former case, be the date on which the international application was received by the receiving Office and, in the latter case, the date on which the correction was received by the receiving Office. Naturally, any correction has to comply with some conditions; in particular it has to be filed within a certain time limit. More is said about this in paragraph IP 6.025. Where all the sheets pertaining to the same international application are not received on the same day by the receiving Office, refer to paragraph IP 6.026.
    IP 6.009. Does non-payment, incomplete payment or late payment of fees influence the international filing date?

    No, it does not, however, those defects will eventually lead the receiving Office to declare that the international application is considered withdrawn (refer to paragraphs IP 5.195 and IP 5.196). Although an international application which has not been accorded an international filing date and an international application which is considered withdrawn are both excluded from further processing in the international phase, an international application which fulfills the requirements necessary for it to be accorded an international filing date may be invoked as a priority application under the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (if the conditions laid down by that Convention are fulfilled) even where the international application is considered withdrawn under the PCT (for non-payment of fees or other reasons).
    IP 6.010. Can the receiving Office refuse to treat an international application as such for reasons of national security?

    Each Contracting State is free to apply measures deemed necessary for the preservation of its national security. For example, each receiving Office has the right not to treat an international application as such and not to transmit the record copy to the International Bureau and the search copy to the International Searching Authority. Compliance with national security prescriptions where the international application is filed with the International Bureau as receiving Office will not be checked by the International Bureau; such compliance is the applicant’s responsibility. Where an international filing date has been accorded but national security considerations prevent transmittal of the record copy, the receiving Office must so declare to the International Bureau before the expiration of 13, or at the latest 17, months from the priority date.
    IP 6.011. How does the applicant know whether his/her application has been accorded an international filing date or that the application is not treated as an international application or is considered to have been withdrawn?

    Where the receiving Office accords an international filing date to the international application, it promptly notifies the applicant of that date and of the international application number; where it decides that the international application is not to be treated as an international application (because of a negative determination for lack of compliance with Article 11, or because national security considerations prevent it from being treated as such) or is to be considered withdrawn, it promptly notifies the applicant accordingly.
    IP 6.012. Can an international filing date once accorded be “taken away”?

    If, after having accorded an international filing date, the receiving Office finds that it should not have accorded it, the international application is considered withdrawn and the receiving Office so declares and promptly notifies the applicant. If the International Bureau or the International Searching Authority finds that an international filing date should not have been accorded, it calls the relevant facts to the attention of the receiving Office. However, such a finding may validly occur only during the four months following the international filing date and must be preceded by a notification to the applicant of the intention to make the declaration which should, where applicable, also include an invitation to confirm the incorporation of missing elements in accordance with Rule 20.6(a). The applicant has the right to submit arguments within two months from the notification or, where applicable, confirm the incorporation by reference of missing elements. For the rectification of errors made by the receiving Office in according the international filing date, refer to Rule 82ter.1 and the National Phase, paragraph NP 6.028.
    TRANSLATION OF INTERNATIONAL APPLICATIONS
    IP 6.013. When is a translation of the international application required?
    Every receiving Office must accept, for the purpose of filing international applications, at least one language which is both a language of publication and a language accepted by the International Searching Authority, or, if applicable, by at least one of the International Searching Authorities, competent for the international searching of international applications filed with that receiving Office. In addition, any receiving Office may accept one or more other languages for the purpose of filing international applications. A translation of the international application is required when the language in which the international application is filed is a language which is not a language of publication and/or a language accepted by the International Searching Authority which is to carry out the international search.
    IP 6.014. What are the translation requirements if the international application is filed in a language which is not accepted by the International Searching Authority?
    Where the language in which the international application is filed is not accepted by the International Searching Authority that is to carry out the international search, the applicant must furnish, to the receiving Office, a translation of the international application into a language which is both a language accepted by that Authority and a language of publication. Moreover, unless the international application was filed in a language of publication (refer to paragraph IP 9.017), the language into which the international application is translated must also be a language in which international applications may be filed with the receiving Office concerned. For any sequence listing part of the description, a translation of the language-dependent free text in the sequence listing may be required if not already provided in a language accepted by the International Searching Authority as filed. The translation must be provided in a new sequence listing containing the language-dependent free text in the accepted language. The applicant may either replace the language-dependent free text with the translation or if permitted by the receiving Office, add the translation such that the new sequence listing contains the language-dependent free text in two languages (one must be English). (Concerning translation of the request, refer to paragraph IP 6.019).
    IP 6.015. What is the time limit for furnishing a translation of my international application where the application is filed in a language which is not accepted by the International Searching Authority?
    The translation of the international application must be furnished to the receiving Office within one month from the date on which the international application was received by that Office. Where, by the time the receiving Office notifies the applicant of the international application number and international filing date, the applicant has not furnished the required translation, the receiving Office will, preferably together with that notification, invite the applicant to furnish the required translation either within the time limit of one month from the date on which the international application was received by the receiving Office, or, in the event that the required translation is not furnished within that time limit, to furnish it and to pay, where applicable, the late furnishing fee (refer to paragraph IP 6.017), within one month from the date of the invitation or two months from the date of receipt of the international application by the receiving Office, whichever expires later.
    IP 6.016. Will my application be withdrawn in case that I do not furnish a translation or pay the late furnishing fee?
    Where the receiving Office has sent to the applicant an invitation to furnish the translation and, where applicable, pay the late furnishing fee, and the applicant has not done so within the applicable time limit, the international application will be considered withdrawn and the receiving Office will so declare. However, any translation and any payment which are received by the receiving Office before that Office makes the declaration that the international application is considered withdrawn, and before the expiration of 15 months from the priority date, will be considered to have been received before the expiration of the applicable time limit.
    IP 6.017. What is the amount of the late furnishing fee for translations?
    The late furnishing fee which any receiving Office may collect for translations which are furnished after the expiration of the time limit of one month from the date on which the international application is received by the receiving Office, is equal to 25% of the international filing fee referred to in item 1 of the Schedule of Fees, not taking into account any fee for each sheet of the international application in excess of 30 sheets.
    IP 6.018. What are the translation requirements if the abstract or text matter in the drawings of the international application are in a language which is different from the language of the description and claims?
    If the abstract or text matter in the drawings of the international application is in a language which is different from the language of the description and claims, then the receiving Office will invite the applicant to furnish a translation of the abstract or the text matter of the drawings into the language in which the international application is to be published. However, no such invitation will be issued if the abstract or text matter in the drawings is in the language in which the international application is to be published, or if a translation of the international application is required because the language in which the international application was filed is not accepted by the International Searching Authority which is to perform the international search and that translation will also be in the language in which the application is to be published.
    IP 6.018A. What is the procedure if the description and claims are not in a single language?

    Generally, the PCT requires that the description and claims of an international application are filed in a language accepted by the receiving Office. Compliance with the prescribed language is a requirement for obtaining an international filing date (refer to Article 11(1)(ii), Rule 20.1(c) and paragraphs IP 6.005 to IP 6.006). If the description or claims is in a language that is not accepted by the receiving Office, that Office must forward the application under the safeguard procedure of Rule 19.4 to the receiving Office of the International Bureau, which accepts any language (refer to paragraph IP 6.034).
    If the description and claims, or part thereof, are not filed in a single language but all the languages used are accepted by the receiving Office, the receiving Office will invite the applicant to furnish a translation to provide the description and claims in a single language within one month from the date of receipt of the international application. That language must be:
    (i) one of the languages contained in the description or claims as filed;
    (ii) a language accepted by the International Searching Authority that will carry out the international search;
    (iii) and the language in which the international application is to be published.
    However, no such invitation will be issued if the receiving Office considers that the use of multiple languages assists in the comprehension of the disclosure and requesting a translation would not be appropriate in a particular case, for example in the case of language-neutral terms (such as computer coding language), certain technical terms including their transliteration or translation, scientific publication citations, or inventions relating to translation technology.
    If all of the above-mentioned three criteria cannot be satisfied (for example, the languages used, while accepted by the receiving Office, are not languages accepted by the chosen International Searching Authority or languages of publication), the receiving Office invites the applicant to furnish a translation of the international application under Rule 12.3 or 12.4.
    In all instances, if the required translation is not furnished within the one-month time limit, the Office may require the applicant to pay any applicable late furnishing fee within one month from the date of the invitation or two months from the date of receipt of the international application by the receiving Office, whichever expires later (refer to paragraphs IP 6.015 to IP 6.017).
    IP 6.019. What are the translation requirements if the request is in a language which is not a language of publication accepted by the receiving Office for the purpose of filing the request?

    Whatever the language in which the description and claims are filed, the request must always be filed in a language of publication accepted by the receiving Office for the purposes of filing the request. If the request is in a language which does not fulfill this requirement, the receiving Office invites the applicant to file a translation that complies with it.
    IP 6.020. What are the translation requirements if the international application is filed in a language which is accepted by the International Searching Authority, but is not a language of publication?

    If the international application is filed in a language which is not a language of publication but is a language accepted by the International Searching Authority which is to carry out the international search, the applicant must furnish to the receiving Office a translation of the international application into a language of publication which the receiving Office accepts for that purpose. For any sequence listing part of the description, a translation of the language-dependent free text in the sequence listing may be required if not already provided in a language of publication as filed and no translation was required under Rule 12.3(a) for the purposes of the international search. The translation must be provided in a new sequence listing containing the language-dependent free text in a language of publication. The applicant may either replace the language-dependent free text with the translation or if permitted by the receiving Office, add the translation such that the new sequence listing contains the language-dependent free text in two languages (one must be English). (Concerning the translation of the request, refer to paragraph IP 6.019).
    IP 6.021. What is the time limit for furnishing a translation of my international application where the application is filed in a language which is accepted by the International Searching Authority, but is not a language of publication?
    The translation of the international application must be furnished to the receiving Office within 14 months from the priority date. Where the applicant has not furnished the required translation within the applicable time limit, the receiving Office will invite the applicant to furnish the required translation, and to pay, where applicable, the late furnishing fee (refer to paragraph IP 6.023), within 16 months from the priority date.
    IP 6.022. Will my application be withdrawn in case that I do not furnish a translation or pay the late furnishing fee?
    Where the receiving Office has sent to the applicant an invitation to furnish the translation and, where applicable, pay the late furnishing fee, and the applicant has not done so within the applicable time limit, the international application will be considered withdrawn and the receiving Office will so declare. However, any translation and any payment which are received by the receiving Office before that Office makes the declaration that the international application is considered withdrawn, and before the expiration of 17 months from the priority date, will be considered to have been received before the expiration of the applicable time limit.
    IP 6.023. What is the amount of the late furnishing fee for translations?
    The late furnishing fee which any receiving Office may collect for translations which are furnished after the expiration of the time limit of 14 months from the priority date, is equal to 25% of the international filing fee referred to in item 1 of the Schedule of Fees, not taking into account any fee for each sheet of the international application in excess of 30 sheets.
    CORRECTION OF DEFECTS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF MISSING ELEMENTS OR PARTS, OR CORRECT ELEMENTS OR PARTS IN CASE THEY HAVE BEEN ERRONEOUSLY FILED
    IP 6.024. What defects in the international application may be corrected and within what time limits?
    The following paragraphs attempt to give general answers to those questions in the characteristic cases of possible defects.
    IP 6.025. What defects influence the international filing date?
    (i) Where the receiving Office finds that the international application does not comply with the requirements for according an international filing date - in other words:
    (a) that the applicant obviously lacks, for reasons of residence and nationality, the right to file an international application with the receiving Office (but also refer to paragraphs IP 6.035 and IP 6.036);
    (b) that the international application does not contain an indication that it is intended as an international application;
    (c) that the international application does not contain a request which constitutes the designation of all Contracting States bound by the PCT on the international filing date (underRule 4.9(a) - refer to paragraph IP 5.052);
    (d) that the international application does not contain the name of the applicant or does not contain at least the minimum indications concerning the name of the applicant which are indicated in paragraph IP 6.005(iii)(c);

    (e) that the international application does not contain a part which, on the face of it, appears to be a description and a part which, on the face of it, appears to be a claim or claims;

    the receiving Office invites the applicant to correct the defect. The time limit for filing the correction is two months from the date of the invitation to correct. If the correction is made within the time limit, the date of receipt of the correction becomes the international filing date; otherwise, the application is not treated as an international application (but also refer to paragraphs IP 6.035 and IP 6.036 in relation to the applicant’s residence and nationality, and paragraphs IP 6.013 to IP 6.020 for applications filed in a language which is accepted by the receiving Office but which is not both a language accepted by the International Searching Authority which is to carry out international searching, and a language of publication). Where the defect concerns item (i)(e) above, the receiving Office will invite the applicant to confirm in accordance with Rule 20.6 that the missing element concerned was incorporated by reference under Rule 4.18 (refer to paragraphs IP 6.027 to IP 6.031), in which case it may be possible to retain the earlier date as the international filing date. Where the required elements of the international application are not in a language accepted by the receiving Office, that Office will transmit the international application to the International Bureau as receiving Office under Rule 19.4 (noting that the International Bureau as receiving Office is prepared to accept international applications filed in any language; refer to paragraph IP 6.034 and Annex C).

    (ii) Where the receiving Office finds that parts of the description, claims, all drawings or parts thereof are, or appear to be, missing or that the description, claims, parts of the description or claims, all drawings or parts thereof are or appear to be erroneously filed, it notifies the applicant accordingly and invites the applicant to correct the defect or else, where appropriate, to confirm in accordance with Rule 20.6 that the missing part or correct element or part was incorporated by reference under Rule 4.18 (refer to paragraph IP 6.027 to IP 6.031 for details). The time limit for furnishing such missing parts or correct elements or parts is two months from the date of the invitation. If no invitation is issued and the applicant notices and wishes to correct a defect, this is also permitted within a time limit of two months from the date on which papers were first received by the receiving Office. If the missing parts or correct elements or parts are furnished within that time limit, the date of their receipt becomes the international filing date, unless the applicant is able to confirm in accordance with Rule 20.6 that the missing part or correct element or part concerned was incorporated by reference under Rule 4.18 (refer to paragraphs IP 6.027 to IP 6.031), in which case it may be possible to retain the earlier date as the international filing date. Where missing drawings referred to in the international application are not furnished within the time limit, any references to drawings in the international application are considered non-existent and the international filing date remains as originally accorded. However, where the international filing date is corrected to a later date, any priority claim will be considered void, for the purposes of the procedure under the PCT, if the accorded international filing date falls outside the two month period after the expiration of the priority period of the priority claim concerned (refer to paragraphs IP 5.060 and IP 6.038).

    (iii) Where the international filing date has been corrected, the applicant may, in a notice submitted to the receiving Office within one month from the date of mailing of the notification of later submitted elements or parts (Form PCT/RO/126), request that the missing part or the correct element or part be disregarded in order to preserve the date on which papers were first received as the international filing date and, where applicable, to retain the priority claim (Rule 20.5(e) or 20.5bis(e)). The applicant will be notified of the decision made by the receiving Office on whether the international filing date has been restored (Form PCT/RO/129).
    IP 6.026. What happens if all sheets of the international application are not received on the same day?

    The receipt of further sheets after an invitation to correct has been sent under Article 11(2)(a) or 14(2) (refer to paragraph IP 6.025) generally results in the date of receipt of those further sheets being accorded as the international filing date, provided that they are received within the applicable time limit under Rule 20.7, and unless the applicant is able to include these later submitted sheets by way of incorporation by reference (refer to paragraphs IP 6.027 to IP 6.031). If no invitation to correct has been sent but all the sheets relating to the same purported international application (apart from the abstract) are not received on the same day by the receiving Office, and the applicant has not confirmed the incorporation by reference of those later submitted sheets, the Office corrects the request by marking on it the date on which the papers completing the international application were received, and that later date is accorded as the international filing date, provided that the later sheets were received within two months from the date on which sheets were first received. Each sheet is marked with the date on which it was actually received. In case those later submitted sheets are to correct erroneously filed sheets, and the applicant has not confirmed the incorporation by reference of those later submitted sheets, the erroneously filed sheets concerned are removed from the application. The absence or late receipt of the abstract does not, of itself, result in correction of the date marked on the request or in the according of a later international filing date.
    IP 6.027. Can missing or correct pages be added to an international application without affecting the international filing date?

    This is possible under certain circumstances, but the resulting international filing date will not be recognized in some Contracting States (refer to paragraph IP 6.031). Under Rule 4.18, where an element of the international application referred to in Article 11(1)(iii)(d) or (e) or a part of the description, claims or drawings referred to in Rule 20.5(a), or an element or part of the description, claims or drawings referred to in Rule 20.5bis(a) is not otherwise contained in the international application but is completely contained in the earlier application of which priority is claimed on the date on which one or more elements referred to in Article 11(1)(iii) were first received by the receiving Office, it is possible to incorporate by reference these missing or correct elements or parts into the international application. Such incorporation by reference will have the effect that the elements or parts which have been incorporated by reference will be considered to have been received on the date on which one or more elements referred to in Article 11(1)(iii) were first received. As a result, the international filing date would remain the date when one or more elements referred to in Article 11(1)(iii) were first received (provided that all other Article 11 requirements for the according of a filing date are met). These procedures do not apply to missing pages if the receiving Office has notified the International Bureau under Rule 20.8(a) that any of Rules 20.3(a)(ii) and (b)(ii), 20.5(a)(ii) and (d), and 20.6 are not compatible with its national law. Moreover, these procedures do not apply to correct pages if the receiving Office has notified the International Bureau under Rule 20.8(a-bis) that any of Rules 20.5bis(a)(ii) and (d) are not compatible with its national law. Such a receiving Office will therefore neither invite nor accept a confirmation of the incorporation by reference. Instead, the receiving Office would apply the above described correction procedure (paragraph IP 6.025). A list of Offices which have notified the International Bureau under Rule 20.8(a) and/or 20.8(a-bis) and which will therefore not accept the incorporation by reference of missing elements or parts can be found on WIPO’s website at https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/reservations/res_incomp. If the need to incorporate certain missing or correct elements or parts becomes apparent after the international application has been filed, the applicant may request the receiving Office to transmit the international application to the receiving Office of the International Bureau under Rule 19.4(a)(iii), which does accept the incorporation by reference of missing or correct elements or parts.
    IP 6.028. How should missing or correct elements or parts be incorporated by reference into the international application?

    A statement of incorporation by reference referred to in Rule 4.18 must have been included in the international application on the date when one or more elements referred to in Article 11(1)(iii) are first received by the receiving Office. Such a statement is automatically included if Form PCT/RO/101 is used in paper or electronically. If such a statement was not contained in the request at the time of filing, it can only be added to the request if it was otherwise contained in, or submitted with, the international application on the date of filing. Furthermore, one or several priority claims to earlier applications which completely contain the missing or correct element or part must have been made in the international application at the time of filing. Adding such priority claims under Rule 26bis.1(a) would not be sufficient. If these requirements have been met, the applicant should confirm the incorporation by reference by way of a written notice to the receiving Office within the time limit indicated below. Such notice should be accompanied by:
    — a sheet or sheets embodying the entire element or part as contained in the earlier application;
    — where the applicant has not already complied with the requirements of Rule 17.1(a), (b) or b-bis, a copy of the earlier application as filed;
    — where Rule 20.6(a)(iii) applies, a translation or translations of the earlier application; and
    — in the case of a missing or correct part, an indication as to where the part is contained in the earlier application and, where applicable, in any translation of the earlier application.
    IP 6.029. What is the time limit for confirming the incorporation by reference of missing or correct elements or parts?
    Where no invitation by the receiving Office has been sent to submit missing or correct elements or parts (Form PCT/RO/103 or PCT/RO/107), the time limit to confirm is two months from the date on which papers were first received by the receiving Office. Where such an invitation has been issued, the time limit to confirm is two months from the date of mailing of this invitation. If this time limit expires after the expiration of 12 months from the filing date of the earliest application, the priority of which is claimed, the receiving Office will draw this circumstance to the attention of the applicant (as a warning that, if the missing or correct elements or parts are not confirmed to have been incorporated by reference and the international filing date is thus corrected to a date after the expiration of the priority period, the correction of the international filing date may result in the loss of the right of priority; the same applies, even if the missing or correct elements or parts are confirmed to have been incorporated by reference, with regard to those States which do not apply the provisions concerning incorporation by reference (refer to paragraph IP 6.031)). For missing elements, where the applicant has neither submitted a correction under Article 11(2) nor a notice under Rule 20.6(a) confirming the incorporation by reference of missing elements referred to in Article 11(1)(iii)(d) or (e) prior to the expiration of this two-month time limit, any such correction or notice received by the receiving Office after the expiration of that time limit, but before it has sent a notification under Rule 20.4(i) (Form PCT/RO/104) to the applicant, is considered to have been received within the time limit (Rule 20.7(b)).
    IP 6.029A. What happens to the erroneously filed element or part if the incorporation by reference of the correct element or part is confirmed?

    Where a correct element or part is considered to have been contained in the purported international application on the date on which one or more elements referred to in Article 11(1)(iii) were first received by the receiving Office under Rule 20.6(b), the erroneously filed element or part concerned will remain in the application. The receiving Office will mark those erroneously filed sheets as “ERRONEOUSLY FILED (RULE 20.5bis)” and move those sheets to the end of the corresponding element of the purported international application. The receiving Office will transmit the erroneously filed sheets to the International Bureau and they will be published as part of the international application.
    IP 6.030. What are the consequences if the requirements for the incorporation by reference are not complied with?

    If not all of the requirements for the incorporation by reference are fulfilled (for example, if a missing or correct element or part is not entirely contained in the earlier application), the international application will be assigned a later international filing date (the date of receipt of the missing or correct element or part, to the extent that all other requirements of Article 11(1) are complied with on that date) (refer to paragraphs IP 6.025 and IP 6.026). The applicant may, however, request that the missing part or correct element or part be disregarded, in accordance with Rule 20.5(e) or 20.5bis(e) (refer to paragraph IP 6.025(iii)). In this case, the international filing date will be reinstated and the missing part or correct element or part will be considered not to have been submitted.
    IP 6.031. What are the effects of the successful incorporation of missing or correct elements or parts on designated or elected Offices?

    In most Contracting States, the elements or parts will be treated as if they had actually been contained in the international application as originally filed. Designated and elected Offices may, to a limited extent, review decisions by receiving Offices which have allowed incorporation by reference (Rule 82ter.1(b)). If the designated or elected Office finds that: the applicant did not comply with the obligation to furnish a priority document; the statement of incorporation was missing or not submitted with the request; no written notice confirming incorporation by reference was submitted; no required translation was furnished; or the element or part in question was not completely contained in the priority document; then the designated or elected Office may treat the international application as if the international filing date had been accorded on the basis of the date on which the sheets containing the missing or correct elements or parts were submitted, but only after giving the applicant the opportunity to make observations on this outcome and/or to request that, at least, the missing parts or the correct elements or parts which had been furnished be disregarded, in accordance with Rule 82ter.1(d).
    However, those designated Offices which have submitted notifications of incompatibility under Rule 20.8(b) and/or (b-bis), may treat the international application as if the international filing date had been accorded on the basis of the date on which the sheets containing the missing or correct elements or parts, as the case may be, were submitted, but also only after having given the applicant the opportunity to make observations on this outcome and/or to request that, at least, the missing parts or the correct elements or parts which had been furnished be disregarded, pursuant to Rule 20.8(c).
    IP 6.032. What defects do not influence the international filing date?
    Where the receiving Office finds that

    (i) the international application is not signed (or, in the cases referred to in paragraph IP 5.091, does not bear a seal; also refer to paragraph IP 11.027 for cases where an applicant refuses to sign or cannot be found or reached);

    (ii) the international application does not contain the name of the applicant presented in the prescribed way (other than those referred to in paragraph IP 6.005(iii)(c), for which case refer to paragraph IP 6.025(i)(d)), or the prescribed indications in respect of at least one of the applicants - these indications are specified in Rules 4.4 and 4.5; they include, in particular, the applicant’s address, residence and nationality;

    (iii) the international application does not contain a title (that is, a title for the claimed invention);

    (iv) the international application does not contain an abstract;

    (v) the international application and, where applicable, the translation of the international application, does not comply, to the extent provided for in the Regulations, with the prescribed physical requirements (the physical requirements are specified in detail in Rule 11; compliance with them must be checked only to the extent that such compliance is necessary for the purpose of reasonably uniform international publication, and no international application will be considered withdrawn for lack of such compliance if it complies to the extent necessary for the purpose of reasonably uniform international publication);

    (vi) any element of the international application, other than the description and claims, is not in an admitted language (refer to paragraphs IP 5.013, IP 6.005(ii) and IP 6.006);

    the receiving Office invites the applicant to correct the defect (however, regarding international applications which are filed in a language which is accepted by the receiving Office but require translation, refer to paragraphs IP 6.013 to IP 6.020). The time limit for filing the correction is two months from the date of the invitation. If the correction is made within the time limit (including any extension - refer to paragraph IP 6.037), the international filing date remains the date on which the international application was received by the receiving Office; otherwise, the international application is considered withdrawn. In certain Offices, however, the provisions of Rule 26.3ter(a) for correction of elements not in an accepted language are incompatible with the applicable national law. For as long as that incompatibility continues, that Rule will not apply for those Offices; all elements of an international application filed with those Offices as receiving Office must therefore comply with the language requirements of Rule 12.1 before an international filing date can be accorded (also refer to paragraph IP 6.006 and refer to Annex C for details).
    IP 6.033. [Deleted]
    IP 6.034. What happens if the application is filed in a language which is not accepted by the receiving Office?

    If the international application is filed in a language which is not a language accepted by the national (or regional) Office with which it is filed, but is in a language accepted by the International Bureau as receiving Office, that international application will be considered to have been received by that Office on behalf of the International Bureau as receiving Office. In fact, the International Bureau as receiving Office accepts international applications filed in any language (refer to Annex C). In such a case, the international application will be date-stamped by the national (or regional) Office concerned and promptly transmitted to the International Bureau (unless this is prevented by national security prescriptions). That transmittal may be subjected to the payment of a fee equal to the transmittal fee (refer to paragraph IP 5.184(i) and Annex C), but other fees paid will be refunded by the national (or regional) Office to the applicant and the applicable fees will then have to be paid to the International Bureau as receiving Office (refer to Annex C). The international application so transmitted will be considered to have been received by the International Bureau as receiving Office on the date on which it was received by the national (or regional) Office, except that, for the purposes of calculating the time limits for paying the fees due on filing the international application to the competent receiving Office, the date of receipt of the international application is considered to be the date on which the international application was actually received by the International Bureau as receiving Office.
    IP 6.035. What happens if the applicant is a resident or national of a Contracting State but files the application with a “non-competent” receiving Office?

    If the international application is erroneously filed with a national (or regional) Office which acts as a receiving Office under the Treaty by an applicant who is a resident or national of a Contracting State, but that Office is not competent under Rule 19.1 or 19.2 (having regard to the applicant’s residence and nationality) to receive the international application, the international application will be considered to have been received by the Office with which it was filed on behalf of the International Bureau as receiving Office (refer to paragraphs IP 5.008 and IP 5.009). In such a case, the international application will be date-stamped by the national (or regional) Office concerned and promptly transmitted to the International Bureau (unless this is prevented by national security prescriptions). That transmittal may be subjected by the national Office to the payment of a fee equal to the transmittal fee (refer to paragraph IP 5.184(i) and Annex C), but other fees paid will be refunded by the national Office to the applicant and the applicable fees will then have to be paid to the International Bureau as receiving Office (refer to Annex C (IB)). The international application so transmitted will be considered to have been received by the International Bureau as receiving Office on the date on which it was received by the national (or regional) Office, except that, for the purposes of calculating the time limits for paying the fees due on filing the international application, the date of receipt of the international application is considered to be the date on which the international application was actually received by the International Bureau as receiving Office.
    IP 6.036. May the applicant correct indications of residence and nationality?

    If the indications of the applicant’s residence and nationality as stated in the request do not support the applicant’s right to file an international application (refer to paragraphs IP 5.020, IP 5.023 and IP 6.005(i)), that is, if the applicant appears not to be (or, where there are two or more applicants, none of the applicants appears to be) a resident or national of a Contracting State, there is prima facie a defect under Article 11(1)(i) and the receiving Office issues an invitation accordingly to correct that defect (refer to paragraph IP 6.025(i)(a)). The applicant may be able to show that he/she actually had, on the date on which the international application was received by the receiving Office, the right to file an international application with that receiving Office. In such a case, the applicant should submit evidence to the receiving Office accordingly, together with a proposed correction of the indications concerning his/her residence and/or nationality. If the receiving Office is satisfied, on the basis of that evidence, of the applicant’s right to file the international application, the invitation to correct the defect under Article 11(1)(i) will be considered to be an invitation to correct a defect under Article 14(1)(a)(ii) and Rule 4.5 in the prescribed indications concerning the applicant’s residence and/or nationality, and the indications may be corrected accordingly. If such a correction is made, no defect will be considered to exist under Article 11(1)(i), and the defect will thus not prevent the accordance of the actual date of receipt of the international application as the international filing date. Note, however, that the United States Patent and Trademark Office as receiving Office has stated that it will not apply the procedure outlined above.
    IP 6.037. Can time limits to correct certain defects be extended?
    The time limit of two months for the correction of defects under Article 14(1) (refer to paragraph IP 6.032) may be extended by the receiving Office. The receiving Office may extend the time limit ex officio or at the request of the applicant at any time - even after the time limit fixed in the invitation has expired - before a decision is taken on whether the applicant has submitted the correction within the time limit and whether or not the international application so corrected is to be considered withdrawn. On the other hand, the time limits fixed by the receiving Office for the correction of defects under Article 11 or Article 14(2) (refer to paragraph IP 6.025) and for the payment of missing or underpaid fees under Rule 16bis (refer to paragraphs IP 5.193 and IP 5.195) may not be extended.
    IP 6.038. Can defects in priority claims be corrected?

    Any defective priority claim may be corrected and any missing priority claim added by a notice which may be submitted to the receiving Office or the International Bureau. The time limit for correcting or adding a priority claim is 16 months from the priority date or, where the correction or addition would cause a change in the priority date, 16 months from the priority date as so changed, whichever 16 month period expires first, provided that a notice correcting or adding a priority claim may in any event be submitted until the expiration of four months from the international filing date. If a correction of a priority claim is received before the receiving Office or the International Bureau, as the case may be, declares the priority claim void (refer to paragraph IP 6.043) and not later than one month after the expiration of the applicable time limit, it is considered to have been received before the expiration of that time limit. To correct a priority claim, any indication relating to that priority claim may be changed, added or deleted. It should be noted that an obvious mistake in priority claims may be rectified under Rule 91 within a time limit of 26 months from the priority date provided that the rectification of the mistake would not cause a change in the earliest priority date.
    IP 6.039
    Where the applicant has made a request for early publication of the international application, any notice to correct or add a priority claim received by the receiving Office or the International Bureau after that request was made will be considered not to have been submitted, unless that request is withdrawn before the technical preparations for international publication have been completed.
    IP 6.040. The priority claim in my international application has been corrected which results in a new priority date. How will upcoming time limits be calculated?
    Where the correction or addition of a priority claim causes a change in the priority date, any time limit which is computed from the previously applicable priority date and which has not already expired will be computed from the priority date as so changed.
    IP 6.041. Can the applicant be invited to correct defects in a priority claim?
    Where the receiving Office or, if the receiving Office fails to do so, the International Bureau, finds in relation to a priority claim that;
    (i) the international application has an international filing date which is later than the date on which the priority period expired and that no request for restoration of the right of priority has been submitted;
    (ii) the priority claim does not comply with the requirements of Rule 4.10 (refer to paragraph IP 5.057); or
    (iii) any indication in a priority claim is not the same as the corresponding indication appearing in the priority document;
    the receiving Office or the International Bureau, as the case may be, will invite the applicant to correct the priority claim.
    IP 6.042. The filing date of my international application is outside the priority period of 12 months. Will the receiving Office invite me to correct the priority claim?

    Where the defect consists of the fact that the filing date of the international application is outside the priority period but is within two months from the date on which the priority period expired, the receiving Office also informs the applicant of the possibility of submitting a request for the restoration of the right of priority in accordance with Rule 26bis.3 (refer to paragraphs IP 5.062 to IP 5.069), except where the receiving Office has notified the International Bureau under Rule 26bis.3(j) of the incompatibility of Rule 26bis.3(a) to (i) with the national law applied by that Office.
    IP 6.043. I did not respond to an invitation from the receiving Office to correct my priority claim. Will the priority claim be considered void?
    If the applicant fails to respond to an invitation from the receiving Office or the International Bureau to correct a priority claim before the expiration of the time limit for doing so, that priority claim will, for the purposes of the procedure under the Treaty, be considered void and the receiving Office or the International Bureau, as the case may be, will so declare and inform the applicant accordingly. However, a priority claim will not be considered void only because the indication of the number of the earlier application is missing, an indication in the priority claim is not the same as the corresponding indication appearing in the priority document, or the international application has an international filing date which is later than the date on which the priority period expired, provided that the international filing date is within two months of that date.
    IP 6.044

    Where the receiving Office or the International Bureau has made a declaration that a priority claim will be considered void, for the purposes of the procedure under the PCT, or where the priority claim has only not been considered void because Rule 26bis.2(c) applies (refer to last sentence of paragraph IP 6.043), the International Bureau will publish, together with the international application, information concerning the priority claim, as well as any information submitted by the applicant concerning such priority claim which is received by the International Bureau prior to the completion of the technical preparations for international publication. Where the applicant wishes to correct or add a priority claim but the time limit to do so under Rule 26bis.1 has expired, the applicant may, prior to the expiration of 30 months from the priority date and subject to the payment of a special fee (refer to Section 113(c) of the Administrative Instructions), request the International Bureau to publish information concerning the matter.
    IP 6.045. Can defects in declarations referred to in Rule 4.17 be corrected? Can declarations be added?
    Any defective declaration may be corrected and any new (missing) declaration may be added by a notice submitted to the International Bureau by the applicant, either in response to an invitation to correct (refer to paragraph IP 6.046) or on his/her own initiative. The time limit for correcting or adding a declaration is 16 months from the priority date. Any correction or addition which is received by the International Bureau after that time limit is considered to have been received on the last day of the time limit if it reaches the International Bureau before the technical preparations for international publication have been completed.
    IP 6.046. Which are the defects in declarations made under Rule 4.17 in respect of which the applicant may be invited to submit a correction?
    Where the receiving Office or the International Bureau finds that any declaration contained in the request appears to be defective or incomplete, the receiving Office or the International Bureau, as the case may be, may invite the applicant to correct the declaration within the time limit referred to in paragraph IP 6.045. The kinds of defects which may give rise to an invitation are, for example, the fact that a declaration does not contain the standardized wording as prescribed, or that the blank spaces have not been filled in with names, dates, etc., furthermore, in respect of the declaration of inventorship for the purposes of the designation of the United States of America, that it is not signed as prescribed.
    IP 6.047. How should a correction or addition of a declaration referred to in Rule 4.17 be presented?

    Any correction or addition of a declaration must be made by way of a notice consisting of the corrected or added declaration itself accompanied by a letter explaining the correction or addition. Such notice should be submitted directly to the International Bureau in all cases, even if that notice is in response to an invitation issued by the receiving Office. Any notice nevertheless submitted to the receiving Office will be date stamped by that Office and transmitted to the International Bureau.
    IP 6.048
    In the case of a corrected declaration, the applicant must submit a replacement sheet, using the relevant Box (amongst Boxes Nos. VIII (i) to (v)). In the case of an added declaration, the applicant may either use the relevant sub-box mentioned above or a blank sheet of paper. Any corrected or added declaration of inventorship for the purposes of the designation of the United States of America should be signed and dated by the inventor and should be entitled “Supplemental declaration of inventorship (Rules 4.17(iv) and 51bis.1(a)(iv)”.
    IP 6.049. What happens when the applicant fails to correct a declaration referred to in Rule 4.17?
    The International Bureau will publish declarations, either as originally filed, or as corrected, whether or not they comply with Rule 4.17. Furthermore, an indication about the fact that declarations were made will be included in the front page of the published international application.
    IP 6.050. What happens where the International Bureau receives a correction or addition of a declaration referred to in Rule 4.17 after the applicable time limit?

    Where the International Bureau receives a correction or addition of a declaration after the applicable time limit (refer to paragraph IP 6.045), it will notify the applicant accordingly. It does not publish that declaration, or communicate that declaration to the designated Office(s), but informs the applicant that any such declaration should be submitted directly to the designated Office(s) concerned. In the case of a declaration of inventorship signed by at least one of the inventors, the International Bureau will return the declaration to the applicant.
    IP 6.051. Is the receiving Office the only authority which may note any of the above defects during the international phase?
    If, in the opinion of the International Bureau, the international application is not signed as provided in the Regulations by at least one of the applicants, or does not contain the name of the applicant presented in the prescribed way, or the prescribed indications in respect of at least one of the applicants, or does not comply to the extent provided in the Regulations with the prescribed physical requirements, the International Bureau, brings such defects to the attention of the receiving Office. Unless that Office believes that there is no defect, it must then invite the applicant to correct it, within a time limit of two months from the date of the invitation (refer to paragraph IP 6.032).
    IP 6.052. How should a correction be presented?

    The correction must generally be filed in the form of one or more replacement sheets incorporating the correction and accompanied by a letter. The letter accompanying a replacement sheet must explain the differences between the replacement sheet and the one it replaces. Correction by letter without replacement sheets is possible only for corrections of the request where the correction is of such a nature that it can be transferred from the letter to the request or other part of the record copy without any adverse effect on the clarity and the direct reproducibility of the sheet onto which the correction is to be transferred. As to the signature and other requirements of such letters, refer to Rule 92.1
    IP 6.053. Does a correction entail the payment of a fee?
    Both the request for and the making of any correction are free of charge. There is also no fee for the extension of a time limit for correction (refer to paragraph IP 6.037).
    IP 6.054. Can the applicant appeal or file a petition against an unfavorable decision of the receiving Office?
    The PCT does not expressly provide for any appeal or petition during the international phase. However, practice has shown that receiving Offices reconsider their decisions on petition, and that some national courts or appeal boards have accepted appeals against decisions taken by national (or regional) Offices in their capacity as receiving Offices. However, the latter possibility, even where the applicant is successful in obtaining a favorable revision of the decision of the receiving Office, may remain without effect in the States designated in the international application, particularly when the applicant has not performed the acts required under Article 22(1), 39(1)(a) or 25 within the applicable time limit.
    IP 6.055

    The PCT provides for the review by designated Offices of any decision of the receiving Office refusing to accord an international filing date or declaring that the international application is considered withdrawn. (For details of the procedure, including the time limit for requesting such review, refer to National Phase, paragraphs NP 6.018 to NP 6.021.)
    IP 6.056. Can failure to meet a time limit in the proceedings before the receiving Office or a delay in furnishing documents to that Office be excused?

    The PCT provides that any Contracting State must, as far as that State is concerned, excuse, for reasons allowed by the national law, any delay in meeting any time limit. Moreover, any Contracting State may, as far as it is concerned, excuse for other reasons any delay in meeting any time limit. Finally, any designated Office may maintain the effect of an international application (refer to paragraphs IP 5.003 to IP 5.007), even where the decision of the receiving Office to the effect that the international application, or the designation of the State concerned, is considered withdrawn is found to be correct. (For details, refer to National Phase, paragraph NP 6.021.)
    RECORD COPY AND SEARCH COPY
    IP 6.057. How does the record copy reach the International Bureau?

    What are the consequences if it does not reach the International Bureau within the prescribed time limit? The record copy (refer to paragraph IP 5.180), which incidentally is, for the purposes of the procedure under the PCT, considered the true copy of the international application, must reach the International Bureau in time because, if the record copy has not been received by that Bureau within the prescribed time limit, the international application is considered withdrawn. However, no international application is considered withdrawn in such a case without the applicant having been informed beforehand (refer to paragraph IP 6.058). Failure to transmit the record copy does not relieve the applicant of the obligation to enter the national phase before the designated Offices within the applicable time limit (refer to National Phase, paragraphs NP 6.022 to NP 6.027).
    IP 6.058. How does the International Bureau monitor the receipt of the record copy?

    The International Bureau, once informed by the receiving Office of the international application number and of the international filing date, monitors the receipt of the record copy. If the International Bureau has not received the record copy within 13 months from the priority date, it urges the receiving Office to send it. If, one month later, the record copy has still not been received, the International Bureau notifies the applicant of the fact. The applicant can then ask the receiving Office either to transmit the record copy or to issue – and this must be done free of charge – a certified copy of the international application which the applicant can directly transmit to the International Bureau. Only after the expiration of three months from the above-mentioned notification from the International Bureau to the applicant may the International Bureau make the finding that no record copy has been received within the prescribed time limit. Thus the applicant will always have been warned and offered the possibility of taking care of the transmittal of the record copy himself/herself before any loss of rights can occur. The certification of a copy of the international application must be made free of charge in such a case, and may be refused only in certain cases (for instance where national security considerations prevent the international application from being treated as such; for details, refer to Rule 22.1(e)).
    IP 6.059. How does the search copy reach the International Searching Authority?

    The search copy (refer to paragraph IP 5.180) is transmitted by the receiving Office to the International Searching Authority. The search copy is only transmitted if the international search fee has been fully paid to the receiving Office (refer to paragraphs IP 5.184(ii), IP 5.193, IP 5.195 and IP 5.198), and, where the international application was filed in a language not accepted by the International Searching Authority, only after the required translation has been furnished (refer to paragraph IP 5.181). Therefore, it is in the applicant’s interests to pay the search fee promptly, and, where applicable, furnish the translation promptly, in order to avoid any delay in establishment of the international search report. The International Searching Authority notifies the International Bureau, the applicant and the receiving Office of the fact and date of receipt of the search copy.
    IP 6.060. Can the applicant obtain certified copies of the international application?
    Upon request and against payment of a fee, the receiving Office must furnish to the applicant certified copies of the international application as filed and of any corrections to it. The certified copy of the international application is the priority document where the applicant claims the priority of that international application. For copies of priority documents referred to in the international application, refer to paragraph IP 5.070.

    CHAPTER 7: THE INTERNATIONAL SEARCH PROCEDURE: PROCESSING OF THE INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION BY THE INTERNATIONAL SEARCHING AUTHORITY

    GENERAL
    IP 7.001. What are the main procedural steps before the International Searching Authority?

    The main procedural steps that any international application goes through before the International Searching Authority are the following:
    (i) conducting the international search,
    (ii) preparing the international search report, and
    (iii) establishing a written opinion.
    IP 7.002. Which International Searching Authority is competent?

    Each receiving Office (except the International Bureau as receiving Office – refer to paragraph IP 5.008) specifies one or more International Searching Authorities as competent to carry out international searches on international applications filed with it. For some receiving Offices, different International Searching Authorities are competent depending on the language in which the international application is filed or, where the international application is filed in a language accepted by the receiving Office but not by the International Searching Authority, translated. Where several International Searching Authorities are specified as competent by the receiving Office, the applicant may choose between them (subject to any such language restriction). Annex C indicates the International Searching Authority or Authorities specified as competent by each receiving Office, and the languages in which international applications filed with that Office are accepted for international search by those Authorities. Where the international application is filed with the International Bureau as receiving Office, the competent International Searching Authority (or Authorities) is that (or are those) which would have been competent if the international application had been filed with a competent national (or regional) Office as receiving Office. All of the languages accepted for search by each International Searching Authority are set out in Annex D. Where two or more International Searching Authorities are competent to carry out the international search, the applicant must indicate the Authority of his/her choice in the request form (refer to paragraph IP 5.072) and should also indicate it in the fee calculation sheet (refer to paragraphs IP 5.093 and IP 5.187). Finally, within the framework of the respective agreements relating to the functioning of certain Offices as International Searching Authorities, these Authorities may provide for limitations of their competence in respect of certain international applications. The consolidated texts of these Agreements are available on the WIPO website at the following address: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements. For more detailed information, refer to Annex D.
    IP 7.002A. May the applicant submit comments on earlier search results to the Authority that shall carry out the international search?
    Where an international application claims the priority of an earlier application in relation to which a search had already been carried out by the same Office that acts as International Searching Authority, some International Searching Authorities have indicated that they would, when carrying out the international search, consider comments made by applicants in response to the earlier search results relating to the priority application. Applicants who wish to have such comments taken into account should submit them to the receiving Office together with the international application, typically by checking Box No. IX of the request, sub-box “Other”, and indicating “Informal comments on earlier search results”. These informal comments would then be transmitted to the International Searching Authority and the International Bureau together with the search copy and the record copy. Informal comments on earlier search results will be published on PATENTSCOPE (For information on which International Searching Authorities offer this service, refer to Annex D.)
    IP 7.003. What is the purpose of the international search?

    The purpose of the international search is to discover relevant prior art. “Prior art” consists of everything which has been made available to the public anywhere in the world by means of written disclosure (including drawings and other illustrations); it is “relevant” in respect of the international application if it can help determine whether or not the claimed invention is new, whether or not it involves an inventive step (in other words, whether it is or is not obvious), and whether the making available to the public occurred prior to the international filing date (for further details, refer to Rule 33). The international search is made on the basis of the claims, with due regard to the description and the drawings (if any) contained in the international application. The results of the international search are set out in the international search report (refer to paragraphs IP 7.023 to IP 7.026).
    IP 7.004. What documents are searched by the International Searching Authority?

    The International Searching Authority must endeavor to discover as much of the relevant prior art as its facilities permit, and it must in any case consult the so-called “minimum documentation.” Roughly stated, the latter comprises the published patent documents issued after 1919 by France, by Germany from 1920 to 1945 and by the Federal Republic of Germany since 1945, by Japan (for International Searching Authorities other than the Japan Patent Office (JPO), only those documents for which English abstracts are generally available), by the People’s Republic of China (for International Searching Authorities other than the China National Intellectual Property Administration (CNIPA), only those documents for which English abstracts are generally available), by the Republic of Korea (for International Searching Authorities other than the Ministry of Intellectual Property (MOIP) (Republic of Korea), only those documents for which English abstracts are generally available), by the former Soviet Union and now by the Russian Federation (for International Searching Authorities other than the Federal Service for Intellectual Property (Rospatent)(Russian Federation) only those documents for which English abstracts are generally available), by Switzerland (except documents in Italian), by the United Kingdom, by the United States of America, by the African Intellectual Property Organization (OAPI), by the African Regional Intellectual Property Organization (ARIPO), by the Eurasian Patent Office and by the European Patent Office; published international (PCT) applications; and, from various dates, about 135 technical periodicals. It is emphasized, however, that, where the International Searching Authority has more than the “minimum documentation” at its disposal, it is obliged also to consult that additional documentation to the extent permitted by its facilities.
    IP 7.004A. What if the international application contains later submitted missing parts or correct elements or parts?

    The international search will usually be carried out on the basis of the application containing the missing parts or the correct elements or parts. In the case of incorporation by reference of correct elements or parts, although the erroneously filed elements or parts remain in the international application as per Rule 20.5bis(d), they will not have to be considered for the purpose of international search.
    IP 7.004B

    However, if the inclusion or incorporation by reference of missing parts or correct elements or parts is notified to the International Searching Authority only after it has begun to draw up the international search report, it may invite the applicant to pay an additional fee for that purpose. The invitation will invite the applicant to pay the additional fee within one month from the date of the invitation and indicate the amount of the fee to be paid. The applicant will then have to pay this additional fee directly to the International Searching Authority. If the additional fee is not paid within the time limit, the International Searching Authority will draw up the international search report and the written opinion without taking into account the missing parts or correct elements or parts.
    NUCLEOTIDE AND/OR AMINO ACID SEQUENCE LISTINGS
    IP 7.005. What special requirements apply during the international search to a nucleotide and/or amino acid sequence listing?

    Where the International Searching Authority finds that an international application contains disclosure of one or more nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences required to be included in a sequence listing pursuant to Annex C of the Administrative Instructions and that the sequence listing complying with the prescribed standard (refer to paragraph IP 5.099) in a language accepted by that Authority has not already been furnished (either as part of the international application or filed subsequently for the purposes of international search), that Authority may invite the applicant to furnish a listing complying with this standard or containing a translation of the language-dependent free text in a language accepted by that Authority and, if applicable, to pay a late furnishing fee. The listing required by the International Searching Authority is for the purpose of carrying out the international search; the application of the requirements of national law in relation to disclosure of inventions involving a sequence listing is a matter for the national phase of processing.
    IP 7.006. [Deleted]
    IP 7.007. [Deleted]
    IP 7.008. Does the International Bureau recommend any software for the preparation of sequence listings in electronic format?
    The sequence listing should be created using WIPO Sequence (refer to paragraph IP 5.104).
    IP 7.009. How should I label a diskette or any other electronic carrier accepted by the International Searching Authority for the submission of sequence listings?
    The diskette or any other electronic carrier that is acceptable to the competent International Searching Authority must have a label permanently affixed thereto on which has been typed, or hand-printed in block capitals, the name of the applicant, the title of the invention, a reference number, the date on which the data were recorded, the computer operating system and the name of the competent Authority. If the diskette or any other electronic carrier that is acceptable to the competent Authority is submitted after the date of filing of an application, the labels must also include the filing date of the application and the application number.
    IP 7.010. What is the procedure for furnishing a sequence listing upon invitation?

    An invitation from the International Searching Authority to furnish a sequence listing complying with the standard provided for in Annex C to the Administrative Instructions (refer to paragraphs IP 7.005 to IP 7.008) or containing a translation of the language-dependent free text, will specify a time limit for response to the invitation. The furnishing of a sequence listing in response to the invitation may be subjected by the International Searching Authority to the payment of a late furnishing fee. The amount of the late furnishing fee shall be determined by the International Searching Authority but shall not exceed 25% of the international filing fee referred to in item 1 of the Schedule of Fees (excluding any fee paid for each sheet of the international application in excess of 30). Any sequence listing furnished by the applicant must be accompanied by a statement to the effect that the listing does not go beyond the disclosure in the international application as filed. If the applicant does not comply within that time limit, the search undertaken by the International Searching Authority may be restricted (refer to paragraph IP 7.013). For the means of submitting documents, refer to paragraphs IP 11.067 to IP 11.070.
    IP 7.011. Does a sequence listing furnished to the International Searching Authority form part of the international application?
    Any sequence listing furnished separately to the International Searching Authority under Rule 13ter is used only for the purposes of the international search and does not form part of the international application. Nevertheless, once the international application has been published, any such sequence listing will be made available for public inspection by the International Bureau on PATENTSCOPE (https://www.wipo.int/patentscope/en/). The applicant may later amend the description (under Article 34 or at the time of national phase entry) to include a sequence listing part of the description complying with WIPO Standard ST.26.
    IP 7.012. Will a sequence listing furnished to the International Searching Authority also meet any requirements of the International Preliminary Examining Authority or, in the national phase, of a designated Office?

    The same requirements in relation to sequence listings for the purposes of international search apply during international preliminary examination (refer to paragraph IP 10.063). The International Preliminary Examining Authority may, for example, invite the applicant to furnish to it a sequence listing complying with the standard provided for in Annex C of the Administrative Instructions or containing a translation of the language-dependent free text in a language accepted by that Authority for the purposes of international preliminary examination. Concerning designated Offices, no designated Office may require the applicant to furnish to it a sequence listing other than a sequence listing complying with the standard provided for in Annex C of the Administrative Instructions. If a designated Office finds that a sequence listing does not comply with the prescribed standard and/or does not contain language-dependent free text in a language accepted by the Office, it may invite the applicant to furnish a listing or a translation complying with those requirements (refer to National Chapters).
    LIMITATIONS ON INTERNATIONAL SEARCH
    IP 7.013. May the International Searching Authority refuse to search certain subject matter?

    The International Searching Authority is not required to perform an international search on claims which relate to any of the following subject matter:
    (i) scientific and mathematical theories,
    (ii) plant or animal varieties or essentially biological processes for the production of plants and animals, other than microbiological processes and the products of such processes,
    (iii) schemes, Rules or methods of doing business, performing purely mental acts or playing games,
    (iv) methods for treatment of the human or animal body by surgery or therapy, as well as diagnostic methods,
    (v) mere presentation of information, and
    (vi) computer programs to the extent that the Authority is not equipped to search prior art concerning such programs.
    However, certain International Searching Authorities do, in practice, search these fields to varying extents – for example, several International Searching Authorities search subject matter which is normally searched under the national (or regional) procedure (for details, refer to Annex D). In addition, the International Searching Authority is not required to search the international application, to the extent that a meaningful search cannot be carried out, in certain cases where a sequence listing is not furnished in accordance with the prescribed standard or is not available to it in an accepted language (refer to paragraphs IP 7.005 to IP 7.012). If the International Searching Authority is not required to search any of the claims, it may declare that it will not establish an international search report. It should, nevertheless, be noted that the lack of an international search report in such a case does not, in itself, have any influence on the validity of the international application, the processing of which, including its communication to the designated Offices, continues. In respect of the possibility for the International Searching Authority to limit its competence, refer to paragraph IP 7.002.
    IP 7.014. May the International Searching Authority refuse to search international applications which are unclear or have other defects?

    If the International Searching Authority considers that the description, the claims or the drawings fail to comply with the prescribed requirements to such an extent that a meaningful search cannot be carried out, it may declare that it will not establish a search report (such a declaration may also be made in respect of some of the claims only). This may in particular occur where the description or the claims are unclear. The lack of an international search report does not, of itself, have any influence on the validity of the international application, the processing of which, including its communication to the designated Offices, continues. Where only some of the claims are found to be “unsearchable, ” the International Searching Authority will not search them but will search the rest of the international application; as a result, it will then establish a partial search report in relation to the searched claims. This partial search report also contains a declaration under Article 17(2)(b) that certain claims were found unsearchable. The same may apply in the case of multiple dependent claims which do not comply with the manner of drafting provided for in the second and third sentences of Rule 6.4(a) (refer to paragraph IP 5.113).
    UNITY OF INVENTION
    IP 7.015. What is the purpose of the requirement of “unity of invention”?

    The search fee (refer to paragraph IP 5.184(ii) and Annex D) is intended to compensate the International Searching Authority for carrying out an international search on the international application, but only where the international application meets the requirement of “unity of invention.” That means that the international application must relate to only one invention or must relate to a group of inventions which are so linked as to form a single general inventive concept. The requirement of unity of invention is explained in detail in paragraphs IP 5.114 to IP 5.123.
    IP 7.016. What happens where the International Searching Authority considers that the international application does not meet the requirement of unity of invention?

    If the International Searching Authority finds that the international application does not meet the requirement of unity of invention, it invites the applicant to pay additional fees, specifying the reasons for its finding and indicating the number of additional fees to be paid. The invitation will also invite the applicant to pay, where applicable, and will indicate the amount of, the protest fee as referred to in Rule 40.2(e). Such additional fees are payable directly to the International Searching Authority within one month from the date of the invitation. Annex D indicates the amount of the additional search fee per additional invention charged by each International Searching Authority.
    IP 7.017
    When the International Searching Authority invites the applicant to pay additional fees, it may annex to the invitation the results of a partial international search limited to the invention first mentioned in the claims (the relevant claims are identified in the invitation). The results of such a partial search will be included in the international search report when it is established, together with the results of the search of any further invention for which the applicant pays additional fees within the time limit fixed in the invitation.
    IP 7.018

    The International Searching Authority establishes the international search report in any case on those parts of the international application which relate to the “main invention, ” that is, the invention - or group of inventions so linked as to form a single general inventive concept - first mentioned in the claims. Moreover, the International Searching Authority establishes the international search report also on those parts of the international application which relate to any invention - or any group of inventions so linked as to form a single general inventive concept - in respect of which the applicant has paid the additional fee within the time limit fixed in the invitation.
    IP 7.019. May the applicant protest against payment of the additional fees?

    Yes, any applicant may pay the additional fee under protest, that is, accompanied by a reasoned statement to the effect that the international application complies with the requirement of unity of invention or that the number of the required additional fees is excessive. Any such protest is examined by a review body constituted in the framework of the International Searching Authority, and a decision is taken on it. To the extent that the applicant’s protest is found to be justified, the additional fee is totally or partly reimbursed. At the request of the applicant, the texts of both the protest and the decision on it are notified to the designated Offices together with the international search report.
    IP 7.020

    Where the applicant pays additional fees under protest, the International Searching Authority may also require the applicant to pay a fee for the examination of the protest (“protest fee”). Details of the protest fee, if any, charged by the International Searching Authorities appear in Annex D. Where the applicant has not, within one month from the date of the invitation to pay additional fees, paid any required protest fee, the protest shall be considered not to have been made and the International Searching Authority shall so declare.
    IP 7.021. What happens if the applicant does not pay the additional fees as invited?
    Where, within the prescribed time limit, the applicant does not pay all the additional fees indicated by the International Searching Authority, but pays only some of them, or does not pay any additional fee at all, certain parts of the international application are not searched by that Authority. The lack of an international search report in respect of those parts of the international application does not, of itself, have any influence on the validity of the international application, the processing of which, including its communication to the designated Offices, continues in respect of all claims. Nevertheless, the national law of any designated State may provide that such unsearched parts of the international application will be considered withdrawn as far as that State is concerned unless a special fee is paid by the applicant to its national Office. There are only a few Offices which apply such provisions. Details of special fees are given in the respective National Chapters.
    TITLE AND ABSTRACT
    IP 7.022. What happens if the International Searching Authority finds that the title of the invention or the abstract is missing or defective?

    In such cases, and in certain circumstances, it is the International Searching Authority which eventually establishes an appropriate title or abstract. For details, refer to Rules 37, 38 and 44.2, and paragraph IP 5.173.
    INTERNATIONAL SEARCH REPORT
    IP 7.023. When must the international search report be established?

    The international search report must be established within three months from the receipt of the search copy by the International Searching Authority (refer to paragraph IP 6.059) or nine months from the priority date, whichever time limit expires later.
    IP 7.024. What are the contents of the international search report?
    The international search report contains, among other things, the citation of the documents considered relevant, the classification of the subject matter of the invention (according to the International Patent Classification) and an indication of the fields searched (those fields being identified by a reference to their classification) as well as any electronic data base searched (including, where practicable, the search terms used). Citations of particular relevance must be indicated specially. Citations which are not relevant to all the claims must be indicated in relation to the claim or claims to which they are relevant. If only certain passages of the document cited are relevant or particularly relevant, they must be identified, for example by an indication of the page on which, or the column or lines in which, the passage appears. It is important to note that an international search report must not contain any expression of opinion, reasoning, argument or explanation of any kind whatsoever. For full details, refer to Rule 43.
    IP 7.025. How do the applicant and the International Bureau receive the international search report?

    The International Searching Authority transmits, on the same day, one copy of the international search report (or, where none is established, a declaration to that effect - refer to paragraphs IP 7.013 and IP 7.014) and the written opinion established by it to the applicant and to the International Bureau. The latter publishes the international search report with the published international application (refer to paragraph IP 9.015) and sends a copy to the designated Offices.
    IP 7.025A. May the applicant respond to the international search report?
    The Regulations do not specifically provide for an opportunity for the applicant to respond to the international search report, except that after receipt of the report, the applicant is entitled, under Article 19, to one opportunity to amend the claims of the international application (refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 to IP 9.011). For the possibility to respond to the written opinion of the International Searching Authority, refer to paragraph IP 7.030.
    IP 7.026. How can the applicant obtain copies of the documents cited in the international search report?

    The applicant can obtain copies of the documents cited in the international search report by requesting them from the International Searching Authority. Certain International Searching Authorities, however, transmit such copies automatically without extra charge to the applicant, together with the international search report. Annex D indicates those International Searching Authorities and indicates for the other Authorities the fees charged for furnishing copies on request.
    WRITTEN OPINION OF THE INTERNATIONAL SEARCHING AUTHORITY
    IP 7.027. What is the written opinion of the International Searching Authority?
    The International Searching Authority will establish, at the same time that it establishes the international search report or the declaration referred to in Article 17(2)(a), a preliminary and nonbinding written opinion on the questions whether the claimed invention appears to be novel, to involve an inventive step and to be industrially applicable, very similar in scope to the written opinion established by the International Preliminary Examining Authority during international preliminary examination.
    IP 7.028
    The relevant date for determining prior art for the purposes of establishing the written opinion is the international filing date or, where priority of an earlier application is claimed, the priority date - this date is different from that used in establishing the international search report but is consistent with the date used in international preliminary examination. The written opinion of the International Searching Authority is established in the language in which the international search report is established, and is communicated to the applicant and to the International Bureau together with the international search report or the declaration referred to inArticle 17(2)(a) (refer to paragraph IP 7.025). The written opinion, unless it is not yet available to the International Bureau, is also made publicly available on PATENTSCOPE on the same day that the international application is published.
    IP 7.029. When must the written opinion be established?

    The International Searching Authority must, as a rule, establish the international search report and the written opinion within three months from the receipt of the search copy sent to it by the receiving Office or within nine months from the priority date, whichever time limit expires later.
    IP 7.030. May the applicant respond to the written opinion of the International Searching Authority?
    Even though no special provisions are included in the Regulations providing for the applicant to comment on the written opinion of the International Searching Authority, in accordance with the decision of the PCT Assembly, applicants may submit comments on an informal basis to the International Bureau. The purpose of such informal comments is to give the applicant an opportunity to rebut the written opinion of the International Searching Authority in the event that international preliminary examination is not requested. There is no maximum word count for informal comments. When submitting informal comments to the International Bureau, they should be clearly identified as such. Informal comments will be made publicly available on PATENTSCOPE as from the date of international publication. It is recommended to submit informal comments before the expiration of 28 months from the priority date, so that they will be available to designated Offices upon entry into the national phase. Any informal comments received after 30 months from the priority date will only be kept in the file of the International Bureau and not be transmitted to the designated Offices. As far as the language of the informal comments is concerned, it is the practice of the International Bureau to accept and communicate to designated Offices informal comments in any language. Any formal response to the written opinion of the International Searching Authority must be submitted directly to the International Preliminary Examining Authority under Article 34 as part of the procedure under Chapter II. If a demand is filed, informal comments submitted under Chapter I will not be forwarded to the designated Offices, however they will still be made available to the public on PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 7.031. What is the relationship between the written opinion of the International Searching Authority and the international preliminary report on patentability (IPRP) (Chapter I)?
    If no international preliminary examination report has been or will be established, the written opinion of the International Searching Authority will form the basis for the issuance by the International Bureau, on behalf of the International Searching Authority, of the international preliminary report on patentability (IPRP) (Chapter I) which will be communicated to all designated Offices, together with any informal comments submitted by the applicant. The international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter I) is made available on PATENTSCOPE for public inspection after the expiration of 30 months from the priority date.
    IP 7.032

    If a demand for international preliminary examination is filed in respect of an international application, the written opinion which has been established by the International Searching Authority will, in general, be used by the International Preliminary Examining Authority as its own first written opinion, unless the International Preliminary Examining Authority notifies the International Bureau to the contrary.

    CHAPTER 8: SUPPLEMENTARY INTERNATIONAL SEARCH

    GENERAL
    IP 8.001. What is supplementary international search?
    Supplementary international search permits the applicant to request, in addition to the international search carried out under Article 15(1) (the “main international search”, as explained in Chapter 7), one or more supplementary international searches each to be carried out by an International Authority (the “Authority specified for supplementary search”) other than the International Searching Authority that carries out the main international search.
    IP 8.002. What are the benefits of supplementary international search for the applicant?
    Requesting supplementary international search reduces the risk of new prior art being cited in the national phase. The increasing diversity of prior art in different languages and different technical fields means that the Authority carrying out the main international search is not always capable of discovering all of the relevant prior art. Requesting one or more supplementary international searches, during this early phase of the patent prosecution, expands both the linguistic and technical scope of the search. In addition, it may also be possible to have the supplementary search carried out in a State where they are likely to enter the national phase later on.
    IP 8.003. Which authorities can be requested to carry out a supplementary international search?

    Only an International Searching Authority that has stated its preparedness to carry out supplementary international searches (refer to Annex SISA), and which is not the International Searching Authority that carried out the main international search, can be requested to carry out a supplementary international search.
    IP 8.004. Does each Authority offer the same supplementary international search service?

    The Authorities prepared to offer supplementary international searches may specify any limitations and conditions on this service in their agreement with the International Bureau (refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements). These limitations may include limitations as to the subject matter for which supplementary searches will be carried out, beyond those limitations that can be evoked in respect of the main international search (refer to paragraphs IP 7.013 and IP 7.014), and limitations as to the total number of supplementary international searches which will be carried out in a given period (refer to Annex SISA).
    IP 8.005. When should the request for a supplementary search be filed?

    In many cases, requests for supplementary search will be filed once the applicant has received the main international search report. In any event, the applicant must file a request for a supplementary international search prior to the expiration of 22 months from the priority date. If the request is received after the expiration of this time limit, it will be considered not to have been submitted and there are no provisions to extend this time limit.
    SUPPLEMENTARY SEARCH REQUEST
    IP 8.006. How should a supplementary search request be filed?

    To facilitate preparation of the supplementary search request, the International Bureau has made available Form PCT/IB/375 “Supplementary Search Request” in editable PDF format on WIPO’s website (instructions on how to complete and save the editable form are also available at: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/forms/instructions ). This form should be completed in accordance with indications in the Notes attached to the form. While use of this form is optional, it is highly recommended. It is further recommended to submit the form to the International Bureau through ePCT.
    IP 8.007. Can I submit more than one request for supplementary international search?
    If the applicant wishes more than one supplementary international search to be carried out, a separate request, preferably using Form PCT/IB/375, should be submitted for each supplementary international search requested.
    IP 8.008. Where should a supplementary search request be filed?

    A supplementary search request must be filed with the International Bureau and not with the Authority specified for supplementary search. The International Bureau will transmit the request to the Authority specified for supplementary search once it has verified that all formal requirements have been complied with.
    IP 8.009. In which language should the supplementary search request be filed?

    The supplementary search request should be filed in either English or French.
    IP 8.010. What is the language of correspondence with the International Bureau in connection with supplementary international search?

    Any correspondence between the applicant and the International Bureau should be in English or French, at the choice of the applicant, provided that it is in the same language as the international application – if the international application was filed in English or French. However, communications from the applicant to the International Bureau via ePCT may also be in the language of publication of the international application.
    IP 8.011. How should the Authority specified for supplementary search be identified?
    The Authority specified for supplementary search should be identified, by an indication of the name or two-letter code of the Authority at the top of the first sheet of the supplementary search request form (PCT/IB/375).
    IP 8.012. Which documents, other than the supplementary search request must be submitted?

    Where neither the language in which the international application was filed, nor the language in which a translation (if any) has been furnished for the purposes of main international search or international publication, is accepted by the Authority specified for supplementary search, a translation of the international application into a language which is accepted by that Authority must be submitted together with the request. Where the international application contains disclosure of one or more nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences required to be included in a sequence listing pursuant to Annex C of the Administrative Instructions, the applicant, if so required, should furnish a copy of the sequence listing (complying with the prescribed standard in a language accepted by that Authority) to the International Bureau together with the supplementary search request.
    Box No. I: Identification of the International Application
    IP 8.013. How should the international application be identified when I file a request for international supplementary search?

    The applicant should clearly identify the international application by its international application number, international filing date (for the date format, refer to paragraph IP 5.061) and title, as provided for in Box No. I. If a new title has been established by the International Searching Authority, that title should be indicated.
    IP 8.014
    Where the international application claims the priority of several earlier applications, the filing date of the earliest application whose priority is claimed should be indicated as the priority date. A file reference not exceeding 25 characters may also be indicated, if desired by the applicant (refer to paragraph IP 5.017).
    Box No. II: Applicant
    IP 8.015. How should the applicant be identified?
    The applicant should be identified by the indications of his/her name and address in Box No. II. The requirements for these indications are the same as those for the request form (PCT/RO/101) (refer to paragraphs IP 5.025 to IP 5.034).
    IP 8.016
    Where there are two or more applicants, only one needs to be indicated for the purposes of requesting supplementary search. It is recommended that the applicant who will represent all the applicants, and to whom notifications are to be sent, be indicated. If an agent or a common representative is indicated in Box No. III of the request, notices will be sent to that agent or common representative (also refer to paragraphs IP 11.015 to IP 11.017).
    IP 8.017. How can the applicant receive notifications via e-mail?
    If an e-mail address is indicated in Box No. II of the supplementary search request form, the International Bureau, and the Authority specified for supplementary search (if it provides such a service), will send notifications in respect of the international application to the applicant by e-mail, thus avoiding processing or postal delays. In this case, no paper notifications will usually be sent by postal mail, unless the Authority specified for supplementary search is willing to additionally send such paper notifications. Where the agent or common representative has also provided an e-mail address, e-mail notifications will only be sent to the appointed agent or common representative (refer to paragraph IP 8.018). Note that not all Authorities will send such notifications by e-mail (refer to Annex B). If no e-mail address is provided, or if the applicant chooses to receive notifications exclusively by postal mail, by marking the corresponding check-box in Box No. II, or in the cases where the Authority specified for supplementary search does not provide for sending notifications by e-mail, notifications will be sent to the given mailing address exclusively by postal mail. It is the applicant’s responsibility to keep any e-mail address details up-to-date and to ensure that incoming e-mails are not blocked, for any reason, on the recipient’s side. Changes to the e-mail address indicated should be requested to be recorded, preferably directly at the International Bureau, under Rule 92bis.
    Box No. III: Agent or Common Representative
    IP 8.018. How is an agent appointed for the purposes of the procedure before the Authority specified for supplementary search?

    The appointment of an agent to represent the applicant for the purposes of all procedures during the international phase, including the procedure before the Authority specified for supplementary search, may be made in Box No. IV of the request form (PCT/RO/101) or in a separate power of attorney submitted to the receiving Office (also refer to paragraphs IP 5.041 to IP 5.046 and IP 11.001 to IP 11.014).
    IP 8.019. Can I appoint an agent specifically for the procedures before the Authority specified for supplementary search?
    Where, however, an agent is to be appointed specifically for the purposes of the procedure before the Authority specified for supplementary search, this should be indicated in Box No. III of the supplementary search request form and the form signed by the applicant.
    IP 8.020
    The appointment of an agent may also be made in a separate power of attorney signed by the applicant. The indications in Box No. III or in a separate power of attorney must include the name and address of the agent (refer to paragraphs IP 5.025 to IP 5.029). It is recommended that the agent’s telephone number, facsimile number and/or e-mail address also be indicated. It is also recommended that where an agent is registered with the Office, that is acting as the Authority specified for supplementary search, the number or other indication under which the agent is so registered should be included. Model powers of attorney are available in editable PDF format on the WIPO website. Any separate power of attorney must be submitted to the Authority specified for supplementary search if the appointment was made specifically for the purposes of the procedure before that Authority. Where a general power of attorney authorizes an agent to represent the applicant before the Office, which acts as the Authority specified for supplementary search, and the appointment was made specifically for the purposes of the procedure before that Authority, the general power of attorney must be deposited with the said Authority. The Authority specified for supplementary search may waive the requirement that a separate power of attorney or a copy of the general power of attorney be submitted to it (refer to Annex SISA).
    IP 8.021. How can an agent receive notifications via e-mail?
    If an e-mail address is indicated in Box No. III, the International Bureau, and the Authority specified for supplementary search (if it provides such a service), will send notifications to the agent or common representative at the indicated e-mail address, thus avoiding processing or postal delays (refer to paragraph IP 8.017). In this case, no paper notifications will usually be sent by postal mail, unless the Authority specified for supplementary search is willing to additionally send such paper notifications. If no e-mail address is provided, or if the agent or common representative chooses to receive notifications exclusively by postal mail, by marking the corresponding check-box in Box No. III, or in the cases where the Authority specified for supplementary search does not provide for sending notifications by e-mail, notifications will be sent to the given mailing address exclusively by postal mail.
    IP 8.022. What is the address for correspondence?
    Where an agent is appointed specifically for the purposes of the procedure before the Authority specified for supplementary search, all notifications issued by that Authority will be addressed only to that agent. Otherwise, correspondence will be sent to the agent appointed previously or to the common representative, as the case may be. However, where no agent or common representative is appointed and the applicant wishes correspondence to be sent to a different address other than that indicated in Box No. II, the applicant may indicate that address in Box No. III. In such cases, the last check-box of Box No. III must be marked. However, the last check-box must not be marked if either of the check-boxes “agent” or “common representative” in Box No. III has been marked.
    Box No. IV: Basis for Supplementary International Search
    IP 8.023. Where should the language, for the purposes of supplementary international search, be indicated?
    The applicant should indicate the language, for the purposes of supplementary international search, in Box No. IV and whether that language is that of the international application as originally filed, or of any translation furnished to the receiving Office under Rule 12.3 or 12.4. Where neither the language in which the international application was filed, nor the language in which a translation (if any) has been furnished under Rule 12.3 or 12.4, is accepted by the Authority specified for supplementary search, a translation of the international application, into a language accepted by that Authority, must be furnished together with the request. In such cases, the last check-box concerning language should be marked. Where more than one of the above applies, the applicant may indicate which language version is to form the basis of the supplementary international search, by marking the corresponding check-box.
    IP 8.024. When and how may the applicant select certain inventions to be searched?

    Where the International Searching Authority has found that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention, the applicant may choose, among the several inventions, which invention he/she wishes to be searched by the Authority specified for supplementary search. If the applicant wishes to limit the supplementary international search to an invention, other than the main invention referred to in Article 17(3)(a), he/she may indicate this wish by marking the last check-box in Box No. IV of the supplementary search request form, and state the corresponding numbers of the claims relating to this invention in the space provided. Where the international search report is available to the Authority specified for supplementary search before it starts the supplementary international search, it may, however, exclude from the search any claims which were not the subject of the main international search.
    Box No. V: Check List
    IP 8.025. What is the purpose of the check list?
    Box No. V should be completed by the applicant to allow the International Bureau to verify the completeness of the documents accompanying the supplementary search request and, in particular, to check whether a translation of the international application and a sequence listing, where indicated in the respective check-boxes, are actually received.
    Box No. VI: Signature of Applicant, Agent or Common Representative
    IP 8.026. Who must sign the supplementary search request?

    The supplementary search request must be signed by one of the applicants or by the appointed agent. It should be noted, however, that additional signatures may be required for withdrawal of the supplementary search request (refer to paragraphs IP 11.048 to IP 11.061).
    Notes to the Supplementary Search Request Form
    IP 8.027. What are the Notes to the supplementary search request form?
    The Notes to the supplementary search request form are intended to facilitate the completion of that form. They outline, in relation to each Box of that form, what indications are required and how they are to be made. The Notes are not required to be submitted with the supplementary search request.
    Fee Calculation Sheet
    IP 8.028. What is the fee calculation sheet?
    The fee calculation sheet is intended to help the applicant calculate the total amount of fees payable to the International Bureau. The sheet is usually annexed to the supplementary search request form (refer to IP 8.006). It is strongly recommended that the applicant complete the fee calculation sheet and submit it to the International Bureau. This will help the International Bureau to verify the fee calculations and identify any errors. The Notes to the fee calculation sheet provide details about completion of the sheet. For more information about the payment of fees generally, refer to paragraphs IP 5.184 to IP 5.199.
    FEES
    IP 8.029. Which fees must be paid by the applicant?

    Two fees must be paid for supplementary international search: (i) the supplementary search fee for the benefit of the Authority specified for supplementary search; and (ii) the supplementary search handling fee for the benefit of the International Bureau. The supplementary search fee charged by each Authority varies and is fixed by the Authority in its agreement with the International Bureau (refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements and Annex SISA). The supplementary search handling fee is fixed by the PCT Assembly and listed in the Schedule of Fees annexed to the PCT Regulations.
    IP 8.029A. Is any fee reduction available?
    An applicant is entitled, in accordance with the Schedule of Fees, item 5, to a reduction of 90% of the supplementary search handling fee if he/she is a natural person and a national of and resides in a State that is listed as being a State whose per capita gross domestic product is below 25,000 US dollars (according to the most recent 10-year average per capita gross domestic product figures at constant 2005 US dollars values published by the United Nations), and whose nationals and residents who are natural persons have filed less than 10 international applications per year (per million population) or less than 50 international applications per year (in absolute numbers) according to the most recent 5-year average yearly filing figures published by the International Bureau or if he/she is, whether a natural person or not, a national of and resides in a State that is listed as being classified by the United Nations as a least developed country. (For a list of States whose nationals and residents are eligible for the fee reduction, refer to https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/pct-system/docs-en-fee-reduction-january.pdf ). If there are several applicants, each must satisfy one or the other of the above-mentioned criteria. However, it should be noted that an applicant is only entitled to the reduction if, at the time of filing the supplementary search request, the applicant is the true and only owner of the application and under no obligation to assign, grant, convey or license the rights in the invention to another party which is not eligible for the fee reduction. If the applicant is, or all applicants are, entitled to the reduction of the supplementary search handling fee, this reduction applies on the basis of the indications of name, nationality and residence given in Box No. II of the supplementary search request, without the need for a specific request to be made.
    IP 8.030. When must the applicable fees be paid?

    Both the supplementary search fee and the supplementary search handling fee must be paid to the International Bureau within one month from the date of receipt of the supplementary search request. If they are not paid in full within that time limit, a late payment fee will become due (refer to Form PCT/IB/377). If the fees remain unpaid, the International Bureau will consider the request not to have been submitted.
    IP 8.031. In which currencies may fees for supplementary international search be paid?
    Payment of fees will only be accepted in Swiss francs. The amount payable is the amount applicable on the date of payment.
    IP 8.032. Can fees already paid be refunded in some circumstances?

    If, before the International Bureau has transmitted the relevant documents to the Authority specified for supplementary search, the international application is withdrawn or considered withdrawn, or the supplementary search request is withdrawn or considered not to have been submitted, the International Bureau will refund both the supplementary search fee and the supplementary search handling fee to the applicant. If, before the Authority specified for supplementary search has started the search, the supplementary search request is considered not to have been submitted, that Authority will refund the supplementary search fee to the applicant in accordance with its agreement with the International Bureau (refer to paragraph IP 8.029).
    PROCESSING OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY SEARCH REQUEST BY THE INTERNATIONAL BUREAU
    IP 8.033. What does the International Bureau check upon receipt of the supplementary search request?
    Following receipt of the supplementary search request, the International Bureau will check whether the request was received within the prescribed time limit, that is, before the expiration of 22 months from the priority date. It will verify whether the Authority specified is competent to carry out the search, that is, an International Authority which is prepared to offer supplementary international searches and which is not the International Searching Authority that carried out the main international search. If these requirements have not been complied with, it will declare the supplementary search request not to have been submitted, and will notify the applicant accordingly using Form PCT/IB/379 (also refer to paragraphs IP 8.003 to IP 8.005).
    IP 8.034. What happens if there are other defects in the supplementary search request?
    The International Bureau will then check whether the supplementary search request has clearly indicated the name and address of at least one applicant and of the agent (if any), the title of the invention, the international filing date and the international application number. It will also verify whether a translation of the international application is needed to carry out the supplementary international search, and where necessary, whether that translation has been furnished. If any of these requirements have not been complied with, it will invite the applicant to correct these defects within one month from the date of the invitation using Form PCT/IB/378 (also refer to paragraphs IP 8.013 to IP 8.016, IP 8.018 to IP 8.020, and IP 8.023).
    IP 8.035. What happens if the fees are not paid or not paid in full?

    The International Bureau will also check whether the supplementary search fee and the supplementary search handling fee have been paid in full. If not, and the one month time limit has not expired, it will invite the applicant to pay the amount required to cover those fees using Form PCT/IB/376. If the one month time limit has already expired, the International Bureau will issue Form PCT/IB/377, inviting the applicant to pay the amount required together with a late payment fee equal to 50% of the supplementary search handling fee, within one month from the date of the invitation (refer also to paragraphs IP 8.029 and IP 8.030).
    IP 8.036
    If the applicant fails to correct these defects, or does not pay the fees in full, before the expiration of the respective time limit, the supplementary search request will be considered not to have been submitted, and the International Bureau will make a declaration to this effect and notify the applicant accordingly using Form PCT/IB/379.
    IP 8.037. When will the International Bureau transmit the relevant documents to the Authority specified for supplementary search?
    Once the International Bureau finds that all of the preceding requirements (refer to paragraphs IP 8.033 to IP 8.035) have been complied with, it will transmit the relevant documents (refer to paragraph IP 8.038) to the Authority specified for supplementary search, promptly after it receives the international search report, or after the expiration of 17 months from the priority date, whichever occurs first. If some documents are still not available to it at the above time, it will promptly transmit them once they are available.
    IP 8.038. Which documents are transmitted by the International Bureau to the Authority specified for supplementary search?

    The International Bureau will transmit to the Authority specified for supplementary search a copy of each of the following, where applicable:
    (i) the supplementary search request,
    (ii) the international application,
    (iii) any sequence listing furnished therewith,
    (iv) any translation furnished which is to be used as the basis for the supplementary international search,
    (v) the international search report and the written opinion (including an English translation),
    (vi) any invitation by the International Searching Authority to pay additional fees concerning unity of invention, and
    (vii) any protest by the applicant against the opinion of the International Searching Authority concerning unity of invention, and the decision thereon by the same Authority.
    SUPPLEMENTARY INTERNATIONAL SEARCH PROCEDURE
    IP 8.039. When will the Authority start work on the supplementary international search?
    On receipt of the relevant documents from the International Bureau, the Authority specified for supplementary search should promptly begin its work (refer to paragraph IP 8.037). However, if on receipt of the relevant documents, the international search report and written opinion are not yet available, the Authority may postpone the start of the search until it receives these documents. Work on the supplementary international search must, however, commence promptly after the expiration of 22 months from the priority date, regardless of the lateness of the international search report and written opinion. The absence of those documents will be noted on the international search report.
    IP 8.040. Which documents may the applicant submit directly to the Authority specified for supplementary search?

    The applicant should furnish all the required documents to the International Bureau with the supplementary search request (refer to paragraph IP 8.012), and the International Bureau will transmit these, together with all other relevant documents, to the Authority specified for supplementary search (refer to paragraph IP 8.038). Any amendments filed under Article 19 or 34 will not be taken into account. If, however, the applicant did not submit a copy of the sequence listing complying with the prescribed standard in a language accepted by that Authority to the International Bureau, together with the request for supplementary search (refer to paragraph IP 8.012), the applicant will be invited by the Authority specified for supplementary search to submit such a copy to the said Authority. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in that Authority only carrying out the supplementary international search to the extent that a meaningful search can be carried out without the sequence listing (refer also to paragraphs IP 7.005 to IP 7.012 for more relevant information).
    IP 8.041. What are the consequences if the Authority finds that carrying out the supplementary international search is excluded by a limitation or condition?

    If the Authority specified for supplementary search finds that carrying out the search is entirely excluded by a limitation or condition set out in its Agreement with the International Bureau (refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements), other than a limitation under Article 17(2), it will declare that the supplementary search request be considered not to have been submitted, and promptly notify the applicant and the International Bureau accordingly. If, however, the Authority finds that carrying out the search is not entirely excluded, it may restrict the search to certain claims only and will indicate this fact in the supplementary international search report.
    IP 8.042. May the Authority refuse to search certain claims?

    In certain circumstances the Authority is not obliged to conduct a supplementary search on some or all of the claims in the international application. These include subject matter that the Authority would not search in a main international search and claims which have not been searched by the main searching Authority. If the Authority specified for supplementary search finds that it is not obliged to search any of the claims, it will declare that no supplementary international search report will be established (refer to paragraph IP 8.048) and promptly notify the applicant and the International Bureau accordingly.
    IP 8.043. What is the scope of the supplementary international search?
    The supplementary international search shall cover at least the documentation indicated for that purpose in the Agreement between the International Authority acting as the Authority specified for supplementary search and the International Bureau (refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements). For some Authorities this may comprise all PCT documentation plus other patent and technical documents held by that Authority, while others will focus specifically on documentation in certain languages (refer to Annex SISA).
    IP 8.044. What will happen where the main International Searching Authority finds that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention?

    If the main International Searching Authority finds that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention and the applicant did not pay any additional search fees, the Authority specified for supplementary search is not obliged to carry out any supplementary search on claims which have not been searched by the main International Searching Authority. The requirements for unity of invention are set out in detail in paragraphs IP 5.114 to IP 5.123. The Authority specified for supplementary search is not, however, obliged to agree with the main International Searching Authority and may make its own finding on unity of invention.
    IP 8.045. What will happen where the Authority specified for supplementary search considers that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention?

    If the Authority specified for supplementary search finds that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention (the requirements for unity of invention are set out in detail in paragraphs IP 5.114 to IP 5.123) it will not invite the applicant to pay additional fees, as the International Searching Authority does in the main international search. Instead, it will establish the supplementary international search report on those parts of the international application that relate to the invention first mentioned in the claims (“main invention”), and notify the applicant of its opinion that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention and specify the reasons for that opinion. The applicant may, within one month from the date of the notification, request the Authority to review its opinion, subject to the payment of any review fee (refer to Annex SISA). The review fee will be refunded in full where the opinion is found to be unjustified (refer to paragraph IP 8.046), and a revised supplementary international search report will be issued, where appropriate.
    IP 8.046. What will happen when the applicant requests a review of the opinion of the Authority on unity of invention?

    If the applicant requests a review of the opinion of the Authority specified for supplementary search that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention and pays any required review fee, the Authority will review its opinion on unity of invention. The review may not be carried out only by the person who made the decision which is the subject of the review. The result of the review will be notified to the applicant. If the opinion is found to be entirely unjustified, the Authority will establish the supplementary international search report on all parts of the international application and refund the review fee to the applicant. If the opinion is found to be partially unjustified, and the Authority still considers that the international application does not comply with the requirement of unity of invention, it will establish a corrected supplementary international search report where necessary. Independent of the review, the applicant may always request that the text of both the request for review and the decision thereon be communicated to the designated Offices together with the supplementary international search report.
    IP 8.047. When is the supplementary international search report established?
    The supplementary international search report must be established within 28 months from the priority date using Form PCT/SISA/501.
    IP 8.048. What happens when the Authority specified for supplementary search declares that no supplementary international search report will be established?
    A declaration that no supplementary international search report will be established must be made within 28 months from the priority date using Form PCT/SISA/502 (refer to paragraphs IP 8.003 and IP 8.004).
    IP 8.049. What does the supplementary international search report contain?

    The supplementary international search report is generally similar in contents and appearance to the main international search report (refer to paragraph IP 7.024). It does not, however, contain comments on the title of the invention or the abstract, nor does it contain the classification of the subject matter. Further, it does not repeat relevant prior art documents which have already been cited in the international search report, unless this is necessary because of new relevance when read in conjunction with other documents discovered during the supplementary international search. On occasion, the supplementary international search report may contain more detailed explanations concerning citations of documents than those in the main international search report. This is due to the fact that, unlike the main international search, no written opinion is established with the supplementary international search report, and these additional details are helpful for a full understanding of the prior art. Furthermore, it may contain additional comments on the scope of the supplementary search which has been conducted. This is of particular relevance when the supplementary search has been carried out without the benefit of the main international search report.
    IP 8.050. How can the applicant obtain copies of the documents cited in the supplementary international search report?

    Many Authorities which have stated their preparedness to carry out supplementary international search transmit such copies automatically, without extra charge to the applicant, together with the supplementary international search report. Annex SISA indicates whether an Authority charges a fee for furnishing copies of these documents.
    IP 8.051. How is the supplementary international search report transmitted?

    The Authority specified for supplementary search will, on the same day, transmit one copy of the supplementary international search report (or, the declaration that no supplementary international search report will be established) to the International Bureau and one copy to the applicant. The International Bureau will include the supplementary international search report in its communication to each designated Office, as if it were part of the international search report, unless the designated Office has waived this requirement.
    IP 8.052. Is a copy of the supplementary international search report sent to the International Preliminary Examining Authority?

    Where the applicant files a demand for international preliminary examination, and the International Preliminary Examining Authority is not the same Authority as that specified for supplementary search, the International Bureau will, promptly on receipt of the supplementary international search report, transmit a copy of said report to the International Preliminary Examining Authority. The report, together with the international search report, will all be taken into account by that Authority during the process of international preliminary examination. Note, however, if that Authority has already begun to draw up the international preliminary examination report, it need not take into account the supplementary international search report for the purposes of that report.
    IP 8.053. Will the supplementary international search report be published?

    The supplementary international search report is not published per se nor as part of the international publication. Nevertheless, once the international application has been published, and the supplementary international search report has been received, it is made available for public inspection by the International Bureau on PATENTSCOPE (https://www.wipo.int/patentscope/en/).

    CHAPTER 9: INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION, AMENDMENT OF CLAIMS, AND OTHER PROCESSING OF THE INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION BY THE INTERNATIONAL BUREAU

    GENERAL
    IP 9.001. What are the main procedural steps at the International Bureau?
    The main procedural steps that any international application goes through at the International Bureau are the following:

    (i) the International Bureau monitors the receipt of the record copy of the international application and notifies the fact, and the date of receipt, to the applicant and the authorities concerned; for details, refer to paragraph IP 9.002;

    (ii) the applicant may amend the claims of the international application under Article 19 by means of a communication addressed to the International Bureau; for details, refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 to IP 9.011;

    (iii) the international application is published by the International Bureau (such publication usually takes place just after the expiration of 18 months from the priority date); for details, refer to paragraphs IP 9.012 to IP 9.024;

    (iv) copies of the international application, the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority (in the form of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter I of the PCT; refer to (v) and (vi) below) pertaining to it are transmitted by the International Bureau to the designated Offices; for details, refer to paragraphs IP 9.028 and IP 9.029;
    (v) where a preliminary examination report (international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT)) has not been established, the International Bureau issues an international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter I of the PCT) (refer to paragraph IP 7.031);

    (vi) copies of that report are transmitted by the International Bureau to the applicant, and to the designated Offices in accordance with Rule 93bis, but not before the expiration of 30 months from the priority date; the International Bureau may also, if so requested by any designated State, transmit a copy of a translation into English of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter I of the PCT) to any interested designated Office and to the applicant at the same time as it communicates the report to that Office;

    (vii) where a demand for international preliminary examination has been filed, the International Bureau notifies the elected Offices, transmits the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and related documents to them, and makes a translation of that report into English (if required by any elected Office); for further details, refer to paragraphs IP 10.006, IP 10.045, IP 10.078 IP 10.079 and IP 10.079A.
    IP 9.002. When and to whom does the International Bureau notify its receipt of the record copy of the international application?

    When are designated Offices notified? How the International Bureau receives the record copy and how it monitors that receipt is explained in paragraphs IP 6.057 and IP 6.058. The record copy of the international application should normally reach the International Bureau before the expiration of 13 months from the priority date. After receiving the record copy, the International Bureau notifies the applicant, the receiving Office and the International Searching Authority (unless it has informed the International Bureau that it wishes not to be so notified) of the fact and of the date of receipt of the record copy. All those notifications are effected promptly after the International Bureau’s receipt of the record copy.
    IP 9.003. What should the applicant do when receiving the notification of receipt of the record copy?

    The notification sent to the applicant (Form PCT/IB/301) contains the list of the designated Offices. This notification will allow the applicant to check whether the fact that certain designations (DE, JP and/or KR) were specifically excluded in the request, and/or any subsequent withdrawal of designations have been properly reflected. The applicant may wish to withdraw the designation of any designated State at this point, or at any time prior to the expiration of 30 months from the priority date.
    AMENDMENT OF THE CLAIMS UNDER ARTICLE 19
    IP 9.004. When and how may the claims of the international application be amended in the international phase?

    The applicant is entitled, under Article 19, to one opportunity to amend the claims of the international application in the international phase. (Further opportunities to amend the claims, and also the description and the drawings, are available during the international phase under Article 34 if, and only if, the applicant files a demand for international preliminary examination – refer to paragraphs IP 9.011, IP 10.024 to IP 10.028, and IP 10.067 to IP 10.071). Any amendment to the claims, under Article 19, must be filed with the International Bureau – not with the receiving Office or the International Searching Authority. The amendments must be in the language in which the international application is published (Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish – refer to paragraphs IP 9.017 to IP 9.019). The opportunity to make amendments under Article 19 is available after the applicant has received the international search report and the written opinion of the International Search Authority, and remains available until the end of 16 months from the priority date or two months after the transmittal (that is, the date of mailing) of that report and opinion, whichever expires later. Amendments received by the International Bureau after the time limit are still accepted if they have been received before the technical preparations for international publication have been completed. Amendments to the claims under Article 19 are not allowed where the International Searching Authority has declared, under Article 17(2)(a), that no international search report would be established. However, it should be noted that, where an international search report has been established but nevertheless also contains, in Box No. II, a declaration under Article 17(2)(b) that certain claims were found unsearchable, either because they relate to subject matter not required to be searched by the Authority or because they relate to parts of the international application that do not comply with the prescribed requirements to such an extent that a meaningful international search could not be carried out, amendments under Article 19 are allowed in relation to the claims that were searched (refer to paragraph IP 7.014). Upon entry into the national phase, if the claims have been amended under Article 19, a translation of both the claims as filed and as amended (in the form of a translation of the complete set of claims furnished under Rule 46.5(a) in replacement of all the claims originally filed) and any statement may have to be furnished to the designated/elected Offices (refer to National Chapters (Summaries)). (As to amendments in the national phase, refer to paragraphs IP 5.111, IP 5.127 and IP 5.162, the National Phase and National Chapters.) The submission of Article 19 amendments should comprise:
    (i) a complete set of claims in replacement of the claims originally filed (refer to paragraph IP 9.005)
    (ii) a letter which must indicate the differences between the claims as filed and those as amended plus the basis for the amendments (refer to paragraphs IP 9.005 to IP 9.006A)
    (iii) an optional statement under Article 19 (refer to paragraphs IP 9.007 to IP 9.008)
    IP 9.005

    When filing amendments to the claims under Article 19, the applicant is required to file a sheet or sheets containing a complete set of claims in replacement of the claims originally filed. The replacement sheet or sheets must be accompanied by a letter drawing attention to the differences between the claims as filed and the claims as amended. It must also indicate the basis for the amendment to the claims with specific references to particular parts of the application (description, claims, drawings) as originally filed (refer to paragraph IP 9.006). Where an amendment results in the cancellation of an entire sheet of the international application as originally filed, the amendment (that is, the cancellation) is evidenced only by the letter addressed to the International Bureau. Amendments may consist in the cancellation of one or more entire claims, in the addition of one or more new claims, or in the amendment of the text of one or more of the claims as filed. All the claims appearing on a replacement sheet must be numbered in Arabic numerals (corresponding to the order of the claims). Where a claim is cancelled, no renumbering of the other claims is required. However, where the applicant does renumber claims, they must be renumbered consecutively.
    IP 9.006. What should the accompanying letter contain?

    The letter, which must accompany the replacement sheets containing amendments to the claims, must indicate firstly the differences between the claims as filed and those as amended and secondly the basis for the amendments in the application as filed. This should be done by stating, in connection with each claim appearing in the international application, whether:
    (i) the claim is unchanged,
    (ii) the claim is cancelled;
    (iii) the claim is new;
    (iv) the claim replaces one or more claims as filed;
    (v) the claim is the result of the division of a claim as filed, etc.
    The replacement sheets containing the amended claims should not, however, contain marked-up text; they should contain clean text only. This should be followed by an indication of the basis for the amendments in the application as filed. The basis for the amendments has to be indicated so that the examiner may, by consulting those precise references in the application, assess whether the amendments contain subject-matter which extends beyond the disclosure of the application as filed. Therefore, non-specific indications such as “refer to the description as filed” or “refer to the claims as filed” are generally not considered sufficient for an indication of the basis for the amendment. Example:
    “Claim 1 amended; claims 2 to 7 unchanged; claims 8 and 9 amended; claims 10 to 14 cancelled; claims 15 to 17 unchanged; new claim 18 added.
    (i) Basis for the amendment: Claim 1 has been amended at lines 4 and 11 to 14 and now indicates that the filter comprises a periodic backwashing means serially coupled to a first and second chamber. The basis for this amendment can be found in original claims 2 and 4 as filed.
    (ii) Basis for the amendment: Concerning amended claims 8 and 9, the indication of ‘quick-fire piston’ is in paragraph Nos. 2 and 19 in the description as filed.
    (iii) Basis for the amendment: Claim 18 is new, the indication is in drawing No. III of the original application.”
    IP 9.006A. What happens where the international application is not in the same language as the accompanying letter?
    The accompanying letter should be furnished in English or French. References may, however, be made to the international application in the language of the international application where to do so will facilitate the work of the examiner in finding the reference, for example:
    (i) Basis for the amendment: Concerning amended claim 2, the indication of “請求項1に基づくパーキングアシストシステム” is in paragraph Nos. 23, 46 and 85 in the description as filed.
    IP 9.007. What is a statement accompanying an amendment?

    Any amendment may be accompanied by a brief statement by the applicant explaining the amendment and indicating any impact it might have on the description and the drawings. Such a statement is published together with the international application itself (refer to paragraphs IP 9.012 to IP 9.024). Statements not referring to a specific amendment are not permitted. The statement must not exceed 500 words if in English or when translated into English. It may not contain disparaging comments on the international search report or on the relevance of any of the citations contained in that report. References to certain citations in the report may be made only in connection with an amendment made to a specific claim. The statement must be in the language in which the international application is published (refer to paragraphs IP 9.017 and IP 9.018).
    IP 9.008

    A statement explaining the amendment is not to be confused with, and must be clearly distinguished from, the letter indicating the differences between the claims as filed and those as amended and the basis for the amendment (refer to paragraph IP 9.006). It is also distinct from the statement concerning amendments which must be included in a demand for international preliminary examination (refer to paragraphs IP 10.024 to IP 10.027). It must therefore be identified as such by a heading “Statement under Article 19(1).” Where the statement does not comply with the requirements, it is neither published by the International Bureau nor communicated to the designated Offices.
    IP 9.009. May the amended claims include new matter?

    The PCT provides that amendments are not to go beyond the disclosure in the international application as filed. This requirement is not directly enforceable during Chapter I of the international phase, but failure to comply with it may have adverse consequences for the applicant during the international preliminary examination and in the national phase (refer to paragraphs IP 10.070 and IP 11.047 below).
    IP 9.009A. What happens where the replacement sheets were not accompanied by a letter?

    The PCT requires that replacement sheets filed with Article 19 amendments must be accompanied by a letter indicating the basis for the amendment to the claims (refer to paragraph IP 9.006). Substantive compliance with this requirement is not checked during the international phase unless the applicant requests international preliminary examination but failure to comply with it may have adverse consequences for the applicant during international preliminary examination and in the national phase (also refer to paragraph IP 11.047A below).
    IP 9.010. Should a copy of amendments under Article 19 be filed with the International Preliminary Examining Authority?

    If the applicant submits a demand for international preliminary examination, he/she should file a copy of the amendments to the claims under Article 19, the letter which accompanied the amended claims and the statement under Article 19(1) (if any) with the International Preliminary Examining Authority with the demand (if the amendment has already been filed), or at the same time as filing the amendment with the International Bureau (if the amendment is filed after the demand). Where the International Preliminary Examining Authority requires a translation of the international application under Rule 55.2, the applicant should also furnish a translation of any amendments made under Article 19 and any letter that accompanied the amendments if he/she wishes those amendments to be taken into account for international preliminary examination. The International Bureau transmits a copy of any amendment, accompanying letter and any statement under Article 19 received prior to the filing of the demand to the International Preliminary Examining Authority unless that Authority indicates that it has already received a copy. If an amendment, the accompanying letter and any statement under Article 19 are received after the demand has been filed, the International Bureau transmits a copy to the International Preliminary Examining Authority in any event; but timely filing of a copy of these documents by the applicant direct with that Authority ensures that the international preliminary examination will proceed without undue delay or uncertainty. Refer to paragraphs IP 10.024 to IP 10.028 in connection with the demand form.
    IP 9.011. In what circumstances should the claims be amended under Article 19?

    Since any amendments of the claims under Article 19 are published with the international application (refer to paragraph IP 9.015), such amendment may be useful to the applicant if there is a reason to better define the scope of the claims for the purposes of provisional protection in those designated States whose national law provides for such protection (refer to paragraph IP 9.024). It is to be noted that, where international preliminary examination takes place, the applicant has the right under Article 34(2)(b) to file amendments to the claims (as well as to the description and the drawings) with the International Preliminary Examining Authority, regardless of whether or not he/she has filed amendments to the claims under Article 19 with the International Bureau (refer to paragraphs IP 10.024, IP 10.028, IP 10.067 to IP 10.071, and IP 11.045 to IP 11.047). There is therefore normally no need to amend the claims under Article 19 where a demand for international preliminary examination is filed, unless there is a particular reason related to provisional protection or otherwise for amending the claims before international publication.
    INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION
    IP 9.012. When and how is the international application published by the International Bureau?
    International applications are published by the International Bureau except in any of the following cases:
    (i) if the international application is not accorded an international filing date by the receiving Office (refer to paragraphs IP 6.005 to IP 6.012);
    (ii) if the international application is considered withdrawn before the technical preparations for publication have been completed;
    (iii) if the international application is withdrawn by the applicant (refer to paragraphs IP 11.048 and IP 11.049) before the technical preparations for publication have been completed;
    (iv) if, at the time of the completion of the technical preparations for publication, the only designated State remaining is the United States of America (since the United States of America made a declaration under Article 64(3)(a)), unless any of the exceptions specified in Article 64(3)(c) applies.
    IP 9.013. When does international publication take place?

    International publication takes place promptly after the expiration of 18 months from the priority date. However, when the applicant asks the International Bureau to publish the international application earlier, the International Bureau does so. If the applicant asks for early publication and the international search report, or the declaration referred to in Article 17(2)(a), is not available for publication with the international application, a special fee, the amount of which is indicated in Annex B (IB), is payable to the International Bureau. Normally, international publication takes place every Thursday, except when the International Bureau is closed for business. In such cases, the publication date will be announced in the PCT Newsletter.
    IP 9.014. When are the technical preparations for international publication completed?
    The technical preparations for publication are completed by the 15th day prior to the date of publication. However, any change that should be taken into consideration for publication on a specific publication date should reach the International Bureau at least one day before the 15-day time limit to allow the International Bureau to process the change. The last day for receipt of such changes will therefore always be on Tuesday at midnight (Central European time (CET)), i.e. 16 days before the publication date when publication falls on a Thursday (or 17 days before the publication date when publication exceptionally takes place on a Friday because the International Bureau is closed for business on a Thursday).
    IP 9.015. What constitutes international publication?

    Publication of international applications filed under the PCT takes place wholly in electronic form. The published international application will include any declaration filed under Rule 4.17 and, if available at the time of publication, the international search report or declaration by the International Searching Authority to the effect that no international search report will be established, and also any amendment, including any statement, under Article 19. Where the time limit for amending the claims has not expired at the time of the completion of the technical preparations for publication, the international application is published with an annotation accordingly, and any amendment received within the time limit is published later. Similarly, if the international search report or declaration by the International Searching Authority is not available, the international application is published with an annotation accordingly and the report or declaration is published separately after it has been received by the International Bureau. Each published international application is assigned an international publication number consisting of the code “WO” followed by an indication of the year and a serial number (for example, WO 2004/123456). For further details governing international publication, refer to Article 21 and Rule 48.
    IP 9.016. Where is my international application published?

    On the same date the international application is published, the bibliographic data, the title of the invention, the abstract and a characteristic drawing (if any) of each published international application are made available on PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 9.016A. Can the applicant request that certain information be omitted from international publication?

    The applicant can make a reasoned request to the International Bureau to omit certain information from publication. The applicant should preferably use Form PCT/IB/384 for such a request, accompanied by replacement sheets from which the relevant information has been omitted, except for cases where the omission of information would result in the omission of an entire sheet, and an accompanying letter drawing attention to the differences between the replaced sheet(s) and the replacement sheet(s). In the request, the applicant must also explain why the information does not obviously serve the purpose of informing the public about the international application, that the publication of such information would clearly prejudice the personal or economic interests of a person and that there is no prevailing public interest to have access to that information. The request for omission of information from publication must be received by the International Bureau prior to the completion of technical preparations for international publication (refer to paragraph IP 9.014).
    If the International Bureau finds that the reasoned request satisfies all of the above-mentioned criteria, it will omit that information from international publication (and/or public file access, refer to paragraph IP 11.073A) and inform the applicant of its decision (form PCT/IB/385). If the International Bureau decides not to omit the requested information from international publication, it will inform the applicant accordingly (form PCT/IB/386).
    Where the International Bureau has omitted information from international publication, and that information is also contained in the file of the international application held by the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search or the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the International Bureau will also promptly notify that Office or Authority accordingly, so that they do not make that information publicly available either.
    IP 9.017. In what language is the international application published?

    If the international application is filed in Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish, it is published in the language in which it was filed. Where the language of publication is Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish, the International Bureau prepares English translations of the title of the invention, the abstract and the international search report (or the declaration referred to in paragraph IP 7.014), and includes the translations in the published international application. Where the applicant wishes to propose an English translation of the title of the invention, she/he may furnish the suggested translation to the International Bureau before the expiration of 14 months from the priority date. The International Bureau shall, to the extent possible, take the suggested translation into account in the preparation of the translation. The International Bureau also prepares, where applicable, French translations of the title and the abstract. The title and abstract are published on PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 9.018
    If the international application is filed in a language which is a language other than Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish and is a language accepted by the International Searching Authority for international search, the applicant must furnish a translation of the international application into a language of publication accepted by the receiving Office for that purpose. The international application will be published in that language of translation only (refer to paragraphs IP 6.020 to IP 6.023).
    IP 9.019
    If the international application is filed in a language which is neither a language of publication (Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish) nor a language accepted by the International Searching Authority for international search, it is published in the language of the translation furnished by the applicant (refer to paragraphs IP 6.013 to IP 6.020).
    IP 9.020
    The bibliographic data, titles and abstracts, and any figure which appears on the front page of each published international application are published in English and in French on PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 9.021. How can copies of the published international application be obtained?

    In addition to downloading the published international application from the WIPO website anyone may obtain a copy of the published international application by ordering it from the International Bureau, preferably referring to its international publication number (if available).
    IP 9.022. How can the published international application in electronic form be accessed?

    The published international application in electronic form is available on PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 9.023. How can copies of the priority document be obtained?

    Third parties who wish to receive a copy of the priority document may apply to the Office with which the earlier application was filed, to certain designated Offices or to the International Bureau. The International Bureau makes copies of priority documents, after international publication of the international application available on PATENTSCOPE, or on paper upon request and subject to reimbursement of the cost. However, the International Bureau does not furnish such copies if, prior to the international publication, the international application was withdrawn, or the relevant priority claim was withdrawn or was considered not to have been made, or the relevant declaration of the priority claim was cancelled.
    IP 9.023A. How can international publication be prevented?

    The applicant may prevent international publication by withdrawing the international application, provided that the applicant submits a notice of withdrawal and that the notice of withdrawal reaches the International Bureau before the completion of technical preparations for that publication (refer to paragraph IP 9.014). It is strongly recommended to send the notice of withdrawal directly to the International Bureau through ePCT (signing in with strong authentication at https://pct.wipo.int/ePCT), preferably using the corresponding Action. Using an ePCT Action will ensure that the international application is immediately flagged as withdrawn in the International Bureau’s processing system and will prevent publication if submitted before the completion of technical preparations for international publication. In the rare situation where ePCT cannot be used, an alternative document upload system is available at https://pct.wipo.int/ePCTExternal/pages/UploadDocument.xhtml; the notice of withdrawal may state that the withdrawal is to be effective only on the condition that international publication can still be prevented. In such a case the withdrawal is not effective if this condition cannot be met – that is, if the technical preparations for international publication have already been completed. The same effect may possibly be achieved if, for example through non-payment of the applicable fees, the international application is considered withdrawn and the receiving Office so declares (Form PCT/RO/117). Issuance of this declaration by the receiving Office alone, however, will not prevent international publication unless the declaration is also received by the International Bureau before completion of technical preparations for international publication (Rule 29.1(v)). International publication may be postponed by withdrawing the priority claim as outlined in paragraphs IP 11.056 and IP 11.057.
    IP 9.024. What are the legal effects of international publication?
    Article 29 has the effect of ensuring, with certain qualifications, that provisional protection is available after the international publication of an international application in the same way as it is after national publication of unexamined national applications. The qualifications are such as to enable Contracting States to make such protection conditional on the furnishing of translations (in some circumstances), on the expiration of 18 months from the priority date, and/or on receipt by the designated Office of a copy of the international application as published under the PCT. For further details, refer to Article 29. Annexes B indicate what the position is in each Contracting State.
    IP 9.025. Can access be gained at the International Bureau to the file of an international application?
    For international applications filed before 1 July 1998, the applicant or any person authorized by the applicant may, subject to reimbursement of the cost of the service, obtain copies from the International Bureau of any document contained in its file. For international applications filed on or after 1 July 1998, the International Bureau makes certain documents in its file available on PATENTSCOPE together with the published international application. In addition, it will, at the request of any person but not before the international publication of the international application and subject to Article 38, furnish, upon reimbursement of the cost of the service, copies of any document contained in its file, except for information which has been omitted from international publication or public file access following a reasoned request by the applicant (refer to paragraphs IP 11.072 to IP 11.074 for details concerning the confidentiality of international applications).
    IP 9.026. [Deleted]
    IP 9.027. Can I get access to a copy of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT)?
    Concerning access to the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), the International Bureau, if so requested by an elected Office, makes copies of that report available on PATENTSCOPE to third parties on behalf of that Office, but not before the expiration of 30 months from the priority date. A number of elected Offices have made this request to the International Bureau, refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/access_iper ; similarly, the International Bureau also makes related documents received from the International Preliminary Examining Authority under PCT Rule 71.1(b) available on PATENTSCOPE (refer to paragraph IP 10.079A).
    COMMUNICATION OF COPIES TO THE DESIGNATED OFFICES
    IP 9.028. How and when do the designated Offices receive copies of the international application?

    Subject to what is said in this paragraph and in paragraph IP 9.029, the International Bureau communicates a copy of the international application in the language in which the international application is published, to each designated Office upon their request and at the time specified by that Office, pursuant to Rule 93bis, but not prior to the international publication. Where the language in which the international application is published is different from the language in which it was filed, the International Bureau will furnish to any designated Office, upon the request of that Office, a copy of that application in the language in which it was filed. In practice, the communication is effected by sending a copy of the published international application (for details concerning the contents of published international applications, refer to paragraph IP 9.015). The International Bureau also sends, promptly after the expiration of 19 months from the priority date in respect of designated Offices which do not apply the 30 month time limit, and again promptly after the expiration of 28 months from the priority date in respect of designated Offices which do apply the 30 month time limit, a notice (Form PCT/IB/308 (First Notice) (19 months) and Form PCT/IB/308 (Second and Supplementary Notice) (28 months)) to the applicant informing him/her of the Offices to which the communication has been effected and of the date of such communication. The notices must be accepted by all designated Offices as conclusive evidence that the communication has duly taken place on the date specified in the notices. On receiving the notices, the applicant knows that he/she does not have to send a copy of the international application to any of the designated Offices indicated on them as having been sent the communication.
    IP 9.029. May I submit a copy of my international application to the designated Offices before international publication?

    A copy of the international application (albeit without the international search report) is communicated by the International Bureau, prior to the communication referred to in the preceding paragraphs, to any designated Office which so requests; this transmittal may not be done before the expiration of one year from the priority date. It should be noted that, to date, no national or regional Office has asked for a copy of all the international applications designating it to be the subject of such an early communication. If the applicant wishes, he/she may at any time transmit, or ask the International Bureau to transmit, a copy of the international application to any designated Office. Such special transmittal by the International Bureau requires the payment of a fee, the amount of which is indicated in Annex B (IB). Further details are to be found in Article 13 and Rule 31. It is to be noted that transmittal in this way does not, unless expressly requested by the applicant, entitle the designated Office to start its processing of the international application. If, however, the applicant makes an express request to a designated or elected Office (under Article 23(2) or 40(2), respectively) for early commencement of national processing, the International Bureau then promptly effects the communication to the Office concerned upon request by the applicant or the designated or elected Office.

    CHAPTER 10: INTERNATIONAL PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION UNDER CHAPTER II OF THE PCT

    GENERAL
    IP 10.001. What is international preliminary examination?

    International preliminary examination of an international application may be requested under Chapter II of the PCT to obtain “a preliminary and non-binding opinion on the questions whether the claimed invention appears to be novel, to involve an inventive step (to be non-obvious), and to be industrially applicable” (Article 33(1)). It is carried out by an “International Preliminary Examining Authority” at the request - called “demand” - of the applicant, for use before the “elected” Offices, that is, the designated Offices which are elected by the applicant for that purpose, (note that the filing of a demand constitutes the election of all Contracting States which are designated and bound by Chapter II of the Treaty). Not every applicant who has the right to file an international application has the right to demand international preliminary examination; the following paragraphs explain who may make a demand.
    IP 10.002. What are the main effects of the international preliminary examination?

    Since the criteria on which the international preliminary examination is based (refer to paragraph IP 10.001) correspond to internationally accepted criteria for patentability, the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) gives the applicant the opportunity to evaluate the chances of obtaining patents in elected Offices before incurring the expense and trouble of entering the national phase. Moreover, the fact that the carrying out of such an examination has been demanded has the result that the national phase in each elected State is normally delayed until the expiration of 30 months from the priority date (longer times apply in some elected Offices), provided that the demand is submitted before the expiration of 19 months from the priority date (Note, however, that the 30-month time limit applies in any case, to all but two designated Offices even if they have not been elected within the 19-month time limit; refer to paragraph IP 5.005 for details). For further details, refer to paragraph IP 10.010, and also the National Chapters, (Summaries).
    IP 10.003. Can a third party access information contained in the file of the International Preliminary Examining Authority?

    With the exception of the fact that a demand has been filed and the names of those designated States for which a notice of withdrawal has been submitted to the International Bureau or to the International Preliminary Examining Authority are available on PATENTSCOPE, the international preliminary examination procedure remains confidential between the applicant, the International Preliminary Examining Authority and the International Bureau. In respect of international applications filed before 1 July 1998, a copy of the international preliminary examination report, when it has been established, is sent by the International Bureau to each elected Office as well as the applicant, but is not available from the International Preliminary Examining Authority or the International Bureau to any other persons or Offices. In respect of international applications filed on or after 1 July 1998, copies of all documents contained in the file of the International Preliminary Examining Authority, except for information which has been omitted from international publication or public access following a reasoned request by the applicant (refer to paragraphs IP 9.016A and IP 11.073A), may be obtained by third parties via those elected Offices whose national law provides for access to the files of national applications (also refer to paragraphs IP 10.080 and IP 10.081, and IP 11.072 to IP 11.074). Concerning the availability of the international preliminary examination report and related documents from the International Bureau, refer to paragraph IP 9.027.
    MAKING A DEMAND FOR INTERNATIONAL PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION
    IP 10.004. On what conditions may a demand for international preliminary examination be submitted?

    There are two conditions which have to be fulfilled for a demand to be submitted. First, the applicant - or, if there are two or more applicants, at least one of them - must be a resident or a national of a Contracting State bound by Chapter II of the PCT (currently all Contracting States but Uruguay are bound by Chapter II of the PCT). Second, the international application must have been filed with the receiving Office of, or acting for, a Contracting State bound by Chapter II. Potential applicants who have residence and/or nationality in more than one Contracting State, and thus generally have a choice of receiving Office, should therefore file the international application with a receiving Office of or acting for a Contracting State bound by Chapter II if they wish to take advantage later of the international preliminary examination procedure. However, it should be noted that the right to make a demand may be lost if, following a change in the applicants named in the international application, there is no longer, at the time the demand is made, at least one applicant who is a resident or national of a Contracting State bound by Chapter II. The concepts of residence and nationality are defined in Rule 18.1 (refer to paragraph IP 5.023). If the applicant does not have the right to make a demand, the demand is considered not to have been submitted.
    IP 10.005. Which States may be elected?

    All Contracting States which are designated in the international application and are bound by Chapter II of the PCT are elected. The printed demand form (available on the WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/pct-system/docs-en-forms-demand-ed-demand.pdf ) contains a pre-printed statement that the filing of the demand constitutes the election of all Contracting States which are designated and are bound by Chapter II of the Treaty (refer to paragraph IP 10.029). Please note that States whose designation has been withdrawn cannot subsequently be elected. If the applicant does not wish to elect a particular State, the election of that State may be withdrawn after a demand has been filed. It should be also noted that withdrawal of the designation of a State which has been elected shall entail withdrawal of the corresponding election.
    IP 10.006. Where should the demand for international preliminary examination be submitted?

    The demand must be made separately from the international application, and be submitted directly to an International Preliminary Examining Authority which is competent to carry out international preliminary examination on the international application concerned. Each receiving Office (except the International Bureau as receiving Office - refer to paragraph IP 5.008) specifies one or more International Preliminary Examining Authorities as competent to carry out international preliminary examination on international applications filed with it. In addition, different International Preliminary Examining Authorities may be competent in relation to an international application depending on the language in which the international application was filed and on which International Searching Authority carried out the international search. Where several International Preliminary Examining Authorities are competent in relation to a particular international application, having regard to which receiving Office the international application was filed with and the language of the international application, the applicant may choose between them. Where the international application is filed with the International Bureau as receiving Office, the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority (or Authorities) is that (or are those) which would have been competent if the international application had been filed with a competent national (or regional) Office as receiving Office. The International Preliminary Examining Authority or Authorities competent for international applications filed with each national (or regional) Office acting as receiving Office, and the languages accepted for international preliminary examination by each International Preliminary Examining Authority, may be ascertained by consulting Annexes C and E. Finally, within the framework of the respective agreements relating to the functioning of certain Offices as International Preliminary Examining Authorities, these Authorities may provide for limitations of their competence in respect of certain international applications. The consolidated texts of these Agreements are available on the WIPO website at the following address: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/access/isa_ipea_agreements. For more detailed information, refer to Annex E.
    IP 10.007. What happens if a demand for international preliminary examination is not submitted to the competent Authority?

    If a demand is submitted to a receiving Office, an International Searching Authority, an International Preliminary Examining Authority which is not competent for the international preliminary examination of the international application, or the International Bureau, that Office or that Authority or the International Bureau, as the case may be, will mark on it the date of receipt, which will be considered to be the date on which the demand was received on behalf of the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority.
    IP 10.008

    When a demand is filed with a receiving Office, an International Searching Authority, or an International Preliminary Examining Authority which is not competent for the international preliminary examination of the international application, that Office or Authority may send the demand either directly to the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority, or to the International Bureau which will in turn forward the demand to the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority.
    IP 10.009

    If two or more International Preliminary Examining Authorities are competent, the applicant will be invited by the Office or Authority to which the demand was submitted, or by the International Bureau, as the case may be, to indicate, within the time limit applicable under Rule 54bis.1(a) or within 15 days from the date of the invitation, whichever is later, the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority to which the demand should be transmitted. Where the applicant furnishes that indication, the demand will promptly be transmitted to the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority. Where no indication is so furnished, the demand will be considered not to have been submitted, and the Office or Authority to which the demand was submitted, or the International Bureau, as the case may, will declare that the demand is considered not to have been submitted.
    IP 10.010. At what stage of the procedure should the demand for international preliminary examination be submitted?

    A demand may be submitted at any time prior to the expiration of the following time limits, whichever expires later:
    (i) three months from the date of transmittal to the applicant of the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority, or of the declaration, referred to in Article 17(2)(a) that no international search report will be established; or
    (ii) 22 months from the priority date.
    In addition, in respect of some Offices (refer to paragraph IP 5.005), in order to secure the full effect of the demand – including the delaying of the national phase until 30 months from the priority date – it must be submitted before the expiration of 19 months from the priority date. Since international preliminary examination will normally not start before the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority are available (refer to paragraphs IP 10.051 to IP 10.055), the applicant will normally wish to take that report and opinion into account before deciding whether to proceed further for patent protection. Note, however, that the 19 month time limit will expire regardless of whether the establishment of the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority are delayed. On the other hand, the length of time available for the international preliminary examination depends on the earliest possible submission of the demand after the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority are available, since the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) must in most cases be established before the expiration of 28 months from the priority date, or six months from the time provided for the start of the international preliminary examination, or six months from the date of receipt by the International Preliminary Examining Authority of the translation furnished by the applicant, if applicable, whichever period expires last (refer to paragraph IP 10.074). The more time available for the international preliminary examination, the better will be the result and quality which can be expected. Therefore, a demand should be filed as soon as possible after the applicant’s evaluation of the international search report and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority has shown that it is worthwhile to pursue the international application further.
    TRANSLATION OF INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION FOR THE PURPOSES OF INTERNATIONAL PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION
    IP 10.011. What happens if the international application was filed or published in a language which is not accepted by the International Preliminary Examining Authority?
    Where neither the language in which the international application was filed nor the language in which the international application is published is accepted by the International Preliminary Examining Authority that is to carry out the international preliminary examination, the applicant must furnish with the demand a translation of the international application into a language which is both a language accepted by that Authority, and a language of publication. No such translation is required where the International Searching Authority and the International Preliminary Examining Authority are part of the same national Office or intergovernmental organization, in which case the international preliminary examination will be carried out on the basis of the translation furnished for the purposes of the international search (refer to paragraphs IP 6.014 to IP 6.017). Details about the languages accepted for international preliminary examination by the various International Preliminary Examining Authorities appear in Annex E. Refer to paragraph IP 9.010 in connection with the need to file a translation of amendments under Article 19.
    THE DEMAND
    IP 10.012. What requirements as to form, contents and language must the demand for international preliminary examination comply with?

    The demand must either be made on a printed form to be filled in with the required indications or be presented as a computer print-out complying with the Administrative Instructions. To facilitate preparation of the demand, the International Bureau has prepared downloadable PDF (portable document format) versions on its website at https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/forms/. The editable PDF version of the form (PCT/IPEA/401) may be completed using a computer or printed out and filled in using a typewriter. The demand, and instructions on how to complete the editable version, is available in Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish.
    Sample filled-in forms are also available from the above website address. Copies of forms may also be obtained, free of charge, from the receiving Office or the International Preliminary Examining Authority.
    The demand may also be filed online by using the ePCT service (signing in with strong authentication at https://pct.wipo.int/ePCT).
    IP 10.013

    The completed demand must identify the applicant and the international application to which it relates. The demand contains a petition that the international application be the subject of international preliminary examination. The filing of the demand constitutes the automatic election of all Contracting States which are designated and which are bound by Chapter II of the PCT - refer to paragraph IP 10.029 and the sample filled-in demand form, at the addresses indicated in paragraph IP 10.012). It must, where applicable, contain a statement concerning amendments, on the basis of which the international preliminary examination will start (refer to paragraphs IP 10.025 and IP 10.026) and an indication of the language in which international preliminary examination will be carried out. The demand must be in the language of the international application or, if the international application has been filed in a language other than the language in which it is published, in the language of publication. However, where a translation of the international application is required because the International Preliminary Examining Authority accepts neither the language in which the international application is filed nor the language in which the international application is published (refer to paragraphs IP 5.013 and IP 10.011), the demand must be in the language of that translation. The demand must be signed (refer to paragraphs IP 10.031, IP 10.032, and IP 11.027). Details for the filling in of the demand form are given below in respect of each Box of that form. Where more than one International Preliminary Examining Authority is competent in relation to the international application (refer to paragraph IP 10.006), the Authority chosen by the applicant, and with which the demand is filed, should be identified, preferably by an indication of the name or two-letter code of the Authority (refer to Country Names and Two-Letter Codes (formerly Annex K)), at the top of the first sheet of the demand form in the space provided for that purpose.
    Box No. I: Identification of the International Application
    IP 10.014. What are the requirements with respect to the identification of the international application?
    The international application must be identified by its international application number, filing date and title. If the international application number is not known to the applicant at the time of filing of the demand, the name of the receiving Office with which the international application was filed must be indicated. The title of the invention must be the same as that which appears in the published international application (that is, the same as that indicated in the request, unless it was modified by the International Searching Authority - refer to paragraph IP 7.022).
    IP 10.015
    It is recommended that the applicant indicate the file reference, if any, not exceeding 25 characters in length, in the box provided for this purpose on the first sheet of the demand form (refer to paragraphs IP 5.017 and IP 5.105 in relation to the request and the description).
    IP 10.016
    Indication of the priority date on the demand is not mandatory, but is recommended since it will assist the International Preliminary Examining Authority to ascertain promptly whether or not the demand was filed before the expiration of 19 months from the priority date.
    Box No. II: Applicant(s)
    IP 10.017. Who may file a demand for international preliminary examination?

    If there is a sole applicant, that applicant must be a resident or national of a Contracting State bound by Chapter II of the PCT. If there are two or more applicants, it is sufficient that one of them be a resident or national of a Contracting State bound by Chapter II, regardless of the elected State(s) for which each applicant is indicated. The detailed requirements for the various indications required in connection with each applicant (full names and addresses, telephone, facsimile and/or e-mail address, nationality and residence) are the same as those required under Rule 4 in connection with the request (refer to paragraphs IP 5.023 to IP 5.034). Where the applicant is registered with the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the number or other indication under which the applicant is so registered may also be indicated in Box No. II. Note that any inventor who is not also an applicant is not indicated in the demand. Where a question of the applicant’s residence or nationality arises, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will request the receiving Office or, where the international application was filed with the International Bureau as receiving Office, the national Office of, or acting for, the Contracting State concerned to decide the question and will inform the applicant of such request. The applicant has the opportunity to submit arguments relating to the issue of residence or nationality directly to the Office concerned, which will decide the question promptly.
    IP 10.018. Who should be indicated if there has been a change in the name or person of the applicant?
    If the recording of a change in the name or person has been requested under Rule 92bis.1 before the demand was filed (refer to paragraphs IP 11.018 to IP 11.022), it is the applicant(s) on record at the time when the demand is filed who must be indicated in the demand.
    IP 10.018A. How can the applicant receive notifications via e-mail?
    If an e-mail address is indicated in Box No. II of the demand form, the International Bureau, and the International Preliminary Examining Authority, if it provides such a service, will send notifications to the applicant by e-mail, thus avoiding processing or postal delays. Where the agent or common representative has also indicated an e-mail address, e-mail notifications will only be sent to the appointed agent or common representative (refer to paragraph IP 10.022). Note that not all Authorities will send such notifications by e-mail (refer to Annex B). If no e-mail address is provided, or if the applicant chooses to receive notifications exclusively by postal mail, by marking the corresponding check-box in Box No. II, or in the cases where the International Preliminary Examining Authority does not provide for sending notifications by e-mail, notifications will be sent to the given mailing address exclusively by postal mail. It is the applicant’s responsibility to keep any e-mail address details up-to-date and to ensure that incoming e-mails are not blocked, for any reason, on the recipient’s side. Changes to the e-mail address indicated should be requested to be recorded, preferably directly at the International Bureau, under Rule 92bis.
    Box No. III: Agent or Common Representative
    IP 10.019. Does the applicant have to be represented by an agent before the International Preliminary Examining Authority?
    No, the applicant is not obliged to, but may be represented by an agent. In most cases, it is highly advisable to use an agent (refer to paragraph IP 1.004).
    IP 10.020. May the applicant be represented by an agent before the International Preliminary Examining Authority?

    Yes, the applicant may be represented by the agent who represented him/her for the filing of the international application (if any) or by another agent having the right to practice before the receiving Office with which the international application was filed (refer to Annex C). The applicant may also be represented by an agent appointed specifically for the purposes of the international preliminary examination procedure and chosen from among those persons who have the right, according to the Rules applicable in the national or regional Office acting as International Preliminary Examining Authority, to practice before that Office (refer to National Chapters, (Summaries)). Refer to paragraphs IP 11.001 to IP 11.014 for more information about representation.
    IP 10.021. When and how may an agent be appointed for the purposes of the procedure concerning the international preliminary examination?

    If an agent has already been appointed for the filing of the international application, that agent may also represent the applicant for the purposes of the international preliminary examination procedure and may sign the demand on behalf of the applicant. Alternatively, a different agent or an additional agent may be designated in the demand for international preliminary examination or in a separate power of attorney. The detailed requirements for the various indications required in connection with each agent (full names and addresses, telephone, facsimile, e-mail address(es)) are the same as those required under Rule 4 in connection with the request (refer to paragraph IP 5.043). Where the agent is registered with the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the number or other indication under which the agent is so registered may also be indicated in Box No. III. Further information about the manner of appointing agents, including sub-agents, appears in paragraphs IP 11.001 to IP 11.014.
    IP 10.021A. How can an agent (or common representative) receive notifications via e-mail?
    If an e-mail address is indicated in Box No. III, the International Bureau and the International Preliminary Examining Authority (if it provides such a service) will send notifications to that address by e-mail, thus avoiding processing or postal delays (refer to paragraph IP 10.018A). If no e-mail address is provided, or if the agent or common representative chooses to receive notifications exclusively by postal mail, by marking the corresponding check-box in Box No. III, or in the cases where the International Preliminary Examining Authority does not provide for sending notifications by e-mail, notifications will be sent to the given mailing address exclusively by postal mail.
    IP 10.022. May the applicants be represented by a common representative?

    The provisions relating to common representatives which apply at earlier stages (refer to paragraph IP 5.048) continue to be applicable during the international preliminary examination procedure. That is, if no common agent is appointed, one of the applicants may be appointed by the other applicants as the common representative of all the applicants, and if neither a common agent nor a common representative is appointed, the applicant named first in the request who is entitled to file an international application with the receiving Office concerned will be considered to be the common representative (“deemed common representative”) (refer to paragraph IP 11.006). A separate power of attorney must be filed with the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the International Bureau or the receiving Office, if the person appointed at the time the demand is filed signs the demand on behalf of the applicant. However, the receiving Office, the International Bureau or the International Preliminary Examining Authority may waive the requirement that a separate power of attorney be filed. For further details refer to Annexes B (IB), C and E.
    IP 10.023. What other provisions apply to agents and common representatives during the international preliminary examination procedure?
    The same general provisions apply to agents and common representatives during the international preliminary examination as apply during other stages of the international phase (for example, in relation to their legal position and revocation and renunciation of appointments - refer to paragraphs IP 11.001 to IP 11.014).
    Box No. IV: Basis for International Preliminary Examination (Statement Concerning Amendments and Indication of the Language for the Purposes of International Preliminary Examination)
    IP 10.024. Can the applicant amend the claims, the description and the drawings before and during the international preliminary examination?

    The applicant has the right, under Article 34(2)(b), to amend the claims, the description and the drawings before the start of the international preliminary examination and also during the examination, if time permits, until the preparation of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT). (As far as the claims are concerned, this is in fact the second opportunity to amend them before the international preliminary examination starts; the first opportunity is offered by the possibility of submitting amendments under Article 19 to the International Bureau as described in paragraphs IP 9.004 to IP 9.009, and IP 9.011.) For further details concerning amendments under Article 34(2)(b), refer to paragraphs IP 10.028, IP 10.067 to IP 10.071, IP 11.045 to IP 11.047.
    IP 10.025. What is the purpose of indicating the basis for international preliminary examination? Do the statement concerning amendments and the indication of the language for the purposes of the international preliminary examination have to be filled in?

    (i) The statement concerning amendments should be completed, since it enables the International Preliminary Examining Authority to identify those documents which will serve as the basis for the start of the international preliminary examination with a view to starting it as soon as possible. However, failure to complete the statement or to complete it correctly is not fatal to the application. In particular, if no amendments have been filed under Article 19 or Article 34 and if the applicant does not wish to file such amendments at the time when the demand is filed, the result will simply be that the international preliminary examination will start on the basis of the international application as originally filed. The applicant will not be precluded from making amendments at a later stage of the international preliminary examination, provided that they reach the International Preliminary Examining Authority in sufficient time to be taken into account. On the other hand, if there have been amendments but they are not indicated, or if the applicant wishes later to file amendments but does not so indicate, the start of the international preliminary examination may be delayed or the applicant may find that there is insufficient time at a later stage to have the intended amendments taken into account.
    (ii) Completing the indication of the language for the purposes of the international preliminary examination and its associated check-boxes helps the International Preliminary Examining Authority determine quickly, with a view to starting international preliminary examination as soon as possible, whether the demand and the international application are in a language accepted by that Authority, or whether a translation of the international application is required. Completing the indication also helps the International Preliminary Examining Authority decide whether any amendments filed with the demand (refer to paragraph (i) above) are in the appropriate language.
    IP 10.026. How should the statement concerning amendments be completed?
    If amendments to the claims have been made under Article 19 (refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 to IP 9.009) prior to the filing of the demand, the statement must indicate whether, for the purposes of the international preliminary examination, the applicant wishes the amendments to be taken into account (in which case a copy of the amendments should be filed with the demand) or to be considered as reversed by an amendment under Article 34. If no amendments under Article 19 have been made but the time limit for filing such amendments (refer to paragraph IP 9.004) has not expired at the time when the demand is filed, the statement may, if the applicant so chooses, indicate that the applicant wishes the start of the international preliminary examination to be postponed (refer to paragraph IP 10.054). If any amendments under Article 34 are submitted with the demand, the statement must so indicate. A more detailed explanation is given below for each of the check-boxes in Box No. IV.
    “1. The applicant wishes the international preliminary examination to start on the basis of:
    ⬜ the international application as originally filed”
    This check-box should be marked either where the applicant has not made any amendments under Article 19 and does not intend at the time of filing the demand to file any amendments, or where the applicant has already made amendments under Article 19 but is no longer interested in pursuing them.
    “the description
    ⬜ as originally filed
    ⬜ as amended under Article 34
    the claims
    ⬜ as originally filed
    ⬜ as amended under Article 19
    ⬜ as amended under Article 34
    the drawings
    ⬜ as originally filed
    ⬜ as amended under Article 34”

    These check-boxes should be marked only where the applicant wishes amendments to be taken into account for the start of the international preliminary examination. Where the applicant wishes amendments which have previously been made under Article 19 to be taken into account, a copy of the amendments, and any statement accompanying such amendments, should be attached to the demand. If a check-box is marked but the demand is not accompanied by the documents referred to, the start of international preliminary examination will be delayed until the International Preliminary Examining Authority receives them. Amendments under Article 34 should be submitted with, and attached to, the demand. The applicant should also indicate, by marking the appropriate check-box(es), which parts of the international application are so amended.
    “2. ⬜ The applicant wishes any amendments to the claims made under Article 19 to be considered as reversed.”
    This check-box should be marked only where the applicant, after having previously made amendments under Article 19, no longer wishes them to be considered for international preliminary examination. Marking this check-box will have the effect that those amendments will be considered as reversed by an amendment under Article 34.
    “3. ⬜ Where the IPEA wishes to start the international preliminary examination at the same time as the international search in accordance with Rule 69.1(b), the applicant requests the IPEA to postpone the start of the international preliminary examination until the expiration of the applicable time limit under Rule 69.1(d)”.
    This check-box should be marked only where, at the time when the demand is filed, the time limit for filing amendments under Article 19 has not expired (refer to paragraph IP 9.004) and the applicant intends to file such amendments after filing the demand. In practice, this situation is only likely to arise if the demand is filed before the international search report is available. If this check-box is marked but the applicant later decides not to file amendments under Article 19, the applicant should send a notice to the International Preliminary Examining Authority that there is no intention to file such amendments, and the international preliminary examination will then start.
    “4. ⬜ The applicant expressly requests to postpone the start of the international preliminary examination until the expiration of the applicable time limit under Rule 54bis.1(a).”
    This check-box should be marked if the applicant wishes to postpone the start of the international preliminary examination until the expiration of the applicable time limit under Rule 54bis.1(a). Otherwise, where the International Searching Authority and the International Preliminary Examining Authority are not the same Authority, examination will commence once the International Preliminary Examining Authority is in possession of the required fees, the international search report, or a notice of the declaration under Article 17(2)(a) and the written opinion of the International Searching Authority.
    IP 10.027. May several check-boxes be marked in Box No. IV?
    Yes - for example, under item (1), two or three check-boxes may be marked if the applicant has already filed amendments to the claims under Article 19 and wishes those amendments to be taken into account along with further amendments under Article 34 to the description and/or drawings (and possibly further amendments to the already amended claims).
    IP 10.028. May the applicant make amendments during the international preliminary examination in addition to any amendments mentioned in Box No. IV?

    Yes, the applicant is not precluded from later making amendments, or further amendments, during the course of the international preliminary examination (refer to paragraphs IP 10.067 to IP 10.071), regardless of what appears in the statement concerning amendments, and in this sense the statement is not binding on the applicant or on the conduct of the international preliminary examination. For example, the applicant may choose to file amendments under Article 34 at a later stage which supersede amendments previously made under Article 19, even though the statement indicates that those previous amendments should be taken into account. However, the information contained in the statement is used by the International Preliminary Examining Authority to determine when, and on what basis, the international preliminary examination is to start (refer to paragraphs IP 10.051 to IP 10.055). Moreover, amendments or arguments need not be taken into account by the International Preliminary Examining Authority for the purposes of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) if they are received after the Authority has begun to draw up that report (refer to paragraph IP 10.068). Since the time available for international preliminary examination is limited, it is in the applicant’s interests to be as definite as possible, at the time of filing the demand, as to what should form the basis of the international preliminary examination. If the applicant intends to file amendments under Article 34 but is not in a position to submit them with the demand, that intention should preferably be mentioned in a letter filed with the demand. It is to be noted that since, under Rule 66.1bis, the written opinion of the International Searching Authority will in the majority of cases be considered to be the written opinion of the International Preliminary Examining Authority, if amendments under Article 34 are not filed together with the demand, the International Preliminary Examining Authority might, shortly after the expiration of the time limit under Rule 54bis.1(a), start to draw up the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT).
    Box No. V: Election of States
    IP 10.029. Which States may be elected?
    The making of a demand has the effect of electing all Contracting States which have been designated and which are bound by Chapter II of the PCT. That usually means the election of all Contracting States except for Uruguay, which is currently the only State not bound by Chapter II of the PCT.
    Box No. VI: Check List
    IP 10.030. What is the purpose of the Check List?
    The Check List in Box No. VI should be completed by the applicant to allow the International Preliminary Examining Authority to verify the completeness of the documents filed with the demand. Of particular importance in the Check List are the indications relating to amendments referred to in the statement concerning amendments. The indications given in the Check List should correspond with the indications given in Box No. IV.
    Box No. VII: Signature of Applicant, Agent or Common Representative
    IP 10.031. Who must sign the demand?

    The demand must be signed by the applicant or, if there is more than one applicant, by all the applicants making the demand – that is, the applicants for the States which are elected. However, an agent or common representative may sign the demand on behalf of the applicant or applicants who appointed him/her. The demand may be signed on behalf of all the applicants by an appointed common agent or common representative, or by the applicant who is considered to be the common representative (“deemed common representative”) if no common agent or common representative has been appointed (refer to paragraph IP 11.006). However, if the signature(s) of one or more applicants is missing, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will not invite the applicants to furnish the missing signature(s) provided that at least one of the applicants has signed the demand. Should a notice of withdrawal be filed at any time during the international phase, that notice will have to be signed by the applicant or, if there are two or more applicants, by all of them (Rule 90bis.5), or by any agent or common representative whose appointment has been effected by each applicant signing the request, the demand or a separate power of attorney (Rule 90bis.4(a)).
    IP 10.032. When must or may a seal be used instead of a signature?
    In the demand or other papers filed with the China National Intellectual Property Administration (CNIPA) as International Preliminary Examining Authority, a seal may be used instead of a signature. In the case of a demand or other papers filed in English with the European Patent Office (EPO) as International Preliminary Examining Authority in respect of international applications filed with the Japan Patent Office (JPO) as receiving Office, a signature must be furnished instead of a seal. In the demand or other papers filed with the Ministry of Intellectual Property (MOIP) (Republic of Korea) as International Preliminary Examining Authority, a seal may be used instead of a signature (refer to paragraph IP 5.091 in respect of the request).
    Notes to the Demand Form
    IP 10.033. What are the Notes to the demand form?
    The Notes to the demand form (refer to the WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/pct-system/docs-en-forms-demand-ed-demand.pdf ) are intended to facilitate the completion of that form. They indicate, in relation to each Box of the form, what indications are required and how they are to be made. The Notes are not required to be filed with the demand.
    Fee Calculation Sheet
    IP 10.034. What is the fee calculation sheet?
    The fee calculation sheet is intended to help the applicant calculate the total amount of fees payable to the International Preliminary Examining Authority. The sheet is usually annexed to the printed demand form which the applicant obtains from the receiving Office or the International Preliminary Examining Authority. It is not part of the form, however, and its use is not mandatory. Nevertheless, it is strongly recommended that the applicant complete the fee calculation sheet and submit it to the International Preliminary Examining Authority. This will help the International Preliminary Examining Authority verify the calculations and identify any errors. Refer to the Notes to the fee calculation sheet at the WIPO Internet address in paragraph IP 10.033 for details about completion of the sheet. For further information about the payment of fees, refer to paragraphs IP 10.035 to IP 10.043.
    FEES
    IP 10.035. What fees are payable in respect of a demand for international preliminary examination?
    There are two kinds of fees which have to be paid in connection with the demand:

    (i) the “preliminary examination fee, ” which is fixed by and accrues to the International Preliminary Examining Authority, mainly for carrying out the international preliminary examination and for establishing the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT);
    (ii) the “handling fee, ” which is fixed in the Schedule of Fees to the PCT Regulations and accrues to the International Bureau for carrying out various tasks, including, where required, the translation of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) into English (refer to paragraph IP 10.039).
    IP 10.036. Is any fee payable for effecting an election?
    There is no “election fee”. The only fees payable for filing a demand are those specified in paragraph IP 10.035.
    IP 10.037. To whom are these fees payable?

    The preliminary examination fee and the handling fee are payable to the International Preliminary Examining Authority, which forwards the handling fee to the International Bureau.
    IP 10.038. In what currency are these fees payable?

    Generally, the preliminary examination fee and the handling fee are payable in the currency or one of the currencies prescribed by the International Preliminary Examining Authority. Complete information on this question is contained in Annex E.
    IP 10.039. What are the amounts of these fees?

    Annex E indicates the amounts of the preliminary examination fee and the handling fee payable to each International Preliminary Examining Authority.
    IP 10.040. What fee reductions are available?
    A reduction of the preliminary examination fee charged by the Austrian Patent Office, the European Patent Office and the Spanish Patent and Trademark Office may be available to applicants from certain States - refer to Annexes E for further details.
    IP 10.041
    In accordance with the Schedule of Fees, item 5, an applicant is entitled to a reduction of 90% of the handling fee if (a) the applicant is a natural person and a national of and resides in a State that is listed as being a State whose per capita gross domestic product is below 25,000 US dollars (according to the most recent 10-year average per capita gross domestic product figures at constant 2005 US dollars values published by the United Nations), and whose nationals and residents who are natural persons have filed less than 10 international applications per year (per million population) or less than 50 international applications per year (in absolute numbers) according to the most recent 5-year average yearly filing figures published by the International Bureau; or (b) if the applicant is, whether a natural person or not, a national of and resides in a State that is listed as being classified by the United Nations as a least developed country. (For a list of States whose nationals and residents are eligible for the fee reduction, refer to https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/pct-system/docs-en-fee-reduction-january.pdf ). If there are several applicants, each must satisfy one or the other of the above-mentioned criteria. However, it should be noted that an applicant is only entitled to the reduction of the handling fee if, at the time of filing the demand, that applicant is or all applicants are the true and only owners of the application and under no obligation to assign, grant, convey or license the rights in the invention to another party which is not eligible for the fee reduction, as outlined above. If the applicant is or all applicants are entitled to the reduction of the handling fee, this reduction applies on the basis of the indications of name, nationality and residence given in Box No. II of the demand, without the need for a specific request to be made.
    IP 10.042. When are these fees due?

    The preliminary examination fee and the handling fee must be paid within one month from the date on which the demand was submitted or 22 months from the priority date, whichever expires later, provided that, where the demand was transmitted to the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority under Rule 59.3, the handling fee must be paid within one month from the date of receipt by that Authority or 22 months from the priority date, whichever expires later. As to the consequences of non-payment or late payment of these fees, refer to paragraph IP 10.047.
    IP 10.043. In what cases are these fees refunded?

    The International Preliminary Examining Authority will refund the handling fee if the demand is withdrawn before being sent to the International Bureau or if the demand is considered not to have been submitted because none of the applicants had the right to file a demand (refer to paragraph IP 10.004). Each International Preliminary Examining Authority decides at its discretion whether it will refund the preliminary examination fee, or any part thereof, in other circumstances. Details are indicated in Annex E.
    PROCESSING OF THE DEMAND FOR INTERNATIONAL PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION
    IP 10.044. What happens to the demand for international preliminary examination once it has been received?

    The International Preliminary Examining Authority promptly notifies the applicant of the date of receipt of the demand, and then examines the demand to ascertain whether it meets all the requirements. If it does not, the International Preliminary Examining Authority invites the applicant to comply. For full details on the correction of defects in the demand, refer to Rule 60.1 and paragraphs IP 10.047 to IP 10.049, and paragraph IP 10.050.
    IP 10.045

    The International Preliminary Examining Authority sends the demand or a copy thereof to the International Bureau. The International Bureau then notifies Offices of their election and informs the applicant that it has done so. For full details, refer to Rules 61.2 and 61.3. In addition, the International Bureau, promptly after the filing of the demand but not before the international publication, publishes information on the WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/patentscope/en/ on the demand and the elected States concerned, as provided in the Administrative Instructions.
    IP 10.046. What action can the applicant take if the indications on the demand form do not support the applicant’s right to file the demand?

    If the indications of the applicant’s residence and nationality given in Box No. II of the demand form do not support the applicant’s right to file a demand with the International Preliminary Examining Authority concerned (refer to paragraph IP 10.004), the International Preliminary Examining Authority notifies the applicant that the demand is considered not to have been submitted. It may happen, however, that those indications were incorrectly stated or that the applicant in fact had a residence and/or nationality supporting the applicant’s right to file the demand. In such a case, evidence should immediately be submitted indicating that, in fact, the applicant had, on the date on which the demand was received by the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the right to file the demand with that Authority. If that evidence is to the satisfaction of the Authority, it will then regard the requirements of Article 31(2)(a) as having been fulfilled on the date of actual receipt of the demand, and the indications in the demand can be corrected.
    IP 10.047. Can defects in the demand for international preliminary examination, non-compliance with certain language requirements, and non-payment of certain fees be corrected, and if so how?
    What are the consequences? If the International Preliminary Examining Authority finds that:

    (i) the demand does not meet the requirements as to form, contents and languages (refer to paragraph IP 10.012),
    (ii) the handling fee was not paid within one month from the date on which the demand was submitted or, where the demand was transmitted to the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority under Rule 59.3, within one month from the date of receipt by that Authority, or was not paid in the prescribed currency (refer to paragraphs IP 10.035 and IP 10.038), or

    (iii) the preliminary examination fee was not paid within one month from the date on which the demand was submitted or, where the demand was transmitted to the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority under Rule 59.3, within one month from the date of receipt by that Authority, or was not paid in the prescribed currency (fixed by the International Preliminary Examining Authority - refer to paragraphs IP 10.035 and IP 10.038), it invites the applicant to correct the defect(s) and comply with the requirements and/or to pay the required fee(s). In the case of defects as to form or language, the invitation specifies a time limit of at least one month from the date of the invitation, which time limit may be extended by the International Preliminary Examining Authority at any time before a decision is taken. In the case of defects as to fee payment, the invitation specifies a time limit of one month from the date of the invitation; a late payment fee may also be required; no extension of this time limit is available. However, any payment must be considered to have been received before the expiration of the applicable time limit if it is received by the International Preliminary Examining Authority before the expiration of the time limit for paying the fee(s) or, where an invitation to pay missing fees has been sent, before that Authority makes the declaration that the demand is considered not to have been made.
    IP 10.048

    If the applicant complies with the invitation within the specified time limit, there is no adverse consequence, other than possibly delaying the start of the international preliminary examination (refer to paragraph IP 10.050), except where the defect was that the demand did not permit the international application to be identified. In the latter case, the demand is considered to have been received on the date on which the required correction to it is received, and the International Preliminary Examining Authority informs the applicant of that date.
    IP 10.049

    If, after the expiration of the time limit specified (including any extensions), a signature (of at least one applicant), or other required indication (in respect of one applicant who has the right according to Rule 54.2 to make a demand) is still lacking the demand is considered not to have been submitted and the International Preliminary Examining Authority will so declare.
    IP 10.050
    Where the demand is considered to have been received, as described in paragraph IP 10.048, on a date later than that on which it was actually submitted, the effect of postponing the commencement of the national phase (refer to paragraph IP 10.002 above) is lost if that later date is after the expiration of 19 months from the priority date. This is, however, only relevant in respect of any State whose designated Office has notified the International Bureau that the 30-month time limit under Article 22(1), as in force from April 1, 2002, is incompatible with the national law applied by that Office. The effect of postponing the commencement of the national phase is also lost where the demand is considered not to have been submitted (refer to paragraph IP 10.049).
    THE INTERNATIONAL PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION
    IP 10.051. When does the international preliminary examination start?
    Subject to the exceptions mentioned in paragraphs IP 10.052 to IP 10.055, the International Preliminary Examining Authority starts the international preliminary examination when it is in possession of the demand, the amount due (in full) for the handling fee and the preliminary examination fee, including, where applicable, the late payment fee under Rule 58bis.2, and of either the international search report and the written opinion established under Rule 43bis.1 or a declaration by the International Searching Authority that no international search report will be established and the written opinion established under Rule 43bis.1, unless the applicant expressly requests to postpone the start of the international preliminary examination until the expiration of the applicable time limit under Rule 54bis.1(a).
    IP 10.052. What is a “telescoped” procedure for the purpose of international preliminary examination?
    If the competent International Preliminary Examining Authority is part of the same (national or regional) Office as the competent International Searching Authority, the international preliminary examination may, if the Office wishes and except where the applicant has requested that the international preliminary examination be postponed (refer to paragraph IP 10.054), start at the same time as the international search (often called a telescoped procedure since the international search and international preliminary examination partly overlap).
    IP 10.053. Will the International Preliminary Examining Authority take into account my amendments made under Article 19?

    Where the statement concerning amendments made in the demand contains an indication that amendments under Article 19 are to be taken into account, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will not start the international preliminary examination before it has received a copy of the amendments concerned and the accompanying letter. Therefore, a copy of those amendments and accompanying letter should be attached to the demand by the applicant in order to allow as much time as possible for the international preliminary examination (refer to paragraphs IP 9.010, IP 10.025 and IP 10.026). The International Bureau will, in any event, send a copy of those amendments and accompanying letter to the International Preliminary Examining Authority unless that Authority has indicated that it has already received them (refer to paragraph IP 9.010), but waiting for those copies to be sent may delay the start of the international preliminary examination.
    IP 10.054. How can I postpone the start of the international preliminary examination?

    Where the statement concerning amendments contains an indication that the start of the international preliminary examination is to be postponed (refer to paragraph IP 10.026), the International Preliminary Examining Authority will not start the international preliminary examination before whichever of the following occurs first:
    (i) it has received a copy of any amendments under Article 19;
    (ii) it has received a notice from the applicant stating that the applicant does not intend to make amendments under Article 19; or
    (iii) the expiration of the applicable time limit under Rule 46.1.
    Therefore, where the applicant gives such an indication in the demand, he/she should ensure that the International Preliminary Examining Authority is informed promptly of any amendments or of any decision not to file amendments, in order to gain the maximum time possible for the international preliminary examination procedure.
    IP 10.055

    Where the statement concerning amendments contains an indication that amendments under Article 34 are submitted with the demand (refer to paragraph IP 10.026), but no such amendments are, in fact, submitted with the demand, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will not start the international preliminary examination before it has received the amendments or before it has invited the applicant to file them and the time limit fixed in that invitation has expired, whichever occurs first. Where the international application was not filed in the language of publication, any amendments under Article 34 and any accompanying letter (as well as any letter accompanying Article 19 amendments) must be in the language of publication. Where the international preliminary examination is carried out on the basis of a translation of the international application (refer to paragraph IP 10.011), any such amendments, and any amendments under Article 19 which are to be taken into account, and any letter that accompanied such amendments must be in the language of that translation. Where such amendments have been or are filed in another language, a translation of the amendments into the language in which the international preliminary examination is carried out must also be furnished (also refer to paragraph IP 11.046). If the amendments or accompanying letter are not in the required language, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will invite the applicant to furnish them within a reasonable time limit. If the applicant fails to furnish the amendments and/or the accompanying letter within the time limit set in the invitation, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will not take the amendments into consideration for the purposes of the international preliminary examination.
    IP 10.056. May the International Preliminary Examining Authority ask for the priority document and a translation of it?
    If the International Preliminary Examining Authority needs a copy of an application the priority of which is claimed in the international application (“the priority document”) and the International Bureau already has the priority document in its possession (refer to paragraph IP 5.070), the International Bureau furnishes a copy of it to the Authority on request. Should the applicant have failed to provide the priority document under Rule 17.1, the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) may be established as if the priority had not been claimed, but no elected Office may later disregard the priority claim under those circumstances before giving the applicant an opportunity to furnish the priority document within a time limit which is reasonable under the circumstances. Where the priority document is in a language other than the language or one of the languages indicated for the International Preliminary Examining Authority in Annex E, and that Authority is of the opinion that the validity of the priority claim is relevant for the formulation of the opinion on whether the claimed invention appears to be novel, to involve an inventive step and to be industrially applicable, the Authority may invite the applicant to furnish to it a translation in that language. The applicant must comply with that invitation within two months from its date; otherwise, the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) may be established as if the priority had not been claimed.
    IP 10.057. What is the purpose of the international preliminary examination?
    As already stated in paragraph IP 10.001, the purpose of the international preliminary examination is to formulate an opinion - which is “preliminary” (since a final opinion will be formulated only in the national phase by the national or regional Patent Office or by a competent national or regional court) and “non-binding” (on anyone, including elected Offices) - on whether the claimed invention appears (i) to be novel, (ii) to involve an inventive step (to be non-obvious), and (iii) to be industrially applicable. While there is not a fully uniform approach to these criteria in national laws, their application under the PCT during the international preliminary examination procedure is such that the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) gives a good idea of the likely results in the national phase.
    IP 10.058. For the purposes of the international preliminary examination, when is a claimed invention considered novel?

    For the purposes of the international preliminary examination, a claimed invention is considered novel if it is not anticipated by the prior art. Rule 64 defines prior art for the purposes of the examination.
    IP 10.059. For the purposes of the international preliminary examination, when is a claimed invention considered to involve an inventive step?

    For the purposes of the international preliminary examination, a claimed invention is considered to involve an inventive step if, having regard to the prior art as defined in the Regulations (refer to paragraph IP 10.058), it is not, at the prescribed relevant date, obvious to a person skilled in the art. For further details, refer to Rule 65.
    IP 10.060. For the purposes of the international preliminary examination, when is a claimed invention considered industrially applicable?
    For the purposes of the international preliminary examination, a claimed invention is considered industrially applicable if, according to its nature, it can be made or used (in the technological sense) in any kind of industry.
    IP 10.061. What documents form the basis of the international preliminary examination?

    The international preliminary examination is based on the claims, the description and the drawings comprised in the international application. Amendments to the claims under Article 19 made before the demand was filed are taken into account unless they are superseded by a subsequent amendment under Article 34 (refer to paragraph IP 10.028) or considered as reversed by an amendment under Article 34 (refer to paragraph IP 10.026). Amendments made after the demand is filed, whether under Article 19 or under Article 34, are also taken into account for the purposes of the international preliminary examination, except that they need not be taken into account for the purposes of a written opinion of the International Preliminary Examining Authority or the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) if they are received after the International Preliminary Examining Authority has begun to draw up that opinion or report. As to the permissibility of amendments in general, refer to paragraph IP 11.047.
    IP 10.062. What happens if no international search report has been established in respect of certain claims?
    Claims relating to inventions in respect of which no international search report has been established (refer to paragraphs IP 7.013 to IP 7.021) need not be the subject of international preliminary examination and any written opinion of the International Preliminary Examining Authority, as well as the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), will so indicate.
    IP 10.062A. Does the International Preliminary Examining Authority carry out any additional search?
    The International Preliminary Examining Authority normally carries out a top-up search to discover any documents referred to in Rule 64, which have been published or have become available to the Authority for search subsequent to the date on which the international search report was established, unless where it considers that this would serve no useful purpose, for example, where it finds that the international application, in its entirety, relates to subject matter on which it is not required to carry out an international preliminary examination. The international preliminary examination report indicates whether a top-up search was carried out. When establishing the international preliminary examination report, the Authority may include results of the top-up search.
    IP 10.063. What special requirements apply during the international preliminary examination to nucleotide and/or amino acid sequence listings?
    Where the International Preliminary Examining Authority finds that an international application contains disclosure of a nucleotide and/or amino acid sequence required to be included in a sequence listing pursuant to Annex C of the Administrative Instructions and that a sequence listing complying with the prescribed standard (refer to paragraph IP 5.099) in a language accepted by that Authority has not already been furnished (as part of the international application or for the purposes of international preliminary examination, as the case may be), that Authority may invite the applicant to furnish a sequence listing complying with this standard or containing a translation of the language-dependent free text. The listings required by the International Preliminary Examining Authority are for the purposes of carrying out the international preliminary examination. National law requirements, in relation to disclosure of inventions involving sequence listings, are a matter for the national phase of processing.
    IP 10.064. What matters concerning the international application may be the subject of comment by the International Preliminary Examining Authority?
    The International Preliminary Examining Authority notifies the applicant in a written opinion if it considers that

    (i) the international application relates to subject matter on which it is not required to carry out an international preliminary examination, and decides not to carry out such an examination (this situation being the same as the one described in paragraph IP 7.013 in relation to the international search),

    (ii) the description, the claims or the drawings are so unclear, or the claims are so inadequately supported by the description, that no meaningful opinion can be formed on the novelty, inventive step (non-obviousness) or industrial applicability of the claimed invention (this situation being the same as the one described in paragraph IP 7.014 in relation to the international search),
    (iii) the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) should be “negative” (refer to paragraph IP 10.075) in respect of any of the claims because the invention claimed therein does not appear to be novel, does not appear to involve an inventive step (be non-obvious), or does not appear to be industrially applicable,
    (iv) any amendment goes beyond the disclosure in the international application as filed (refer to paragraphs IP 10.070 and IP 11.047),
    (v) the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) should be accompanied by (unfavorable) observations on the clarity of the claims, the description and the drawings, or on the question of the claims being fully supported by the description,
    (vi) a claim relates to an invention in respect of which no international search report has been established (refer to paragraphs IP 7.013 to IP 7.021) and the International Preliminary Examining Authority has decided not to carry out the international preliminary examination in respect of that claim,
    (vii) a nucleotide and/or amino acid sequence listing is not available to it in such a form and language that a meaningful international preliminary examination can be carried out (similarly to paragraph IP 5.099 in relation to the international search),
    (viii) the national law applied by the national Office which acts as the International Preliminary Examining Authority does not allow multiple dependent claims to be drafted in a manner different from that provided for in the second and third sentences of Rule 6.4(a) (this situation being the same as the one described in paragraphs IP 5.113 and IP 7.014 in relation to the international search).
    IP 10.065
    The Authority also proceeds as indicated in paragraph IP 10.064 where it notices some defect in the form or contents of the international application. Where observance of the unity of invention requirement (refer to paragraphs IP 5.114 to IP 5.123) is in question, refer to paragraph IP 10.072.
    IP 10.066. What is a “written opinion”?

    A “written opinion” is a notification, issued by the International Preliminary Examining Authority to the applicant, which indicates any comments by the Authority on the matters mentioned in paragraph IP 10.064. The written opinion must fully state the reasons for it, must invite the applicant to submit a written reply and must fix a time limit for the reply (usually two months, but extendible at the applicant’s request - for more details, refer to Rule 66.2(d)). There may be no written opinion if the Authority has no such comments to make (in which case the Authority will proceed directly to the issuance of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT)). The Authority may issue one or more additional written opinions if time permits, particularly if the applicant makes a prompt and serious attempt to address the Authority’s comments by argument or amendment.
    IP 10.067. How may the applicant react to a written opinion by the International Preliminary Examining Authority?

    The applicant may ask for further clarifications from the International Preliminary Examining Authority and may voluntarily give clarifications to it, since the PCT expressly provides that the applicant has a right to communicate orally, by telephone or personally, or in writing with the Authority (Article 34(2)(a); refer also to Rule 66.6). More specifically, where the applicant receives a written opinion from the Authority on any of the matters referred to in paragraphs IP 10.064 and IP 10.065, he/she may respond to that written opinion (refer to Article 34(2)(d)). The response may consist of amendments and/or arguments. Any change – other than the rectification of obvious mistakes (refer to paragraphs IP 11.033 to IP 11.044) – in the claims, the description or the drawings (including cancellation of claims, omission of passages in the description or omission of certain drawings) is considered an amendment. For the form of amendments, refer to paragraph IP 10.071. If the International Preliminary Examining Authority issues one or more additional written opinions, the applicant’s reaction possibilities are the same as in the case of the first written opinion. The applicant may request one or more additional opportunities for submitting amendments or arguments if sufficient time remains.
    IP 10.068. Will amendments and arguments always be taken into account?
    Amendments and arguments submitted will be taken into account if they are received in sufficient time. In view of the limited time available for international preliminary examination, however, it is in the applicant’s interest to reply as soon as possible to any written opinion. Amendments or arguments need not be taken into account by the International Preliminary Examining Authority for the purposes of a written opinion or the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) if they are received after the Authority has begun to draw up that opinion or report.
    IP 10.069. Am I obliged to make changes to my international application after receipt of a negative written opinion?
    It should be noted that the International Preliminary Examining Authority cannot force the applicant to make any change in the international application. In other words the applicant may disregard any opinion of the said Authority, either wholly or in part. Such an attitude may lead to an unfavorable or less favorable international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), but the applicant may prefer such a report (in the hope of overcoming, in the national phase, any difficulties that it may cause) to an undesirable change.
    IP 10.070. May amendments include new matter in the international application?

    As for amendments under Article 19 (refer to paragraph IP 9.009), amendments under Article 34(2)(b) may not go beyond the disclosure in the international application as filed. If the International Preliminary Examining Authority considers that any amendments do not comply with this requirement, it will comment accordingly in any written opinion and in the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), and the report will be established as if such amendment had not been made (also refer to paragraph IP 11.047).
    IP 10.071. What must be done to effect amendments to the international application before the International Preliminary Examining Authority?

    The applicant must submit a replacement sheet for every sheet which, on account of an amendment, differs from the sheet previously filed. The amendment must be submitted with an accompanying letter which explains the difference between the replaced sheet and the replacement sheet and which preferably explains the reasons for the amendment. In addition, the letter must indicate the basis for the amendment in the application. The basis for the amendment must always refer to the application (description, claims, drawings) as originally filed, even if multiple amendments were made during the international phase. When filing amendments to the claims, a complete set of claims in replacement of the claims as originally filed (or previously amended under Article 19) shall be submitted. For an example of how the basis for the amendment should be indicated, refer to paragraph IP 9.006. For the consequences of not furnishing an accompanying letter with the replacement sheets, refer to paragraph IP 11.047A. Where the amendment consists in the deletion of passages or in minor alterations or additions, the alterations or additions may be made on a copy of the relevant sheet of the international application, provided that the clarity and direct reproducibility of that sheet are not adversely affected. No replacement sheet is required where the amendment results in the cancellation of an entire sheet; such an amendment may be communicated in a letter which preferably explains the reasons for the amendment. For amendments to the claims, also refer to paragraphs IP 9.005 and IP 9.006 in relation to the international search, which apply mutatis mutandis. Where the international application was not filed in the language of publication, any amendments under Article 34 and any accompanying letter (as well as any letter accompanying Article 19 amendments) must be in the language of publication. Where the international preliminary examination is carried out on the basis of a translation of the international application (refer to paragraphs IP 10.011, IP 10.054 and IP 10.055), any amendments under Article 34 and any amendments under Article 19, which are to be taken into account, and any accompanying letter must be in the language of that translation. Where such amendments have been or are filed in another language, a translation of the amendments into the language in which the international preliminary examination is carried out must also be furnished (refer to paragraphs IP 5.013, IP 10.011 and IP 11.046). No fee is payable in respect of filing any amendments under Article 34(2)(b). If the amendments or accompanying letter are not in the required language, the International Preliminary Examining Authority will invite the applicant to furnish them within a reasonable time limit. If the applicant fails to furnish the amendments and/or the accompanying letter within the time limit set in the invitation, the International Preliminary Examining Authority shall not take such amendments into account for the purposes of the international preliminary examination.
    IP 10.072. What happens where the International Preliminary Examining Authority finds that “unity of invention” is lacking?

    If the International Preliminary Examining Authority considers that the international application does not comply with the unity of invention requirement (refer to paragraphs IP 5.114 to IP 5.123 for the notion of “unity of invention”), it may choose between two courses of action: it may carry out the international preliminary examination on the entire international application and express its views on the lack of unity of invention in the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), or it may invite the applicant to either restrict the claims so that they meet the requirement (in which case the Authority must specify at least one possibility of restriction) or to pay additional fees (since the preliminary examination fee is calculated to cover cases where unity of invention exists). If the applicant chooses to restrict the claims as required, the examination is carried out on the claims as restricted. If the applicant chooses to pay the additional fees, the international preliminary examination is carried out on the claims for the main invention and those claims in respect of which additional fees were paid, and the report will indicate that such additional fees have been paid. The additional fees may be paid under protest, in which case procedures similar to those explained in relation to the international search apply (refer to paragraphs IP 7.019 and IP 7.020). If the applicant neither restricts the claims nor pays additional fees, the examination is carried out on the main invention as identified by the International Preliminary Examining Authority or the applicant, or in cases of doubt as defined in Rule 68.5 (namely, the invention first mentioned in the claims is considered to be the main invention).
    IP 10.073
    A finding of lack of unity of invention may continue to be important during the national phase. Any elected Office which agrees with the finding of lack of unity may, during the national procedure, require the applicant to restrict the claims or to divide the application into a number of divisional applications, or to pay special fees in order to maintain those parts of the international application which do not relate to the main invention (for further details, refer to Article 34(3)).
    THE INTERNATIONAL PRELIMINARY REPORT ON PATENTABILITY (CHAPTER II OF THE PCT)
    IP 10.074. When must the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) be established?

    The time limit for establishment of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) is whichever of the following which expires last: 28 months from the priority date; six months from the time provided under Rule 69.1 for the start of the international preliminary examination; or six months from the date of receipt by the International Preliminary Examining Authority of the translation furnished under Rule 55.2 (refer to paragraphs IP 10.051 to IP 10.055). Thus, under normal circumstances, the applicant receives the report, at the latest, two months before national processing at the elected Offices may start. This ensures that the applicant has time to consider whether, and in which elected Offices, he/she wants to enter the national phase and to prepare the necessary actions (for details, refer to National Phase).
    IP 10.075. What are the form and contents of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT)?

    The international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) contains, among other things, a statement (in the form of a simple “yes” or “no”), in relation to each claim which has been examined, on whether the claim appears to satisfy the criteria of novelty, inventive step (non-obviousness) and industrial applicability. The statement is, where appropriate, accompanied by the citation of relevant documents together with concise explanations pointing out the criteria to which the cited documents are applicable and giving reasons for the International Preliminary Examining Authority’s conclusions. Other matters which may be included in the report are listed in paragraphs IP 10.064 and IP 10.065. The report also includes an indication whether any additional relevant documents had been discovered during a top-up search, states the date on which a top-up search was made or else states that no such top-up search was made (refer to paragraph IP 10.062A). Where applicable, the report also includes remarks relating to the question of unity of invention (refer to paragraph IP 10.072). For more details, refer to Article 35(1) and (2), Rule 70 and Section 604.
    IP 10.076. How are amendments to the international application referred to in the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT)?

    The international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) identifies the basis on which it is established - that is, whether, and if so, which, amendments have been taken into account. If amendments were made either under Article 19 and/or Article 34, but the applicant failed to submit the required accompanying letter to the International Bureau or the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the report may be established as if the amendments concerned had not been made and the report shall so indicate. The following are attached as “annexes” to the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT): replacement sheets containing amendments under Article 19 and/or Article 34, which have been taken into account, and any accompanying letters, and replacement sheets containing rectifications of obvious mistakes, and accompanying letter authorized under Rule 91. Where a rectification of an obvious mistake is not taken into consideration because it has reached the International Preliminary Examining Authority only after it has begun to draw-up the report and, as a result, was not taken into account, the report shall so indicate and the sheets relating to the rectification will be annexed to the report. Amendments under Article 19 which have been considered as reversed by an amendment under Article 34 (refer to paragraph IP 10.026) or which have been superseded by later replacement sheets, or amendments resulting in the cancellation of entire sheets, are not annexed to the report neither are the letters which accompany such replacement sheets. However, if the International Preliminary Examining Authority considers that the superseding or reversing amendment goes beyond the original disclosure, each superseded or reversed replacement sheet and any letter relating to such sheets are nevertheless annexed to the report. Similarly, if the applicant failed to submit, together with the superseding or reversing amendments, the required accompanying letter, indicating the basis of the amendment in the application as filed, and where, as a result, the report is established as if the superseding or reversing amendments had not been made, each such superseded or reversed replacement sheet and any letter relating to such sheets are nevertheless annexed to the report.
    IP 10.077. May the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) express a view on the patentability of the invention?
    No, it may not. Article 35(2) expressly states that “the international preliminary examination report shall not contain any statement on the question whether the claimed invention is or seems to be patentable or unpatentable according to any national law.” It should be noted that, in this context, “national law” includes regional patent treaties (the ARIPO Harare Protocol, the Eurasian Patent Convention, the European Patent Convention and the OAPI Agreement).
    IP 10.078. In what language is the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) established?

    Are translations prepared? The international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and any annexes are established in the language in which the international application is published - refer to paragraphs IP 9.017 to IP 9.020) - except where the international preliminary examination is carried out on the basis of a translation (refer to paragraphs IP 5.013, IP 10.011 and IP 10.013), in which case the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and annexes are established in the language of that translation. Each elected State may require that the report, if it is not in (one of) the official language(s) of its national Office, be translated into English. If this is the case, the translation of the body of the report is prepared by the International Bureau, which transmits copies to the applicant and to each interested elected Office. If any elected Office requires a translation of annexes to the report, the preparation and furnishing of that translation is the responsibility of the applicant.
    IP 10.079. How do the applicant, the International Bureau and the elected Offices receive the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and, where applicable, its translation?

    The International Preliminary Examining Authority transmits, on the same day, copies of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) (and any annexes – refer to paragraph IP 10.076) to the applicant and the International Bureau. The latter transmits copies of the report (including any annexes) to the elected Offices, as well as a translation into English of the body of the report where that is required by any elected Office in accordance with Rule 93bis; it is however the applicant’s responsibility to prepare a translation of any annexes, if required, and send it to the elected Offices concerned (refer to paragraph IP 10.078 and the National Phase). If, in the opinion of the applicant, there are errors in the translation of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), he/she may send written observations on such errors to any interested elected Office and must send a copy of such observations to the International Bureau. As far as comments on the content of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) itself are concerned, they should be addressed to the elected Offices during the national phase.
    IP 10.079A. Are any other documents in the file of the International Preliminary Examining Authority transmitted to the International Bureau?

    The International Preliminary Examining Authority also transmits a copy of the following documents to the International Bureau, which will communicate a copy to the elected Offices at the same time as it transmits a copy of the international preliminary report on patentability:
    — any written opinion issued by the Authority;
    — any replacement sheet containing amendments under Article 34 and any letter accompanying the amendments, including any such amendments and letters that have been superseded;
    — any letter containing arguments that the applicant submitted to the Authority under PCT Rule 66.3 (refer to paragraph IP 10.067);
    — any invitation to restrict claims or pay additional fees issued by the Authority;
    — any protest against the invitation to restrict the claims or pay additional fees and the decision thereon, regardless whether or not the applicant has so requested in accordance with Rule 68.3(c); and
    — any other document in its file that it wishes to transmit.
    These documents will be transmitted to the International Bureau at any time after they have become available, but generally not later than the time of transmittal of the international preliminary examination report. It should be noted that any International Preliminary Examining Authority may decide to postpone the transmittal of the aforementioned documents until such time as it is technically prepared to do so.
    IP 10.080. Are the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and any other documents from the file of the international preliminary examination accessible to persons other than the applicant and the elected Offices?

    The report and related documents from the file of the international preliminary examination are not published by the International Bureau. According to Article 36(3)(a), the International Bureau communicates the report to elected Offices. As of 1 January 2004, however, if so requested by an elected Office (details of such requests are published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette)), the International Bureau will make available on PATENTSCOPE at: https://www.wipo.int/patentscope/en/ the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), although, not before the expiration of 30 months from the priority date. Similarly, according to the amendments to Rules 71.1(b) and 94.1(c), which entered into force on 1 July 2020, any other document received at or established by the International Preliminary Examining Authority on or after 1 July 2020 will be made available on PATENTSCOPE after 30 months from the priority date (refer to paragraph IP 10.079A). The International Preliminary Examining Authority may not, unless requested or authorized by the applicant, give copies to anyone other than the applicant and the International Bureau. Once the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) becomes part of the file in the elected Office, however, the national law applicable by that Office applies as to access to that report and the international preliminary examination file by persons other than the applicant, as indicated in paragraph IP 11.072.
    IP 10.081. [Deleted]
    IP 10.082. How can the applicant obtain copies of the documents cited in the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT)?

    The applicant may obtain copies of those documents cited in the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) which were not cited in the international search report by requesting them from the International Preliminary Examining Authority. Annex E indicates the fees charged by such Authorities for furnishing copies on request.
    IP 10.083. What is the effect and usefulness of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) in the national phase?
    Since the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) contains an opinion on the compliance of the international application with internationally accepted criteria of novelty, inventive step (non-obviousness) and industrial applicability, it provides the applicant with a strong basis on which to evaluate the chances of obtaining patents in the various Offices in the national phase. While the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) is not binding on elected Offices, it carries considerable weight with them, and a favorable report will assist the prosecution of the application before the elected Offices. An elected Office which is the same national or regional Office as that which carried out the international preliminary examination as International Preliminary Examining Authority under the PCT will generally proceed rapidly to the grant of a patent in the national phase if the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) is favorable to the international application.

    CHAPTER 11: MISCELLANEOUS QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE INTERNATIONAL PHASE

    REPRESENTATION BY AGENTS AND COMMON REPRESENTATIVES
    IP 11.001. For what purposes may an agent be appointed?
    The applicant may appoint an agent or agents to represent him/her before the receiving Office, the International Bureau, the International Searching Authority, any Authority specified for supplementary search and the International Preliminary Examining Authority – that is, for the purposes of the international phase generally. The applicant may also appoint an agent or agents to represent him/her specifically before the International Searching Authority, any Authority specified for supplementary search or before the International Preliminary Examining Authority. Agents appointed for the purposes of the international application during the international phase will not be automatically regarded as agents by national Offices during the national phase; other agents may thus have to be appointed for the purposes of the national phase before each of the various designated Offices (refer to National Chapters, (Summaries)).
    IP 11.002. Who may be appointed as an agent?

    A person may be appointed as agent for the international phase generally if that person has the right to practice before the Office with which the international application is filed. Where the international application is filed with the International Bureau as receiving Office (refer to paragraph IP 5.008), any person who has the right to practice before the national (or regional) Office of, or acting for, a Contracting State of which the applicant (or, if there are two or more applicants, any of the applicants) is a resident or national (refer to Annex C) may be appointed as agent. A person may be appointed as agent to represent the applicant specifically before the International Searching Authority, before any Authority specified for supplementary search, or before the International Preliminary Examining Authority if that person has the right to practice before the Office or intergovernmental organization which acts as that Authority. The right to practice before an Office or organization is governed by the national law applied by the Office or organization concerned.
    IP 11.003. Are all applicants required to have the same agent?
    Each applicant is free to appoint his/her own agent. Ordinarily, however, it will be convenient for all of two or more applicants to appoint the same person to represent all of them as their “common agent” (or to appoint a number of common agents – for example, the partners in the firm of patent attorneys or patent agents which acts for the applicant).
    IP 11.004. Can an agent appoint a sub-agent?
    Any agent who has been appointed to represent the applicant for the international phase in general may appoint a sub-agent to represent the applicant, unless there is an indication otherwise in the document by which the original agent was appointed. Sub-agents may be appointed to represent the applicant either generally or before a specific International Searching Authority, Authority specified for supplementary search or International Preliminary Examining Authority. A sub-agent’s appointment is subject to the same qualifications as to the right to practice as are set out in paragraph IP 11.002.
    IP 11.005. What is a “common representative” of the applicants?

    Where there are two or more applicants and they have not appointed a common agent representing all of them for the purposes of the international phase in general, one of the applicants may be appointed by the other applicants as their common representative. Only a person who is a national or resident of a Contracting State, and thus is entitled to file an international application, may be appointed as common representative.
    IP 11.006. What happens if no common agent or common representative is specifically appointed?

    If there are two or more applicants and they do not appoint a common agent or a common representative, the first-named applicant who has the right to file an international application with the receiving Office concerned (refer to paragraphs IP 5.020 to IP 5.023) will automatically be considered to be the common representative of all the applicants (“deemed common representative”). Such “deemed common representative” may do most of the things which an appointed agent or an appointed common representative may do on behalf of all the applicants, including signing the request, the demand and many other documents for the purposes of the PCT. However, the “deemed common representative” may not validly sign, on behalf of the other applicants, a notice effecting withdrawal of the international application, a designation, one or more priority claim(s), the demand or an election, without submitting evidence of their consent to such withdrawal. If the “deemed common representative” has appointed an agent, that agent is able to perform any act which could be performed by the “deemed common representative” on behalf of the other applicants, including the signing of certain documents with effect for all the applicants (but, similarly, is not able to sign any notice of withdrawal).
    IP 11.007. How is an agent or common representative appointed?
    The appointment of an agent or common representative may be effected in the request and or the demand (refer to paragraphs IP 5.041 to IP 5.049, and IP 10.019 to IP 10.023) in a separate power of attorney (refer to paragraph IP 11.008) or in a general power of attorney (refer to paragraph IP 11.009). Where there are two or more applicants, a common agent or common representative, representing all of them, may be appointed by a combination of those methods, provided that each applicant signs either the request, the demand or a power of attorney.
    IP 11.008. What are the requirements with respect to a separate power of attorney?
    Where the appointment of an agent or common representative is effected by a separate power of attorney, that power of attorney must be submitted to either the receiving Office or the International Bureau. However, any receiving Office, International Searching Authority, Authority specified for supplementary search, International Preliminary Examining Authority and/or the International Bureau may waive the requirement that a separate power of attorney be submitted to it (details of such waivers are published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette)) in the PCT Newsletter and on the WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/waivers. It should be noted, however, that a waiver made by an Office, an Authority or the International Bureau does not apply where the agent or the common representative submits any notice of withdrawal referred to in Rules 90bis.1 to 90bis.4. A suitable model form for a separate power of attorney is available on the WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/forms/pa/index.
    IP 11.009. Can an agent be appointed by a general power of attorney to represent the applicant in relation to any international application filed by that applicant?
    Yes, such a general appointment can be made. The original general power of attorney must be filed with the receiving Office if the appointment was for the purposes of the international phase generally, or with the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search, or the International Preliminary Examining Authority if the appointment was specifically to represent the applicant before that Authority. The appointment will then be effective in relation to any particular application filed by that applicant provided that the general power of attorney is referred to in the request, the demand or a separate notice. However, any receiving Office, International Searching Authority, Authority specified for supplementary search, and/or International Preliminary Examining Authority may waive the requirement that a copy of the general power of attorney be attached to the request, the supplementary search request, the demand or any separate notice (details of such waivers are published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette)). For an Office or Authority that has not made a waiver of the requirement, a copy of the general power of attorney must be attached to the request, supplementary search request, demand or separate notice. That copy of the signed original need not, itself, be separately signed. A suitable model form for a general power of attorney is available on the WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/forms/pa/index. It should be noted that a waiver made by an Office or an Authority does not apply where the agent or the common representative submits any notice of withdrawal referred to in Rules 90bis.1 to 90bis.4.
    IP 11.010. What is the legal position of an agent or common representative?
    Any act by or in relation to an agent or common representative has the effect of an act by or in relation to the applicant or applicants whom the agent represents for the purposes of the procedure before the receiving Office, International Bureau, International Searching Authority, Authority specified for supplementary search, and/or International Preliminary Examining Authority, depending on whether the appointment was for general purposes or for the purposes of the procedure before a particular authority (refer to paragraph IP 11.001). In particular, an agent or common representative is able to sign documents in connection with the international application on behalf of the applicants. However, an applicant who is the deemed common representative (refer to paragraph IP 11.006) may not sign notices of withdrawal on behalf of the other applicants (refer to paragraphs IP 11.048, IP 11.050, IP 11.056 and IP 11.060). If there are two or more agents representing the same applicant or applicants, an act by or in relation to any of those agents has the effect of an act by or in relation to that applicant or those applicants.
    IP 11.011. Can the appointment of an agent or a common representative be revoked?
    Yes, it can. The document containing the revocation must be signed by the persons who made the appointment or by their successors in title. The appointment of a sub-agent may also be revoked by the applicant concerned. If the appointment of an agent is revoked, any appointment of a sub-agent by that agent is also considered revoked.
    IP 11.012

    The appointment of an agent for the international phase in general automatically has the effect, unless otherwise indicated, of revoking any earlier such appointment of an agent. The appointment of a common representative similarly has the effect, unless otherwise indicated, of revoking any earlier appointment of a common representative.
    IP 11.013
    The rules for signing and submission of a power of attorney apply mutatis mutandis to a revocation of an appointment (refer to paragraphs IP 11.007 and IP 11.008).
    IP 11.014. How can an agent or common representative renounce his/her appointment?

    Renunciation of an appointment may be made by means of a notification signed by the agent or common representative. The Rules for signing and submission of a power of attorney apply mutatis mutandis to a renunciation (refer to paragraphs IP 11.007 and IP 11.008). The applicant is informed of the renunciation by the International Bureau.
    CORRESPONDENCE TO THE APPLICANT
    IP 11.015. To whom will correspondence be addressed by the various authorities under the PCT?
    Where there is a sole applicant in relation to an international application, correspondence will be sent to the applicant at the address indicated; or, if one or more agents have been appointed, to that agent or the first-mentioned of those agents; or, if there is no appointed agent, but a special address has been indicated for notifications (refer to paragraphs IP 5.030 and IP 5.051), to that special address.
    IP 11.016
    Where there are two or more applicants who have appointed one or more common agents, correspondence will be addressed to that agent or the first-mentioned of those agents. Where no common agent has been appointed, correspondence will be addressed to the common representative (either the appointed common representative or the applicant who is the “deemed common representative” – refer to paragraphs IP 11.005 and IP 11.006) at the address indicated; or, if the common representative has appointed one or more agents, to that agent or the first-mentioned of those agents; or, if the common representative has not appointed an agent but has indicated a special address for notifications, to that special address.
    IP 11.017
    Where one or more agents have been appointed specifically to represent the applicant(s) before the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search, or the International Preliminary Examining Authority, correspondence will be addressed by the Authority concerned to that agent or the first-mentioned of those agents.
    CHANGES CONCERNING THE APPLICANT, INVENTOR, AGENT OR COMMON REPRESENTATIVE
    IP 11.018. What should be done where there is a change in the person, name, residence, nationality or address of the applicant, or in the person, name or address of the inventor, agent or common representative?

    Where there is a change in the person, name, residence, nationality or address of the applicant, or in the person, name or address of the inventor, agent or common representative, the applicant or the receiving Office should ask the International Bureau to record the change. If so requested, the International Bureau records the change and notifies all Offices and PCT Authorities interested in the change accordingly. Any such recording is free of charge.
    IP 11.018A. Where should requests for change be sent?
    While Rule 92bis provides for the possibility, at the choice of the applicant, to send requests for change to the receiving Office or the International Bureau, it is strongly recommended to send them directly to the International Bureau, preferably via ePCT (signing in with strong authentication or without strong authentication at https://pct.wipo.int/ePCT). It is important that the International Bureau - and not the receiving Office - receives the request for change in order to meet the applicable time limit of 30 months from the priority date.
    IP 11.018B. Does the applicant need to provide any documentary evidence?
    Where the applicant or agent of record requests a change, it is not necessary to produce any documentary evidence relating to the change. In particular, where the applicant or agent of record requests a change in the person of the applicant, the International Bureau does not require an assignment or other documentary evidence to show the transfer of rights. Assignments and other documentary evidence relating to any transfer of rights may, however, be required by the designated Offices once national processing has started; the National Chapters of this Guide give details on this matter. If the agent of record wishes to also represent the new applicant, a power of attorney, signed by the new applicant, should be furnished at the same time, unless the Office or Authority with which the request is filed has waived the requirement that a power be furnished (refer to paragraphs IP 11.008 and IP 11.009). It should be noted that the International Bureau has waived such a requirement (refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/waivers).
    Where a person not yet named in the request form, hereinafter referred to as the new applicant, without the written consent of the applicant of record, requests a change in the person of the applicant, a copy of an assignment or other documentary evidence supporting the change in person must be filed with the request for the change. Where the request for a change of applicant is made by a (new) agent for the new applicant, a power of attorney signed by the new applicant must be furnished in addition to the documentary evidence unless the Office or Authority with which the request is filed has waived the requirement that a separate power of attorney, or a copy of a general power of attorney, has to be submitted (refer to paragraphs IP 11.008 and IP 11.009). It should be noted that the International Bureau has not waived that requirement and, as a consequence, a new power of attorney will always be required when filing this type of request for a change with the International Bureau.
    Where an applicant is requested to be deleted from the records and that request was not also signed by or on behalf of the applicant concerned, the International Bureau will send a copy of the notification of change (Form PCT/IB/306) to the applicant who has been removed from the records. This also applies where the request is signed by an agent on behalf of the applicants who is only deemed appointed since the receiving Office has waived the requirement that a power of attorney must be submitted. In case the applicant concerned objects to the change in writing during the international phase, the recorded change would be undone.
    Where a patent agent changes to a new firm and requests that the change be recorded, such change would be considered as a change of address and a new power need not be furnished.
    IP 11.018C. Must a new applicant be a national or resident of a contracting State?
    It is not necessary, in order for a change in the person of the applicant to be recorded, that the new applicant be a resident or national of a PCT Contracting State; the PCT does not contain any restriction as to whom an international application may be assigned. The applicant's right to file the international application is determined solely on the basis of the nationality and residence of the applicant(s) indicated in the request form at the time when the international application is filed. However, the residence and nationality of the new applicant must be borne in mind in considering whether that applicant has the right to file a demand for international preliminary examination (refer to paragraphs IP 10.017 and IP 10.018).
    IP 11.018D. What other kind of changes are covered by Rule 92bis?
    Changes concerning the addition or deletion of indications relating to applicants and/or inventors, the order of applicants and/or inventors in the request form, changes relating to e-mail addresses etc. will also be recorded under Rule 92bis if requested.
    It should be noted that it is not possible during the international phase to record rights of third parties, such as licenses, pledges or other security interests. Such changes, to the extent provided for under the applicable national law, can only be recorded during the national phase and in accordance with the applicable national procedures.
    IP 11.019. Where a change affects multiple applications, may the applicant make a single request?
    Where a change concerns multiple pending international applications, it is recommended that applicants submit a single written request and include a list of the PCT applications concerned (and not a separate request for each application). The list should only include pending international applications, that is, applications for which the 30-month time limit from the priority date has not yet expired.
    IP 11.020. Is there a special form for requesting the recording of changes under Rule 92bis?
    There is no special form for requesting the recording of changes under Rule 92bis. The request may be presented in the form of a letter to the receiving Office or the International Bureau, clearly specifying the application concerned and which information is requested to be changed. Where the request concerns a change in a name or address and the application is filed in a language which uses non-Latin characters, in addition to the new name or address in the language of filing, a transliteration or translation of the new name or address into English must also be provided. It is strongly recommended to file such requests directly with the International Bureau through ePCT (signing in with strong authentication or without strong authentication at https://pct.wipo.int/ePCT).
    IP 11.021. What is the time limit to request the recording of changes?
    The International Bureau records the change if it receives the request for recording before the expiration of 30 months (regardless of the precise time limit applicable to enter the national phase, Office by Office, such as 31 months or later) from the priority date. If the applicant wants a particular change to be taken into account for international publication of the application, the request for change must reach the International Bureau before technical preparations for international publication have been completed (refer to paragraph IP 9.014). If the request reaches the International Bureau too late to be reflected in the international publication but within the 30-month time limit, it will nevertheless be acted upon and notified to the designated/elected Offices. The bibliographic data page of PATENTSCOPE is updated to reflect any recorded change until the expiration of 30 months. If the request reaches the International Bureau after the expiration of 30 months, the change will not be recorded and the applicant will have to proceed with such request before each designated/elected Office.
    IP 11.022. What is the legal effect of any recorded change?
    In principle, all designated and elected Offices are obliged to accept changes recorded by the International Bureau. However, Offices are entitled to require additional evidence or documents in the national phase regarding changes recorded during the international phase (for information on the Offices which require additional documents in the national phase, including a new request for change specifically for the national phase before a particular Office, refer to the relevant Summary in the National Chapters of this Guide).
    DEATH OF APPLICANT OR INVENTOR
    IP 11.023. What should be done in the case of the death of the applicant during the international phase?

    The answer to this question depends on the national law applicable in such a case. The successor to the rights of the applicant (whether an heir, a legal representative, the estate represented by a legal representative, etc.) should be indicated as the new applicant, and a request for such a change to be recorded accordingly should be made under Rule 92bis.1 (refer to the procedure outlined in paragraphs IP 11.018 to IP 11.022). The reason for the requested change must be indicated. Documentary evidence proving the right to the application is not required during the international phase (although it may be required by any designated Office for the purposes of the national phase of processing).
    IP 11.024. [Deleted]
    IP 11.025. What should be done if the inventor died before the international application was filed?

    In such a case, the request must indicate the name of the deceased inventor with an indication that he/she is deceased, for instance: “JONES, Bernard (deceased).”
    IP 11.026. What should be done in the case of the death of the inventor during the international phase?
    In such a case, the recording of a change to indicate that the inventor is deceased may be requested; where such indication is added, the inventor’s address would be removed.
    APPLICANT UNAVAILABLE OR UNWILLING TO SIGN THE INTERNATIONAL APPLICATION OR OTHER DOCUMENTS
    IP 11.027. What must be done if the applicant is temporarily unavailable to sign the international application?

    Where an applicant is temporarily unavailable, the international application can be filed without that applicant’s signature. The lack of an applicant’s signature or of a power of attorney signed by that applicant, where either of these might be required, are correctable defects under Article 14(1)(a)(i) and (b), and can be remedied by filing a copy of the request (or, where the request has been signed by an agent, of a power of attorney (where this might be necessary)), duly signed by the applicant within the time limit fixed by the receiving Office for the correction of these potential defects (refer to paragraph IP 6.032).
    IP 11.028. - IP 11.032. [Deleted]
    RECTIFICATION OF OBVIOUS MISTAKES
    IP 11.033. Can obvious mistakes be rectified by the applicant?

    Obvious mistakes in the international application or other documents submitted by the applicant may generally be rectified if the rectification is requested within the applicable time limit. Any such rectification is effected free of charge. Rule 91 considers certain mistakes to be not “rectifiable” (refer to paragraph IP 11.037) and requires applicants to rely on other means of correction (refer to Rules 20.4, 20.5, 26bis and 38.3).
    IP 11.034. What types of mistakes can be rectified?
    Only obvious mistakes can be rectified. A mistake is considered obvious if it is obvious to the competent authority that, at the relevant date (refer to paragraph IP 11.036), something else was intended than what appears in the document concerned, and that nothing else could have been intended other than the proposed rectification. In other words, both the mistake and the rectification of that mistake have to be obvious to the competent authority.
    IP 11.035. Is there any limitation on the kind of documents which an authority could consider when determining whether a mistake is obvious?

    If the mistake is contained in the description, the claims or the drawings, or in a correction or any amendment thereof, the competent authority is limited, for the purposes of determining whether both the mistake and the proposed rectification are obvious (refer to paragraph IP 11.034), to only take into account the contents of the description, the claims and the drawings and, where applicable, of the correction or amendment concerned. If the mistake is contained in the request or a correction thereof or in any other document mentioned in Rule 91.1(b)(iv), the competent authority should, for the purposes of determining whether both the mistake and the proposed rectification are obvious, take into account not only the content of the international application itself and, where applicable, the correction concerned and any other document referred to in Rule 91.1(b)(iv), but also any other document submitted by the applicant together with the request, correction or document, as the case may be, including any priority document that is available to that competent authority. Furthermore, the authority should also take into account any other document contained in the authority’s international application file at the relevant date (refer to paragraph IP 11.036).
    IP 11.036. What is the relevant date applied by the competent authority for the determination of whether a mistake and its rectification are obvious?
    Where the mistake appears in the international application as filed, the relevant date is the international filing date; where the mistake appears in any document other than the international application as filed, including any mistake in a correction or an amendment of the international application, the relevant date is the date on which the document (correction and/or amendment) concerned was submitted.
    IP 11.037. Which mistakes cannot be rectified under Rule 91?
    The following mistakes cannot be rectified under Rule 91:
    — omissions of entire elements or sheets of the international application, even if clearly resulting from inattention at the stage of filing of the international application, for example, when copying or assembling sheets;
    — mistakes in the abstract;
    — mistakes in an amendment under Article 19, unless the International Preliminary Examining Authority is the competent authority to authorize the rectification of such mistakes under Rule 91.1(b)(iii);
    — mistakes in a priority claim or in a notice correcting or adding a priority claim if the rectification of the mistake would cause a change in the priority date (refer to paragraph IP 6.038 concerning whether such mistakes can instead be corrected under Rule 26bis.1(a));
    IP 11.038. Do rectifications of obvious mistakes need to be authorized by a particular Office?
    Yes, rectifications must be authorized by the competent PCT authority, that is:
    (i) if the mistake is in the request or in any correction thereof - by the receiving Office;
    (ii) if the mistake is in the description, the claims or the drawings or in any correctionthereof - by the International Searching Authority, or by the International Preliminary Examining Authority where a demand for international preliminary examination has been made and has not been withdrawn and the date on which the international preliminary examination should start pursuant to Rule 69.1 has passed;
    (iii) if the mistake is in the description, the claims or the drawings or any correction thereof, or in any amendment under Article 19 or 34, and if a demand for international preliminary examination has been made and has not been withdrawn and if the date on which the international preliminary examination should start pursuant to Rule 69.1 has passed - by the International Preliminary Examining Authority;
    (iv) if the mistake is in any document other than those referred to in item (i) to (iii) above submitted to the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the International Preliminary Examining Authority or the International Bureau, other than a mistake in the abstract or in an amendment under Article 19 - by that Office, Authority or Bureau, as the case may be.
    IP 11.039. Where and when must a request for rectification be sent?
    The request for rectification must be addressed to the authority competent to authorize the rectification (refer to paragraph IP 11.038). It must be filed within 26 months from the priority date. The request must specify the mistake to be rectified and the proposed rectification; it can also contain a brief explanation if the applicant so wishes. The procedure provided for in Rule 26.4 (refer to paragraph IP 6.052) applies as to the manner in which the proposed rectification should be indicated.
    IP 11.040. Can a competent authority invite the applicant to correct an obvious mistake?
    Where the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the International Preliminary Authority or the International Bureau discovers what appears to be a rectifiable obvious mistake in the international application or in any other document, it may invite the applicant to file a request for rectification under Rule 91.
    IP 11.041. What steps will the competent authority take once a request for rectification of an obvious mistake has been filed?

    Once the applicant has filed a request for rectification of an obvious mistake, the competent authority promptly decides whether to authorize or to refuse the requested rectification and promptly notifies its decision to the applicant and the International Bureau. In case of a refusal, the competent authority should also inform the applicant and the International Bureau of the reasons for the refusal. Where the competent authority has authorized the rectification of an obvious mistake under Rule 91, the document concerned shall be rectified in accordance with Sections 325, 413bis, 511 and 607 of the Administrative Instructions. Where the rectification has been authorized by the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority or the International Bureau, the International Bureau publishes the rectified sheets as part of the international application if the authorization is received or given by the International Bureau before completion of technical preparations for international publication. Where such authorization is received or given only after technical preparations have been completed, the International Bureau will republish the international application in accordance with Rule 48.2(i). Where the rectification is authorized by the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the rectified sheets and the request for rectification of an obvious mistake submitted by the applicant are annexed to the IPRP (Chapter II of the PCT).
    IP 11.042. When does the rectification of an obvious mistake become effective?
    If the mistake appears in the international application as filed, the rectification becomes effective as from the international filing date; if the mistake appears in any document other than the international application as filed, including any mistake in a correction or any amendment to the international application, the rectification becomes effective as from the date on which that document was submitted.
    IP 11.043. What can be done if the authorization of a rectification is refused?

    If the authorization of a rectification is refused, the applicant may request the International Bureau, within two months from the date of the refusal, in writing, to publish the request for rectification, the reasons for refusal by the authority and any further brief comments that may be submitted by the applicant, together with the international application. This request is subject to the payment at the same time of a special fee, the amount of which is indicated in Annex B (IB). Once the request for rectification and the reasons for refusal have been published, the applicant may pursue it further before the designated Offices under their national law and practice for the rectification of obvious mistakes. Refused requests for rectification are not annexed to the IPRP except in certain circumstances as set out in paragraph IP 10.076.
    IP 11.044. What are the effects of the authorization of an obvious mistake on the designated and elected Offices?

    Generally, designated and elected Offices must process the international application in the national phase “as rectified”, unless that designated or elected Office has already started the processing or examination of the international application before the date on which that Office is notified under Rule 91.3(a) by the International Bureau of the authorization of the rectification concerned. Otherwise, a designated or elected Office may only disregard a rectification that was authorized under Rule 91.1 if it finds that it would not have authorized the rectification of the obvious mistake if it had been the competent authority. In the latter case, the designated Office may, however, only disregard any rectification that was authorized during the international phase, if it has given the applicant an opportunity to make observations, within a reasonable time limit, on the Office’s intention to disregard the rectification.
    AMENDMENTS OF THE CLAIMS, DESCRIPTION AND DRAWINGS
    IP 11.045. How, and at what stages, may the claims, description and drawings in an international application be amended?

    As described elsewhere in this text, during the international phase the applicant has one opportunity to amend the claims under Article 19 after receiving the international search report (refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 to IP 9.011). Amendments may also be made under Article 34(2)(b) to the description, claims and drawings before and during the international preliminary examination procedure (refer to paragraphs IP 10.024 to IP 10.028, and IP 10.067 to IP 10.071). Such amendments are in addition to the possibilities for correction of defects under Article 11 and Rule 20 (refer to paragraphs IP 6.024 to IP 6.026) and Article 14 and Rule 26 (refer to paragraph IP 6.032), and to the possibility for rectification of obvious mistakes under Rule 91.1 (refer to paragraphs IP 11.033 to IP 11.044). Applicants are also guaranteed the opportunity to amend the international application for the purposes of the national phase by virtue of Articles 28 and 41 (refer to National Chapters).
    IP 11.046. In what language should amendments be submitted during the international phase?

    Concerning the language in which amendments of the claims under Article 19 must be submitted, refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 and IP 9.017 to IP 9.019; concerning the language in which amendments of the description, claims and/or drawings under Article 34 must be submitted, refer to paragraph IP 10.071.
    IP 11.047. May amendments to the claims, description or drawings during the international phase introduce new matter into the international application?

    Article 19(2) and Article 34(2)(b) both provide that amendments are not to go beyond the disclosure in the international application as filed. Compliance will not be checked during the international phase unless the applicant requests international preliminary examination. If the International Preliminary Examining Authority considers that any amendments go beyond the original disclosure, it will comment accordingly in any written opinion of the International Preliminary Examining Authority and in the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT), and the report will be established as if such amendment had not been made (refer to paragraphs IP 10.064(iv) and IP 10.070). Compliance with the requirement may be important during the national phase, when it may be checked by the designated Offices, and non‑ may result at that stage in adverse consequences such as disallowance of the amendments or the according of a later filing date for any new matter claimed as a result of the amendments concerned. On the other hand, if the national law applicable in a designated Office permits amendments to go beyond the disclosure in the application as filed, non-compliance with the requirement has no consequence in the State concerned. Although customary in most national laws and contained in the European Patent Convention, the requirement is not one which - by virtue of the PCT - would bind any of the Contracting States. It is contained in the PCT because most laws provide for it, and it therefore seems to be a useful warning to all applicants planning to make amendments in the international phase.
    IP 11.047A. What happens where the claims, description or drawings have been amended, but the replacement sheets were not accompanied by a letter?

    The PCT requires that replacement sheets submitted with Article 19 or Article 34 amendments must be accompanied by a letter indicating the basis for the amendment in the application as filed (refer to paragraph IP 9.005, IP 9.006 and IP 10.071). Substantive compliance with this requirement is not checked during the international phase unless the applicant requests international preliminary examination. If the International Preliminary Examining Authority finds that the replacement sheets were either not accompanied by such a letter or that the letter failed to indicate the basis for the amendment, the International Preliminary Examining Authority may establish the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) as if such amendment had not been made. Compliance with this requirement may also be important during the national phase, when it may be checked by the designated Offices, and failure to comply may result in disallowance of the amendments.
    WITHDRAWALS
    IP 11.048. Can the applicant withdraw the international application?

    The applicant may withdraw the international application by a notice addressed to the International Bureau or to the receiving Office or, where Article 39(1) applies, to the International Preliminary Examining Authority, and received before the expiration of 30 months (refer to paragraph IP 5.005) from the priority date. Any such withdrawal is free of charge. A notice of withdrawal must be signed by all the applicants.
    An appointed agent or appointed common representative may sign such a notice on behalf of the applicant or applicants who appointed him/her, but an applicant who is the “deemed common representative” (refer to paragraph IP 11.006) may not sign such a notice on behalf of the other applicants. Where an Office, Authority or the International Bureau has waived the requirement that a separate power of attorney, or a copy of a general power of attorney, has to be furnished, the waiver does not apply in respect of any notice of withdrawal.
    IP 11.049. What is the effect of withdrawal of an international application or the priority claim on international publication?

    The applicant may prevent international publication by withdrawing the international application as described in paragraph IP 9.023A.
    International publication may be postponed by withdrawing the priority claim as outlined in paragraphs IP 11.056 and IP 11.057.
    IP 11.050. Can the applicant withdraw designations?

    The applicant may withdraw the designation of any State, and in respect of any kind of protection available, or only in respect of some of the kinds of protection available, by a notice addressed to the International Bureau or to the receiving Office or, where Article 39(1) applies, to the International Preliminary Examining Authority, and received before the expiration of 30 months (refer to paragraph IP 5.005) from the priority date. Any such withdrawal is free of charge. A notice of withdrawal must be signed by all the applicants. An appointed agent or appointed common representative may sign such a notice on behalf of the applicant or applicants who appointed him/her, but an applicant who is the “deemed common representative” (refer to paragraph IP 11.006) may not sign such a notice on behalf of the other applicants.
    IP 11.051. What is the effect of withdrawal of a designation?
    Withdrawal of the designation of a State which has been elected for the purposes of international preliminary examination automatically results in withdrawal of the corresponding election.
    IP 11.052
    Where a State has been designated for the purposes of obtaining both a national patent and a regional patent (refer to paragraphs IP 4.022 to IP 4.026, and IP 5.052 to IP 5.053), withdrawal of the designation of that State is taken to mean withdrawal only of the designation for the purpose of obtaining a national patent, unless otherwise indicated. In practice, the applicant should always make it clear which of the designations is intended to be withdrawn.
    IP 11.053
    If all designations are withdrawn, the international application itself will be treated as withdrawn.
    IP 11.054
    A designation will not be published if the notice of its withdrawal reaches the International Bureau before the technical preparations for international publication have been completed (refer to paragraph IP 9.014).
    IP 11.055
    Where the international application indicates different applicants for different designated States, the withdrawal of a designation may result in the applicant for the designation which is withdrawn being no longer an applicant for any designated State. In such a case, replacement sheets for the request indicating only the remaining applicants, namely those for the States the designations of which have not been withdrawn, should be furnished together with the notice of withdrawal. Should the applicant fail to submit a replacement sheet, the request is corrected by the receiving Office or by the International Bureau. Whichever authority makes the correction notifies the other and the applicant accordingly.
    IP 11.056. Can the applicant withdraw priority claims made in the international application?

    The applicant may withdraw a priority claim made in the international application by a notice addressed to the International Bureau or to the receiving Office or, where Article 39(1) applies, to the International Preliminary Examining Authority, and received before the expiration of 30 months (refer to paragraph IP 5.005) from the priority date. Any or all of the priority claims may be so withdrawn. Any such withdrawal is free of charge. A notice of withdrawal must be signed by all the applicants. An appointed agent or appointed common representative may sign such a notice on behalf of the applicant or applicants who appointed him/her, but an applicant who is the “deemed common representative” (refer to paragraph IP 11.006) may not sign such a notice on behalf of the other applicants.
    IP 11.057. How are time limits calculated after the withdrawal of a priority claim?

    Where the withdrawal of a priority claim causes a change in the priority date of the international application, any time limit which is computed from the original priority date and which has not yet expired - for example, the time limit before which processing in the national phase cannot start - is computed from the priority date resulting from the change. (It is not possible to extend the time limit concerned if it has already expired when the priority claim is withdrawn.) However, if the notice of withdrawal reaches the International Bureau after the completion of the technical preparations for international publication, the International Bureau may proceed with the international publication on the basis of the time limit for international publication as computed from the original priority date.
    IP 11.058. Can the applicant withdraw a supplementary search request?
    The applicant may withdraw a supplementary search request at any time prior to the date of transmittal to the applicant of the supplementary international search report or the declaration that no such report will be established. However, withdrawal of the request will only result in a refund of any fees paid if the International Bureau has not yet transmitted any document to the Authority specified for supplementary search. A notice of withdrawal may be addressed either to the International Bureau or to the Authority specified for supplementary search, and the withdrawal will be effective on receipt of the notice by that Authority or the International Bureau. However, if the notice does not reach the Authority specified for supplementary search in sufficient time to prevent the transmittal of the report or declaration, the report or declaration will still be communicated to each designated Office as required. Where there are two or more supplementary search requests that have been submitted in respect of the same international application, the notice must specify which, of any such requests, is intended to be withdrawn.
    IP 11.059. Who must sign a notice of withdrawal for a supplementary search request?
    The notice of withdrawal of the supplementary search request must be signed by the applicant or, if there are two or more applicants, by all of them, or by the agent or common representative whose appointment has been effected by each applicant signing either the request, the supplementary search request, the demand, or a power of attorney.
    IP 11.060. Can the applicant withdraw the demand for international preliminary examination or the election of any State?

    The applicant may withdraw the demand or the election of any State at any time prior to the expiration of 30 months from the priority date by a notice addressed to the International Bureau. Any such withdrawal is free of charge. A notice of withdrawal must be signed by all the applicants. An appointed agent or appointed common representative may sign such a notice on behalf of the applicant or applicants who appointed him/her, but an applicant who is the “deemed common representative” (refer to paragraph IP 11.006) may not sign such a notice on behalf of the other applicants.
    IP 11.061
    In respect of designated Offices which do not apply the 30-month time limit, the applicant should exercise care in withdrawing the demand or elections after the expiration of the time limit under Article 22 for entry into the national phase, since such withdrawal is treated in each of the elected States concerned as a withdrawal of the international application for that State unless the national phase has already started in that State. If withdrawal of the demand or elections is effected before the expiration of that time limit, however, the international application will not be considered withdrawn, but the applicant will, of course, have to take the usual steps before the expiration of that time limit to enter the national phase (refer to paragraph IP 5.005 and National Phase, paragraph NP 3.001). For further details, refer to Article 37(4).
    COMPUTATION OF TIME LIMITS
    IP 11.062. What are the rules concerning the computation of time limits?
    There are detailed provisions in Rule 80 concerning the computation of time limits (whether expressed in years, months or days), including the case where a time limit expires on a non-working day. The days which are non-working days for the International Bureau are published periodically in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette) and in the PCT Newsletter. The PCT Time Limit Calculator is designed to assist applicants in computing PCT time limits and is available on the WIPO website at: https://pct.wipo.int/ePCTExternal/pages/PctTimeline.xhtml?lang=en. Where a period starts on the date of a notification, that period may be extended if the notification was actually mailed on a later date or was received more than seven days after the date it bears; refer to Rule 80.6 for details. For computation of time limits based on the priority date in cases where the priority claim is withdrawn, refer to paragraph IP 11.057.
    IRREGULARITIES IN THE MAIL SERVICE
    IP 11.063. Can a delay or loss in the mail be excused?

    Rule 82 contains detailed provisions governing the situation where a letter arrives late or gets lost due to irregularities in the mail service, for example, because the mail service was interrupted due to a strike. The provisions operate to excuse failure to meet a time limit for filing a document for up to six months after the expiration of the time limit concerned, provided that the document was mailed at least five days before the expiration of the time limit. In order to take advantage of these provisions, the mailing must have been by registered airmail or, where surface mail would normally arrive at the destination concerned within two days of mailing, by registered surface mail. Evidence is required to satisfy the Office or organization concerned, and a substitute document must be filed promptly - refer to Rule 82.1(b) and (c) for details.
    IP 11.064. Can a delay or loss be excused where a delivery service is used?

    Some national Offices and intergovernmental organizations also apply these provisions where a delivery service other than the postal authorities is used to mail documents or letters; refer to Rule 82.1(d) and (e) for details, and Annexes B for information about which Offices and organizations recognize use of delivery services for this purpose, and in what circumstances Rule 82.1 will apply to such use.
    EXCUSE OF DELAY IN MEETING TIME LIMITS
    IP 11.065. Can a delay in meeting time limits caused by “force majeure” circumstances be excused?

    The provisions of Rule 82quater.1 provide a basis for a general excuse of delay in meeting time limits before Offices, Authorities or the International Bureau during the international phase, when resulting from force majeure circumstances like war, revolution, civil disorder, strike, natural calamity, epidemic, a general unavailability of electronic communications services or other like reason in the locality where the applicant resides, has a place of business or is staying. The excuse of delay only applies to time limits fixed in the Regulations and therefore it neither applies to the priority period, since the priority period is set by Article 4C of the Paris Convention (for restoration of the right of priority refer to paragraphs IP 5.062 to IP 5.068), nor to the time limit for entering the national phase in accordance with Articles 22 and 39 (refer to paragraphs IP 5.005 and IP 5.006).
    IP 11.065A
    To request an excuse of delay in meeting time limits resulting from force majeure circumstances under Rule 82quater.1, the applicant must take the relevant actions (submission of documents, responses to invitations or the payment of fees) as soon as reasonably possible. Generally, this means within a short period of the cause of the delay ceasing to apply. For example, in cases where a strike prevented an agent from reaching his/her office, it would be expected that the action should, in most cases, be taken either the next working day or shortly thereafter, depending on how much preparatory work had been disrupted. On the other hand, where a disaster has resulted in the complete destruction of an agent’s files, it would reasonably be expected to take longer to reassemble all the necessary documents and systems to allow the necessary action to be taken. In the case of general unavailability of electronic communication services, the applicant must establish that the outage affected a widespread geographical area rather than being a localized problem, that it was unexpected or unforeseen, and that there was no alternative communication means available. The request for the excusing of the delay and the relevant evidence must be submitted to the competent Office or Authority or the International Bureau as soon as reasonably possible and, in any case, not later than six months after the expiration of the applicable time limit.
    As to the form of evidence which would be acceptable, for example, a news report from a reliable mass media outlet, or a statement or announcement from the relevant national authority is normally acceptable for this purpose. In the case of general unavailability of electronic communications services, a statement from the provider of Internet services or the company providing electricity to the applicant may also be acceptable.
    An Office, Authority or the International Bureau may waive the requirement for evidence, for example, where it is aware of the occurrence of an event in a particular State or place which would justify an excuse of delay in meeting time limits. The Office, Authority or the International Bureau, as the case may be, sets and publishes the conditions for any such waiver, and notifies the International Bureau, which publishes the information in question in the Gazette. The interested party must nevertheless submit a request to excuse the delay and state that the delay was due to the situation to which the waiver applies.
    IP 11.065B. Can a delay in meeting time limits caused by the unavailability of electronic means of communication at an Office or intergovernmental organization be excused?

    Rule 82quater.2 allows any Office or intergovernmental organization to provide for a general excuse of delay in meeting time limits if the failure to meet the time limit was due to the unavailability of any permitted electronic means of communication at that Office or organization. If the Office or organization so provides, it notifies the International Bureau which will publish the information in the Gazette and on WIPO’s website at: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/unavailability. Moreover, at the time when such an event has taken place (e.g., an unforeseen outage) or is scheduled to take place (e.g., a scheduled maintenance), the Office or organization publishes information about the unavailability including the duration and notifies the International Bureau which will publish the information on any such unavailability, including the period of the unavailability, in the Gazette. The excuse of delay only applies to time limits fixed in the Regulations and therefore it neither applies to the priority period, since the priority period is set by Article 4C of the Paris Convention (for restoration of the right of priority refer to paragraphs IP 5.062 to IP 5.068), nor to the time limit for entering the national phase in accordance with Articles 22 and 39 (refer to paragraphs IP 5.005 and IP 5.006).
    IP 11.065C
    Where the applicant failed to meet a time limit due to the unavailability of one of the permitted electronic means of communication at the Office or organization (refer to paragraph IP 11.065B), she/he must perform the relevant action on the next working day on which the said electronic means of communication becomes available and request for excuse of delay indicating that the time limit was not met due to the unavailability of one of the permitted electronic means of communication at the Office or organization at the time of attempted submission.
    EXTENSION OF TIME LIMITS
    IP 11.065D. May an Office or intergovernmental organization generally extend time limits in situations of “force majeure”?

    Rule 82quater.3 allows Offices, Authorities and the International Bureau in exceptional circumstances and due to a force majeure event, to establish a period of extension such that time limits fixed in the Regulations are generally extended during the international phase. An Office or intergovernmental organization may take such a decision where the State in which it is located is experiencing a general disruption caused by an event listed in Rule 82quater.1(a) (for the list of events refer to paragraph IP 11.065) and that general disruption affects the operations at the said Office or organization in such a manner that it impacts the ability of parties to perform actions before that Office or organization within the time limits fixed in the Regulations, for example in the case of an epidemic or a natural disaster, or where the infrastructure (such as electricity supply, water supply or roads) in the place where the Office or organization is located has been seriously damaged due to an earthquake or tsunami.
    To the extent that the general disruption continues, the Office or Authority concerned or the International Bureau may establish additional periods of extension. Any period or additional period of extension may not be longer than two months from the date it began. Where an Office, Authority or the International Bureau extends or additionally extends time limits, it publishes information about the beginning and end dates of the period concerned, and the International Bureau publishes that information in the Gazette and on WIPO’s website. Any time limit fixed in the Regulations which would expire during that period would, subject to Rule 80.5, expire on the first day after the expiration of that period or additional period. The applicant does not need to request the extension.
    Any such extension may only apply to time limits fixed in the Regulations and therefore it would neither apply to the priority period, since the priority period is set by Article 4C of the Paris Convention (for restoration of the right of priority refer to paragraphs IP 5.062 to IP 5.068), nor to the time limit for entering the national phase in accordance with Articles 22 and 39 (refer to paragraphs IP 5.005 and IP 5.006). Any extension or additional period of extension need not be taken into account by any designated or elected Office if, at the time the information relating to the extension is published, national processing before that Office has already started.
    FILING OF LETTERS AND DOCUMENTS
    IP 11.066. What are the rules concerning the filing of letters and documents?

    There are detailed provisions in Rule 92 concerning letters and documents submitted by the applicant in the course of the international procedure: letters must be signed; any other document submitted must be accompanied by a letter; letters and documents from the applicant to the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search, and the International Preliminary Examining Authority must generally be in the language of the international application or, where a translation of the international application has been transmitted or furnished for the purposes of the international search, supplementary international search, international publication or international preliminary examination (refer to paragraphs IP 5.013, IP 6.020, IP 8.012, IP 9.018 and IP 10.011), in the language of that translation. Any communication from the applicant to the International Bureau must be in English or French and may be in the language of publication of the international application if it is submitted via ePCT. As to the language of any amendments to the claims under Article 19 (and their accompanying statement), refer to paragraphs IP 9.004 and IP 9.007. As to the language of the demand and of any amendments under Article 34, refer to paragraphs IP 10.013 and IP 10.071.
    IP 11.067. How must documents be filed?

    Each national Office or Authority specifies the means by which documents and correspondence relating to international applications may be filed with it. For information on the possibility of submitting documents and correspondence in electronic form or by electronic means via ePCT to the relevant Offices or Authorities, refer to the relevant Office Profile in ePCT External (https://pct.wipo.int/ePCTExternal/pages/OfficeProfile.xhtml).
    An Office or Authority which only accepts submissions in electronic form or by electronic means may treat any document submitted to it on paper as not having been received. Nevertheless, the Office or Authority may decide in a particular case to accept any documents submitted via other means.
    An Office or Authority may require that documents filed on paper be resubmitted electronically within two months from the date of a corresponding invitation. If a document is not resubmitted by electronic means it will be disregarded or considered as not having been submitted. Information on any Office or Authority that has such a requirement is provided in Annexes B.
    Rule 92.4 governs the use of facsimile machine and other like means of communication resulting in the filing of a printed or written document. These means of communication may only be used where the national Office or intergovernmental organization concerned is prepared to receive correspondence by these means. Some Offices and organizations require, for certain or all kinds of documents, that a communication by such admitted means of communication must, in any event, be confirmed by the applicant within 14 days; otherwise the communication may be considered not to have been made. However, failure to comply with such a requirement may be waived in some cases. Even where there is no standing requirement for originals to be furnished, an Office or organization may require the originals in any particular case. Further details on these requirements are set out in Rule 92.4, and information as to the practice and requirements applied in particular Offices and organizations is given in Annexes B.
    IP 11.068
    Applicants should, before sending a document by a means of telecommunication, check in Annexes B to ascertain the applicable requirements. Where the documents to be submitted are documents making up the international application or replacement sheets containing amendments or corrections to the international application, the original should in any event be mailed as a matter of course on the same or the following day.
    IP 11.069
    Where an original is sent to an Office or organization of a document previously transmitted to that Office or organization by a means of telecommunication, the original must be accompanied by a letter identifying the date and means of the earlier transmission.
    IP 11.070
    If part or all of a document received by such means of transmission is illegible, or if part of the document is not received, the document is treated as not having been received to the extent that it is illegible or that the attempted transmission failed, and the Office or organization promptly notifies the applicant accordingly.
    IP 11.071. May a file reference be used in correspondence?
    The applicant or the appointed agent may mark a file reference in the box provided for that purpose on the first sheet of the request form (refer to paragraph IP 5.017), on each page of the other elements of the international application (refer to paragraphs IP 5.105 and IP 5.124), on the first sheet of the supplementary search request form (refer to paragraph IP 8.013), on the first sheet of the demand form (refer to paragraph IP 10.015), and in any other correspondence relating to the international application. The file reference may be composed either of letters of the Latin alphabet or Arabic numerals, or both. The hyphen character (“-“) may be used as a separator between alphanumeric characters. It may not exceed 25 characters. The receiving Office, the International Bureau, the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search and the International Preliminary Examining Authority will use the file reference in correspondence with the applicant.
    CONFIDENTIALITY OF INTERNATIONAL APPLICATIONS
    IP 11.072. To what extent are international applications treated as confidential?

    An international application is confidential in relation to third parties until the international publication date, with only limited and specified exceptions (refer to Article 30). The International Bureau, the receiving Office and the International Searching Authority will at any time, at the request of the applicant or any person authorized by the applicant, furnish copies of any document contained in its file, subject to reimbursement of the cost of the service. An order for access made by a court with competent jurisdiction would be taken by the International Bureau as substituting for the applicant's authorization. (For access to the file of the International Preliminary Examining Authority refer to paragraph IP 11.074).
    IP 11.073

    After international publication, the international application itself is publicly available, as are any published amendments under Article 19 (refer to Rule 48.2(f)), the international search report (refer to Article 21(3) and Rule 48.2(a)(v)) (these elements are included in the published international application) and copies of priority documents (noting the exceptions mentioned in paragraph IP 9.023; refer to Rule 17.2). In respect of international applications filed on or after 1 July 1998, the International Bureau will, after international publication, furnish copies of any document contained in its file at the request of any person and upon reimbursement of the cost of the service, but subject to the restrictions imposed by Article 38 in respect of documents relating to the international preliminary examination. However, the International Bureau will not provide access to any document contained in its file which has been omitted from international publication (refer to paragraph IP 9.016A) or public file access (refer to paragraph IP 11.073A), nor will it give access to any document which was solely prepared for internal use by the International Bureau.

    After international publication, the receiving Office and the International Searching Authority may also furnish copies of any document contained in its file at the request of any person and upon reimbursement of the cost of the service except for documents which have been omitted from international publication (refer to paragraph IP 9.016A) or public file access (refer to paragraph IP 11.073A).
    IP 11.073A. Can the applicant request that the International Bureau restrict access to certain information contained in its file?
    The applicant can make a reasoned request to the International Bureau to omit certain information from public file access. (For the manner in which such a request should be presented, refer to paragraph IP 9.016A). A request to omit information from public file access may be submitted at any time.
    Where the International Bureau has omitted information from public access, and that information is also contained in the file of the international application held by the receiving Office, the International Searching Authority, the Authority specified for supplementary search or the International Preliminary Examining Authority, the International Bureau will also promptly notify that Office or Authority accordingly, so that they will not provide access to such information either.
    IP 11.074. To what extent is the international preliminary examination confidential?

    Where the applicant requests international preliminary examination, Article 38 expressly provides that the International Bureau and the International Preliminary Examining Authority may not allow unauthorized access to the file of the international preliminary examination. Access by third parties to papers relating to the international preliminary examination held in the files of the International Bureau and the International Preliminary Examining Authority thus will be permitted only if that is requested or authorized by the applicant. However, once the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and related documents have been communicated to each elected Office by the International Bureau, third parties may gain access to these documents. Such access may be allowed only to the same extent as provided by the national law for access to the file of a national application. Furthermore, the International Bureau will, if so requested by an elected Office (details of such requests are published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette), also refer to https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/texts/access_iper ), furnish copies of the international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) and related documents received from the International Preliminary Examining Authority under Rule 71.1(b) (refer to paragraph IP 10.079A) on behalf of an elected Office that has made such a request. However, access shall not be provided to third parties as to the information which has been omitted from international publication or public access (refer to paragraphs IP 9.016A and IP 11.073A). It should be noted that the furnishing of copies of documents may be subject to a fee payable to that Office.
    REFERENCES TO DEPOSITED BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL
    IP 11.075. When must an international application include a reference to biological material and/or to its deposit with a depositary institution?

    The PCT does not require the inclusion of such a reference in an international application; it merely prescribes the contents of any reference to deposited biological material (defined as particulars given with respect to the deposit of biological material or to the biological material so deposited) which is included in an international application, and when such a reference must be furnished. It follows that the applicant will refer to a need to make such a reference only when it is required for the purpose of disclosing the invention claimed in the international application in a manner sufficient for the invention to be carried out by a person skilled in the art - that is, when the law of at least one of the designated States provides for the making, for this purpose, of a reference to deposited biological material if the invention involves the use of biological material that is not available to the public. Annex L lists those national (or regional) Offices of, or acting for, the Contracting States whose national law provides for the making of a reference to deposited biological material for the purposes of patent procedure; those national (or regional) Offices whose laws do not provide for such references are indicated in Annexes B (in some cases together with information given by those Offices on the possibility of referring in the international application to deposits of biological material even though the applicable national law does not provide specially for it). Where any indications are furnished separately from the description and are received by the International Bureau before the completion of technical preparations for international publication, the date of receipt by the International Bureau and the indication will be included in the published international application.
    IP 11.076. What effect does the PCT give to such a reference?
    A reference to deposited biological material made in accordance with the requirements of the PCT must be regarded by each of the designated Offices as satisfying the requirements of the national law applicable in that Office with regard to the contents of such references and the time for furnishing them.
    IP 11.077. May the reference be made for the purposes of only some of the designated States?
    A reference may be made for the purposes of all designated States or for one or only some of the designated States. A reference is considered to be made for the purpose of all designated States unless it is expressly made for certain designated States only. References to different deposits may be made for the purposes of different designated States.
    IP 11.078. What are the indications which must be given in the reference with regard to the deposit of biological material?

    There are two kinds of indication which may have to be given, namely:
    (i) indications specified in the PCT Regulations themselves; and
    (ii) additional indications which have been notified by the national (or regional) Office of (or acting for) a State designated in the international application and which have been published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette); these additional indications may relate not only to the deposit of the biological material but also to the biological material itself (refer to paragraph IP 11.079).
    The indications in the first category are:
    (i) the name and address of the depositary institution with which the deposit was made;
    (ii) the date of the deposit with that institution; and
    (iii) the accession number given to the deposit by that institution.
    Annex L sets out, for each national (or regional) Office, the additional indications (if any) in the second category which are required to be given. These indications must be furnished both in the language in which the international application is filed and, where a translation of the international application is required under Rule 12.3(a) or 12.4(a), in the language of that translation.
    IP 11.079. What are the indications concerning biological material itself which must be given in the reference?

    The national laws of some of the national (or regional) Offices require that, besides indications concerning the deposit of biological material, an indication be given concerning the biological material itself, such as, for example, a short description of its characteristics, at least to the extent that this information is available to the applicant. These requirements must be met in the case of international applications for which any such Office is a designated Office, provided that the requirements have been notified to the International Bureau and published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette). Annex L indicates, for each of the national (or regional) Offices, the requirements (if any) of this kind which have been so notified and published.
    IP 11.080. At what time must the reference (with the indications which must be contained therein) be made?

    If any indication is not included in a reference to deposited biological material contained in the international application as filed, it may be furnished to the International Bureau within 16 months from the priority date unless the International Bureau has been notified (and, at least two months prior to the filing of the international application, has published in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette)) that the national law applicable by a designated Office requires in relation to national applications that the indication be furnished earlier. If any of the indications are furnished to the International Bureau after the expiration of 16 months from the priority date but before the technical preparations for international publication have been completed, those indications will be considered by any designated Office to have been furnished on the last day of the 16-month time limit. If the applicant makes a request for early publication (refer to paragraph IP 9.013), all indications should be furnished by the time the request is made, since any designated Office may regard any indication not furnished when the request is made as not having been furnished in time. Annex L specifies, for each national (or regional) Office whose national law requires a reference to deposited biological material to be furnished earlier than 16 months after the priority date, the applicable time limit(s) for furnishing such indications.
    IP 11.081. What is the consequence of failure to furnish an indication on time?

    No check is made in the international phase to determine whether a reference has been furnished within the prescribed time limit. However, where the indications were received after the technical preparations for international publication have been completed, the International Bureau notifies the designated Offices of the date(s) on which indications not included in the international application as filed were furnished to it. Failure to include a reference to deposited biological material (or any indication required in such a reference) in the international application as filed, or failure to furnish it (or the indication) within the prescribed time limit, has no consequence if the national law does not require the reference (or indication) to be furnished in a national application. Where there is a consequence, it is the same as that which applies under the national law.
    IP 11.082. Where should the reference be made?
    To the extent that indications relating to the deposit of biological material are not given in the description, they may be furnished on a separate sheet, for which purpose Form PCT/RO/134 (refer to WIPO website at: https://www.wipo.int/en/web/pct-system/forms/) should preferably be used. That separate sheet may be filed after the international application is filed. If the sheet is submitted when the international application is filed, a reference to it should be made in the check list (Box No. IX) contained on the last sheet of the request form (refer to website address above). Certain designated Offices require that the indications relating to the deposit of biological material must be included in the description at the time of filing (refer to Annex L) so the sheet, if submitted when the international application is filed, may need to be included as one of the sheets of the description; otherwise the indications given in it will not be taken into account by those Offices in the national phase. If the sheet is furnished to the International Bureau later (refer to paragraph IP 11.080), it must be enclosed with a letter. Form PCT/RO/134 may also be prepared using ePCT.
    IP 11.083. How does the applicant decide on the depositary institution with which to deposit the biological material?
    Each national (or regional) Office whose national law provides for deposits of biological material for the purposes of patent procedure notifies the International Bureau of the depositary institutions with which the national law permits such deposits to be made. Information on the institutions notified by each of those Offices is published by the International Bureau in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette). Annex L indicates the institutions with which deposits may be made.
    IP 11.084
    A reference to a deposit cannot be disregarded by a designated Office for reasons pertaining to the institution with which the biological material was deposited if the deposit referred to is one made with a depositary institution notified by that Office. Thus, by consulting the Official Notices (PCT Gazette) (or Annex L), the applicant can be sure that the biological material has been deposited with an institution which will be accepted by the designated Office.
    IP 11.085. Does a reference in an international application to the deposit of biological material involve the possibility of a sample being obtained by the International Searching Authority or the International Preliminary Examining Authority?
    International Searching Authorities and International Preliminary Examining Authorities may not require the furnishing of a sample of deposited biological material for the purposes of international search or international preliminary examination, respectively.
    IP 11.086. What possibility is there, when a reference is made in an international application to the deposit of biological material, of third persons obtaining a sample?
    The furnishing of samples is governed by the national laws applicable in the designated Offices. Rule 13bis.6, however, provides for the delaying of any furnishing of samples under the national law applicable in each of the designated (or elected) Offices until the start of the national phase, subject to the ending of this delaying effect brought about by the occurrence of either of the following two events:
    (i) the applicant has, after international publication of the international application, taken the steps necessary to enter the national phase before the designated Office (refer to National Phase, paragraph NP 4.001);
    (ii) international publication of the international application has been effected, and that publication has the same effects, under the national law applicable in the designated Office, as the compulsory national publication of an unexamined national application (in other words, the international application has qualified for the grant of provisional protection); for the Contracting States whose national laws provide for provisional protection, and the conditions which have to be met for an international application to qualify for that protection, refer to Annexes B.
    IP 11.087
    With respect to certain designated Offices (for instance, the European Patent Office), the applicant may take advantage of the procedure whereby, until the occurrence of a certain event, the biological material may be made available only by the issue of a sample to an expert nominated by the requester. For details, refer to Annex L.
    REQUIREMENTS FOR SEQUENCE LISTINGS
    IP 11.088. What special requirements apply to nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences disclosed in international applications?

    Refer to paragraphs IP 5.099 to IP 5.104, IP 7.005 to IP 7.012, and IP 10.063. Refer to National Phase, paragraph NP 6.033 and National Chapters in relation to the national phase.
    EXTENSION OF INTERNATIONAL APPLICATIONS TO SUCCESSOR STATES OF FORMER CONTRACTING STATES
    IP 11.089. What is a successor State?
    A successor State is a State whose territory was, before its independence, part of the territory of a PCT Contracting State that subsequently ceased to exist (the predecessor State), and which (successor State) has deposited with the Director General of WIPO a declaration indicating that the PCT continues to be applicable in that State (“declaration of continuation”). As from the date of the deposit of such a declaration, the successor State may be designated in international applications. Moreover, the effects of international applications filed during a certain period are extended to the successor State.
    IP 11.090. Which are the international applications whose effects are extended to a successor State?
    Rule 32 provides that the effects of any international application filed during a certain period are extended to a successor State, irrespective of which States have been designated in the international application. This period, for those successor States whose date of independence is later than the date of the day following the last day of the existence of the predecessor State, begins on the day following the last day of the existence of the predecessor State and ends two months after the date on which the Director General notifies the Governments of the States party to the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property of the successor State’s declaration of continuation. For those States whose date of independence is earlier than the date of the day following the last day of the existence of the predecessor State, the successor State may, in conjunction with its declaration of continuation, declare that the period referred to above starts on the date of its independence.
    IP 11.091. How will an applicant know that the effects of his/her international application have been extended to a successor State?
    Information on any international application whose filing date falls within the applicable period (refer to paragraph IP 11.090) and whose effect is extended to the successor State shall be published by the International Bureau in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette).
    IP 11.092. What is the effect of an extension?
    A successor State is considered as having been designated in the international application on the international filing date. The applicable time limits under Article 22 or 39(1) in relation to that State shall be extended until the expiration of at least six months from the date of the publication of the information under Rule 32.1(c) (refer to paragraph IP 11.091). A successor State may fix time limits which expire later than the time limits given in the previous sentence of this paragraph and, if it does so, the International Bureau will publish this information in the Official Notices (PCT Gazette).
    IP 11.093
    The procedure for extension of the effects of international applications to certain successor States (as explained above) should not be confused with the extension of European patents to States which are bound by the PCT and which have Extension Agreements with the European Patent Organisation (refer to paragraph IP 5.054 and Annex B (EP)).
    IP 11.094. – IP 11.101. [Deleted]
    LICENSING INDICATIONS
    IP 11.102. How can applicants indicate their interest in licensing the invention(s) contained in their international application?
    Applicants can file a request to that effect either (and preferably) by completing Form PCT/IB/382 “Request for indication of availability for licensing purposes” available at: https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/pct-system/docs-en-forms-ib-editable-ed-ib382.pdf or by way of a letter addressed to the International Bureau. Details of the licensing terms may also be included in the form or letter. All such requests should be sent directly to the International Bureau, which does not charge a fee for this service.
    IP 11.103. When should a request for indication of availability for licensing purposes be filed?
    Requests for indication of availability for licensing purposes can be submitted at any time until the expiration of 30 months from the priority date.
    IP 11.104. Is it possible to file multiple licensing requests or modify those already filed?
    Where applicants file multiple requests or want to modify those already filed, they must ensure their latest request is always a self-contained document, comprising complete information about any requests or modifications.
    IP 11.105. In which language can the request for indication of availability for licensing purposes be filed?
    Form PCT/IB/382 will shortly be available in all ten publication languages (Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish) and the International Bureau is ready to accept the request for indication of availability for licensing purposes by way of a letter in any of those languages.
    IP 11.106. How are licensing indications made available?
    The processing of the licensing request by the International Bureau generates a statement in the bibliographic data indicating the applicant’s interest in concluding licensing agreements. In addition, this is linked to the filed request for indication of availability for licensing purposes (either Form PCT/IB/382 or the letter containing the licensing indications) which is available, under the “Documents” tab, in PATENTSCOPE. Applicants are reminded that if they want to publish licensing indications in relation to their international application at a very early stage, they should also consider filing a request for early international publication as provided under Article 21(2)(b).
    IP 11.107. Can the licensing indications be removed?
    Applicants can request that the International Bureau remove the licensing indications from the “PCT Bibliographic Data” tab in PATENTSCOPE at any time during the international or national phase. Once removed, the licensing request and the related correspondence remain part of the file history available under the related “Documents” tab in PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 11.108. How can you search for international applications for which licensing indications are available?
    In addition to being published with the international application to which it relates, the licensing indications are also a search criterion within PATENTSCOPE Search Service https://www.wipo.int/patentscope/en/ allowing third parties to identify those applicants who have expressed their interest in licensing the invention(s) contained in their international application. The search criterion can also be used in combination/multi-field searches and RSS feeds.
    THIRD PARTY OBSERVATIONS
    IP 11.109. What is the third party observation system?

    This system allows third parties to make observations through ePCT (signing in without strong authentication at https://pct.wipo.int/ePCT) referring to prior art which they believe to be relevant to the question of whether the invention claimed in the international application is novel and/or involves an inventive step. There is no fee for this service. For a comprehensive user guide, refer to ePCT Third Party Observations (https://www.wipo.int/documents/d/epct/docs-en-epct_observations.pdf)
    IP 11.110. What is the time limit for submitting observations?

    Third party observations may be submitted at any time after the date of publication of the international application and before the expiration of 28 months from the priority date, provided that the application is not withdrawn or considered withdrawn.
    IP 11.111. How should observations be submitted by third parties?
    All observations must be submitted through ePCT signing in without strong authentication, either directly or through a link on the bibliographical data tab of the published international application. The use of the system requires a WIPO account (refer to https://www3.wipo.int/authpage/signin.xhtml). Each observation must include at least one citation that refers to a document published before the international filing date, or a patent document having a priority date before the international filing date, together with a brief explanation of how each document is considered to be relevant to the questions of novelty and/or inventive step of the claimed invention. Observations should preferably be accompanied by a copy of each cited document.
    IP 11.112. Can third parties remain anonymous?
    Yes, when a third party observation is submitted, the person making the observation may indicate that they wish to remain anonymous.
    IP 11.113. In what languages should observations be submitted?

    Observations should be submitted in a language of publication (refer to paragraph IP 5.013), with the exception that copies of prior art documents may be in any language.
    IP 11.114. Can the applicant comment on third party observations?
    The applicant will be notified about the first published observation, and all subsequent observations will be promptly notified after the expiration of 28 months from the priority date. The applicant may comment on third party observations until the expiration of 30 months from the priority date. These comments must be submitted through ePCT (signing in with strong authentication) or by sending a letter to the International Bureau. The applicant’s comments should be submitted in English, French or the language of publication of the international application. The comments will be made publicly available on PATENTSCOPE.
    IP 11.115. What restrictions exist concerning third party observations?

    A third party may only submit a single observation for any international application, and once submitted, it cannot be retracted or modified. There is also an upper limit of ten observations per international application.
    IP 11.116. How are observations processed?

    Each observation will be examined by the International Bureau to determine if it is an observation on the questions of novelty and/or inventive step. It will then be made publicly available on PATENTSCOPE. It should be noted that only the observations and not the uploaded documents are made publicly available. Uploaded documents are only made available to the applicant, the competent International Authorities and designated Offices. If the observation is rejected by the International Bureau, the third party will be notified and provided with a reason.
    IP 11.117. Will third party observations be taken into account by the International Authorities and designated Offices?
    Observations will be transmitted to any competent International Searching Authority, and/or International Preliminary Examining Authority involved in the processing of the application during the international phase, if the International Bureau has not yet received the international search report, supplementary international search report or international preliminary report on patentability (Chapter II of the PCT) respectively. To the extent that the observations are received by those Authorities in time to be taken into account in drawing up their respective reports, any prior art referred to in the observations should be considered, provided that either a copy of the prior art is included, or it is otherwise immediately available to the examiner. The observations will also be transmitted to the designated Offices promptly after the expiration of 30 months from the priority date. The designated Offices are, however, not obliged to take them into account during national processing.
    Versión actual en vigor desde 4 de septiembre de 2025 , impresa en 13 de febrero de 2026